10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019

or

☐TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 001-37849

AT HOME GROUP INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	45-3229563
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1600 East Plano Parkway Plano, Texas	75074
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(972) 265-6227

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  ☒ Yes  ☐ No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ☐ Yes  ☒ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  ☒ Yes  ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  ☒ Yes  ☐ No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☒	Accelerated filer	☐	Non-accelerated filer	☐
Smaller reporting company	☐	Emerging growth company	☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  ☐ Yes  ☒ No

The aggregate market value of the common stock of the Registrant held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on July 28, 2018, based upon the closing price of the Registrant's common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on July 27, 2018, was $1,202,740,687.  

There were 63,648,028 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding as of March 22, 2019.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for its 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the registrant’s fiscal year ended January 26, 2019.

AT HOME GROUP INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
Item 1.	Business	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	11
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	31
Item 2.	Properties	31
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	32
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	32
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	33
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	34
Item 7.	Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	36
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	58
Item 8.	Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	59
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	59
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	59
Item 9B.	Other Information	60
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	60
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	60
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	60
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	60
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	61
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	61
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	61

PART I

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). You can generally identify forward-looking statements by our use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “continue”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “may”, “might”, “plan”, “potential”, “predict”, “seek”, “should”, or “vision”, or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. In particular, statements about the markets in which we operate, our expected new store openings, our real estate strategy, growth targets and potential growth opportunities and future capital expenditures, estimates of expenses we may incur in connection with equity incentive awards to management, and our expectations, beliefs, plans, strategies, objectives, prospects, assumptions or future events or performance contained in this report are forward-looking statements.

We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections. While we believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections are reasonable, such forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including the risk factors described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, many of which are beyond our control. These and other important factors may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements contained in this report are not guarantees of future performance and our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate, may differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this report. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and events in the industry in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this report, they may not be predictive of results or developments in future periods.

Any forward-looking statement that we make in this Annual Report on Form 10-K speaks only as of the date of such statement. Except as required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise, or to publicly announce any update or revision to, any of the forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this report. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) after the date of filing this report.

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “the Company”, “At Home”, “we”, “us”, and “our” refer to At Home Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

History and Company Overview

At Home is the leading home décor superstore based on the number of our locations and our large format stores that we believe dedicate more space per store to home décor than any other player in the industry. We are focused on providing the broadest assortment of products for any room, in any style, for any budget. We utilize our space advantage to out-assort our competition, offering over 50,000 SKUs throughout our stores. Our differentiated merchandising strategy allows us to identify on-trend products and then value engineer those products to provide desirable aesthetics at attractive price points for our customers. Over 70% of our products are unbranded, private label or specifically designed for us. We believe that our broad and comprehensive offering and compelling value proposition combine to create a leading destination for home décor with the opportunity to continue taking market share in a highly fragmented and growing industry.

As of January 26, 2019, our store base was comprised of 180 stores across 37 states, averaging approximately 110,000 square feet per store. We utilize a flexible and disciplined real estate strategy that allows us to successfully open and operate stores from 75,000 to 165,000 square feet across a wide range of formats and markets. Virtually all of our

1

stores that were open as of the beginning of fiscal year 2019 are profitable, and stores that have been open for more than a year average approximately $7 million in net sales. Our Plano, Texas distribution center should be able to support up to approximately 220 stores, and together with our second distribution center in Carlisle, Pennsylvania, which is expected to become fully operational in the fiscal year ending January 25, 2020 (“fiscal year 2020”),  our distribution centers should collectively be able to support more than 350 stores. In addition, based on our internal analysis and research conducted for us by Buxton Company, a leading real estate analytics firm (referred to herein as “Buxton”), we believe that we have the potential to expand to at least 600 stores in the United States over the long term although we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach this potential.

At Home (formerly known as Garden Ridge) was founded in 1979 in Garden Ridge, Texas, a suburb of San Antonio. We quickly gained a loyal following in our Texas home market and expanded thereafter. Throughout our history, we have cultivated a passionate customer base that shops our stores for the unique, wide assortment of products offered at value price points. After our Company was acquired in 2011 by an investment group led by certain affiliates of AEA Investors LP (collectively, “AEA”) and Starr Investment Holdings, LLC (“Starr Investments” and, together with AEA, the “Sponsors”), we began a series of strategic investments in the business. We believe that the core strengths of our business combined with the significant investments made in the years following our acquisition by our Sponsors position us to grow sales and expand our store base.

We have developed a highly efficient operating model that seeks to drive growth and profitability while minimizing operating risk. Our merchandising, sourcing and pricing strategies generate strong and consistent performance across our product offering and throughout the entire year. Through specialized in‑store merchandising and visual navigation elements, we enable a self‑service model that minimizes in‑store staffing needs and allows us to deliver exceptional value to our customers.

We believe that our differentiated home décor concept, flexible real estate strategy and highly efficient operating model create competitive advantages that have driven our financial success.

Initial and Secondary Public Offerings

On August 3, 2016, our Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to our initial public offering was declared effective by the SEC pursuant to which we registered an aggregate of 9,967,050 shares of our common stock (including 1,300,050 shares subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option). Our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), on August 4, 2016 under the ticker symbol “HOME”. 

On October 31, 2017, our Registration Statement on Form S-3, pursuant to which we registered all 50,582,545 shares of our common stock owned by our Sponsors, was declared effective by the SEC.

On December 11, 2017, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of our common stock (which included 750,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On April 2, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 6,900,000 shares of our common stock (which included 900,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On June 14, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 8,450,000 shares of our common stock (which included 450,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On September 11, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock. We did not sell any shares of our common stock in, or receive any proceeds from, these secondary offerings. After giving effect to these secondary offerings, the Sponsors held approximately 26.5% of our outstanding common stock.

Our Growth Strategies

We expect to continue our strong sales growth and leading profitability by pursuing the following strategies:

2

Expand Our Store Base

We believe there is a significant whitespace opportunity to expand in both existing and new markets in the United States. Over the long term, we believe we have the potential to expand to at least 600 stores in the United States based on our internal analysis and research conducted by Buxton. During fiscal year 2019, we opened 31 new stores, net of two relocations and one store closure. During fiscal year 2020, we expect to open 32 net new stores and we plan to continue to grow our store base at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 15% to 20% for the foreseeable future. The rate of future growth in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of our control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach our long‑term potential. We believe our Plano, Texas distribution center should be able to support up to approximately 220 stores, and together with our second distribution center in Carlisle, Pennsylvania, which is expected to become fully operational in fiscal year 2020, should collectively be able to support more than 350 stores.

We have used our site selection model to score over 20,000 big box retail locations throughout the United States, which positions us to be able to act quickly as locations become available, and we have developed detailed market maps for each U.S. market that guide our deliberate expansion strategy. We have opened stores in a mix of existing and new markets. New stores in existing markets have increased our total market share due to higher brand awareness. We believe there is still considerable opportunity to continue adding locations in even our most established markets. In addition, we anticipate a limited number of relocations periodically as we evaluate our position in the market upon the impending expiration of lease terms. We have demonstrated our ability to open stores successfully in a diverse range of new markets across the country. Our portable concept has delivered consistent store economics across all markets, from smaller, less dense locations to larger, more heavily populated metropolitan areas. We have delivered over 20% year‑over‑year net sales growth in each of the past nineteen consecutive fiscal quarters.

Our new store model combines high average unit volumes and high margins with low net capital investment and occupancy costs, resulting in cash flow generation early in the life of a store. Our stores typically mature within six months of opening. On average, our new store sites which are leased or purchased require approximately $3 million to $4 million of net investment and our new build stores require approximately $2 million to $3 million of net investment (net of sale leaseback proceeds). We have delivered an average payback period of approximately two years for our new leased and purchased stores and less than one and a half years for our new build stores. For fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, 74%, 75% and 83% of our new stores, respectively, have been leased at the time of opening.

Drive Comparable Store Sales

We have achieved positive comparable store sales in each of the last twenty consecutive fiscal quarters, ranging from 0.9% to 11.4% and averaging 5.0% growth over the period. Comparable store sales can be impacted by various factors from period to period, including adverse weather conditions, as discussed in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business”. We will seek to continue to drive demand and customer spend by providing a targeted, exciting product selection and a differentiated shopping experience, including the following specific strategic initiatives:

· Grow the At Home brand through marketing and advertising as well as community engagements that target the home décor enthusiast to drive increased traffic to our stores;

· Continuously introduce new and on‑trend products to appeal to a wide range of customers and improve the mix of our product assortment;

· Enhance inventory planning and allocation capabilities to get the right products in the right store at the right time;

· Enhance direct sourcing of our products in order to provide everyday low prices and give value back to consumers;

3

· Continue to strengthen our visual merchandising such as vignettes, end caps and feature tables to inspire our customers and generate in‑store demand;

· Leverage private label and co-branded consumer credit card program to reward customers for continued loyalty while also providing promotional financing offers on qualifying purchases;

· Expand Insider Perks loyalty program for frequent shoppers to provide customers with offers, rewards and other benefits; and

· Leverage our Customer Relationship Management system to provide further visibility into our customers' preferences and spending patterns.

Build the At Home Brand and Create Awareness

During fiscal year 2015, we launched the At Home brand, which we believe better communicates our positioning as the leading home décor superstore. Additionally, we re‑established a marketing function and reinstated marketing spend to highlight our new brand, broad product offering and compelling value proposition. Given the relative newness and limited awareness of the At Home brand in certain markets, we believe there is still a significant opportunity to grow our brand and build awareness in both existing and new markets.

To address this opportunity, we have increased our marketing spend in recent years to improve our brand awareness and to drive traffic to our website and to our stores. We increased spend from nearly zero in fiscal year 2013 to approximately 2.5% of net sales in fiscal year 2017, approximately 2.7% of net sales in fiscal year 2018 and approximately 3.1% of net sales in fiscal year 2019. We intend to continue to allocate marketing spend to both traditional and digital media to increase awareness of our differentiated value proposition among specialty home décor retail and to drive both new and existing customers to our stores.  

Continue Enhancing Shopping Experience through Digital Initiatives

Through our customer research, we have learned that while many home décor shoppers prefer to browse online for ideas, inspiration and general product information, they prefer to complete their home décor purchases in person. Through our email database of over 5 million addresses, our text program and our website, we are able to share new product launches, highlight our key categories and provide our customers with décor ideas and inspiration. In addition, we launched our Insider Perks program in the second half of fiscal year 2018, which has 3.9 million members as of January 26, 2019. Our Insider Perks program members have exclusive access to an annual birthday offer, advanced notice of new merchandise, “flash find” deals and clearance events, as well as compelling content from home décor influencers.

In fiscal year 2019, we continued to make enhancements to our website, such as adding new product display pages to optimize user experience and providing recommendations on similar products that may interest the customer. We also piloted local in-stock availability in select markets, which we plan to expand in fiscal year 2020. Our upgraded website also allows for easier navigation of our broad product assortment, encouraging customers to browse online to find products that appeal to their needs before coming to our stores.

Our Industry

We compete in the large, growing and highly fragmented home furnishings and décor market. The industry had total sales of approximately $198 billion in 2017 according to Home Furnishings News, and has enjoyed stable growth over the last several years. This growth trend is expected to continue, with Euromonitor forecasting an annual growth rate of approximately 3.1% from 2018 to 2022.

Unlike other big box retail categories (e.g., office supplies, home improvement and electronics) where the top retailers hold a significant share of the overall market, the top three retailers in the home décor and furnishings category make up less than 25% of the market share. We believe we are uniquely positioned in the market, focused on providing

4

the broadest assortment of home décor products at value price points. In addition, the size of our stores enables us to carry a broad offering of fully assembled, larger merchandise, unlike many of our competitors, who are space constrained from providing a similar offering. We believe our focus on a broad assortment at value price points also uniquely positions us for those times when the industry is growing below trend, as it allows us to gain share in a fragmented market while also supporting our customer’s passion about, and love for, decorating her home.

The home furnishings and décor market includes a diverse set of categories and retail formats. However, we believe that we do not have a direct competitor, as no retailer matches our size, scale or scope of the product assortment that we offer at everyday low prices. While we have no direct competitor, certain products that we offer do compete with offerings by companies in the following segments:

· Specialty Home Décor / Organization and Furniture retailers (e.g., Bed Bath & Beyond, The Container Store, Ethan Allen, Havertys, Home Goods, Pier 1 Imports and Williams‑Sonoma) have stores that are typically smaller (approximately 10,000 to 30,000 square feet) and we believe their home décor product offering is much narrower than ours and often is priced at a substantial premium.

· Mass / Club retailers (e.g., Costco, Target and Wal‑Mart Stores) only dedicate a small portion of their selling spaces to home décor products and focus on the most popular SKUs.

· Arts / Craft / Hobby retailers (e.g., Hobby Lobby, Jo‑Ann Stores and Michaels Stores) target customers who prefer to create the product themselves, whereas our customer prefers finished products.

· Discount retailers (e.g., Big Lots, Burlington and Tuesday Morning) have a home décor product offering that is typically limited, offered at deep discounts and often dependent on their ability to purchase close‑out or liquidated merchandise from manufacturers.

· Home Improvement retailers (e.g., Home Depot and Lowe’s) have a product offering that is primarily focused on home improvement and repair items, although we do compete with them in seasonal and outdoor products.

· Online home décor retailers (e.g., Wayfair) offer a broad selection of products in home furnishings and décor that is typically weighted toward more expensive items. Conversely, we focus primarily on the attractive decorative accents and accessories portion of the market, generating an average basket of approximately $65, where we can employ our efficient operating model to generate attractive economics. Other online retailers (e.g., Amazon) may offer home décor products, but we believe we are able to offer a comparable breadth of product assortment and frequently lower prices. In addition, according to a study performed by Cooper Roberts Research in fiscal year 2018, while home décor shoppers may prefer browsing online, they value low prices, a wide selection and the opportunity to experience the look-and-feel of products in stores before making a purchase.

Our Merchandise

We have the largest assortment of home décor products among all big box retailers. With eight main design archetypes, from traditional to country and from vintage to modern, we cover the full spectrum of home décor styles and we believe we have something for everyone. We are advantageously situated as a value player in the home décor market, with an average price point of less than $15 and typical customer spend of approximately $65 per visit.

Our merchant organization is focused on finding or creating products that meet our customers’ aesthetic requirements at attractive price points. A core goal of our buyers is to ensure we deliver our targeted selling margins across our entire product portfolio and, as a result, we enjoy strong gross margins that are consistent across our product offering.

Our product design process begins with inspiration. We seek to capitalize on existing trends and home décor fashions across various price points and make them accessible rather than drive new trends. We monitor emerging trends

5

through a wide range of home décor industry sources including competitors, media sources, vendors, trade shows, various online outlets and user generated content (e.g., Pinterest and Houzz) to stay current with consumer preferences. We then identify new product opportunities or any gaps in our offering and work closely with our vendors to design products to meet her needs at accessible price points. Our merchandising team also closely monitors our sales trends and new product launches to ensure our store offering remains fresh and relevant.

We employ an everyday low pricing strategy that offers our customers the best possible pricing without the need for consistent discounts or promotions. When customers view our prices, they can be confident in the value they receive and do not need to wait for sales or coupons to make purchasing decisions. We believe this results in consistent traffic to our stores. Over 80% of our net sales occur at full price, with the balance attributable to selective markdowns used to clear slow-moving inventory or post‑dated seasonal product. For the limited set of products that are directly comparable to products offered by other retailers, we seek to offer prices significantly below our specialty competitors and at or below our mass retail competitors. We allow for merchandise to be returned within 60 days from the purchase date.

Our merchant team consists of approximately 110 people and includes a Chief Merchandising Officer, general merchandising managers, divisional merchandising managers, buyers, assistant buyers and merchandising support staff, an inventory planning and allocation team, product development and trend team and a direct sourcing team. Our inventory planners work with our buyers to ensure that the appropriate level of inventory for each product is stocked across our store base. We purchase our inventory through a centralized system that buys for the entire chain versus individual stores. We believe this strategy allows us to take advantage of volume discounts and improves controls over inventory and product mix to ensure that we are disciplined about the level of inventory we carry.

Product Mix

Home furnishings, which generally consists of accent furniture, furniture, mirrors, patio cushions, rugs and wall art, comprised approximately 45%, 46% and 48% of total net sales for fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In addition, accent décor, which generally consists of artificial flowers and trees, bath, bedding, candles, garden and outdoor décor, holiday accessories, home organization, pillows, pottery, vases and window treatments, comprised approximately 51%, 50% and 49% of total net sales for fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Our superstore format and unique approach to merchandising result in our ability to offer multiple styles, colors and design elements most other retailers are unable to carry.

Sourcing

We believe our sourcing model provides us with significant flexibility to control our product costs. We work very closely with over 500 vendors to value engineer products at price points that deliver excellent value to our customers. In fiscal year 2019, approximately 35% of our merchandise was purchased from domestic vendors and 65% was purchased from foreign vendors in countries such as China, Vietnam, India, Turkey and Hong Kong. In addition, many of our domestic vendors purchase a portion of their products from foreign sources. Lead times vary depending on the product, ranging from one week to nine months. In fiscal year 2018, we established a direct sourcing function to allow us to continue to increase our direct purchases from overseas factories, rather than purchasing through domestic agents or trading companies. We believe this represents an opportunity to increase our access to unique and quality products while reducing our product costs.

We seek to build long‑term relationships with our vendor partners, who can provide support for our various marketing and in‑store merchandising initiatives. However, we believe we are not dependent on any one vendor and have no long‑term purchase commitments or arrangements. For many of our vendors, we are their fastest growing and, sometimes, largest account, which promotes collaboration between our companies. In fiscal year 2019, our top ten vendors accounted for approximately 20% of total purchases, with our largest vendor representing less than 5%. We believe our vendor partner relationships will continue to support our business growth.

6

Our Stores

We currently operate 180 stores in 37 states across the United States. A summary of our store locations by state as of January 26, 2019 is included in “Item 2. Properties”.

Store Layout

Our stores vary in size between 75,000 and 165,000 square feet with an average of approximately 110,000 square feet. Our locations have a similar store layout that is specifically designed to engage our customers. We design our stores as shoppable warehouses with wide aisles, an interior race track and clear signage that enable customers to easily navigate the store. We also have store maps available at the entrances for our customer to use while she shops. Throughout our stores, we merchandise products logically by color, design and size in order to appeal to our core shopper’s buying preferences and use feature tables and end caps to create continuous visual interest and to highlight value. Additionally, we utilize product vignettes that offer design inspiration and coordinated product ideas to our customers. Our large store format allows us to maintain high in‑stock positions and sell larger‑sized and fully assembled products. To make her shopping experience easier and support our efficient operating model, we install fixture shelves lower to the ground so that products are easily reachable and require minimal staff assistance. We also utilize special fixtures for our products such as wall art, mirrors and rugs to allow easy viewing, improved shopability and minimized product damage. We have a centralized checkout lane with multiple registers that makes the checkout process simple and efficient.

To enhance our customer's self-help shopping experience in connection with our larger-sized products, we offer her the opportunity to engage PICKUP, a third-party delivery service, to provide home delivery. Through this service, she is able to interface directly with the provider to schedule a convenient delivery time. Deliveries typically occur same-day, but next-day service is also available. PICKUP has experience in several markets with many major retailers. Nonetheless, deliveries from our stores follow completion of the sales transaction with our customer, thus minimizing any exposure we might have in connection with the delivery.

Store Operations

We centralize major decisions relating to merchandising, inventory and pricing in order to allow our in-store team to focus on creating a clean and organized shopping environment. Our stores are typically led by a store director, a store manager and have a general staff averaging 25 employees. Store employees are broadly split into two functional groups, customer service and operations, thereby allowing us to maximize efficiencies while aligning employees to the function that best suits their skills. Our proprietary labor model optimizes staffing levels based on hourly sales and traffic volumes. Additionally, employees utilize downtime to stock shelves and displays with new inventory. This model provides us with the flexibility to meet various seasonal demands while enabling consistent labor margins throughout the year. Our stores are managed company-wide by our Director of Store Operations, two regional managers and fifteen district managers.

Our employees are a critical component of our success and we are focused on attracting, retaining and promoting the best talent in our stores. We recognize and reward team members who meet our high-performance standards. All employees are eligible to participate in our bonus incentive program and store directors are able to participate in an unlimited bonus incentive program based primarily on exceeding store level sales targets. We also recognize individual performance through internal promotions and provide opportunities for advancement throughout our organization. We provide training for all new hires and ongoing training for existing employees.

7

Real Estate Strategy

Expansion Opportunities

Our retail concept has been successful across a number of geographic markets spanning populations of 150,000 to over five million people. Our new stores that have been opened over the past five completed fiscal years have delivered first year annualized sales of approximately $5.9 million for new store sites which are leased or purchased and approximately $7.8 million for new build stores across both existing and new markets. Over the past five fiscal years, we have successfully opened 122 new stores in a mix of existing and new markets. Our recent store growth is summarized in the following table:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 31, 2015	January 30, 2016	January 28, 2017	January 27, 2018	January 26, 2019
Beginning of period	68	81	100	123	149
Openings	16	20	24	28	34
Relocations	(2)	—	(1)	(2)	(2)
Closures	(1)	(1)	—	—	(1)
Total stores at end of period	81	100	123	149	180

We believe we have the whitespace to grow our store base at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 15% to 20% for the foreseeable future. During fiscal year 2019, we opened 31 new stores, net of two relocated stores and one store closure. During fiscal year 2020, we plan to open 32 net new stores. Based on our internal analysis and research conducted for us by Buxton, we believe that we have the potential to expand to at least 600 stores in the United States over the long term, or more than three times our footprint of 180 stores as of January 26, 2019. The rate of future growth in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of our control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach this potential. We believe our Plano, Texas distribution center should be able to support up to approximately 220 stores, and together with our second distribution center in Carlisle, Pennsylvania, which is expected to become fully operational in fiscal year 2020, should collectively be able to support more than 350 stores. We expect to continue to be disciplined in our approach to opening new stores, focusing on expanding our presence in existing markets while entering adjacent geographies. We also plan to act on compelling opportunities we identify in new markets.

Our store growth is supported by new store economics that we believe are compelling. Our new stores generate an average of approximately $7 million of net sales within the first full year of operations and reach maturity within the first six months. On average, our new store sites which are leased or purchased require approximately $3 million to $4  million of net investment and our new build stores require approximately $2 million to $3 million of net investment  (net of sale leaseback proceeds). We have delivered an average payback period of approximately two years for our new leased and purchased stores and less than one and a half years for our new build stores.

Site Selection and Availability

We have developed a highly analytical approach to real estate site selection with a stringent new store approval process. Our dedicated real estate team spends considerable time evaluating prospective sites before submitting a comprehensive approval package to our real estate committee, comprised of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Development Officer. We target markets that meet our specific demographic and site evaluation criteria and complete substantial research before opening a new site. We use a proprietary model which takes into account several demand factors including population density of our target customer, median household income, home ownership rates, retail adjacencies, competitor presence and local economic growth metrics. Primary site evaluation criteria include availability of attractive lease terms, sufficient box size, co‑tenancy, convenient parking, traffic patterns, visibility and access from major roadways. We typically favor locations near other big box retailers that drive strong customer traffic to the area.

We believe there will continue to be an ample supply of large format real estate in the United States that is attractive to us, driven by multi‑chain, national retailers relocating or closing stores, a number of retailers shifting to smaller locations and the relative lack of new retail concepts using larger store formats. We believe we are one of the

8

only growing, large format retailers in the country. As a result, we have become a direct beneficiary of this available real estate and of various retailers looking to quickly shed stores. We typically offer a convenient solution to any selling or leasing party as we are able to take a wide variety of boxes, move quickly and require little investment in time, resources or capital on their part. We take a disciplined approach to how we enter and build out our presence in markets and seek to optimize sales in a deliberate, carefully planned manner. In order to act quickly on new opportunities, we have scored over 20,000 big box retail locations in the United States with a proprietary site selection model. As a result of our proven track record, we have developed strong relationships with brokers, landlords and big box retailers and are often the first to receive a call when locations become available.

Site Development and Financing

We have a flexible and balanced approach to site development that allows us to optimize the investment characteristics of each new store and maintain our robust new store pipeline. We can lease a second generation property, purchase a second generation building or build a new location from the ground up.

For purchased properties or new development builds, we can extract capital using sale‑leasebacks through a proven and disciplined approach. We have relationships with a number of the major publicly traded real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), many of which have demonstrated interest in our portfolio of assets. We have completed nine sale‑leaseback transactions generating approximately $365 million in gross proceeds in the past five fiscal years at a capitalization rate between 6.46% and 6.95%.

We have developed an efficient process from site selection through new store opening. Our three-pronged approach to site development allows us to negotiate very favorable real estate terms that typically include low occupancy costs, the ability to unilaterally “opt out” of leased locations, and other features that provide us with flexibility to manage our store portfolio.

Marketing

Our marketing and advertising strategies seek to effectively and efficiently communicate our compelling value proposition to an increasing base of home décor enthusiasts. Our goal is to build deeper connections with our core customers, while attracting new customers to the At Home brand. We increased our marketing spend from nearly zero in fiscal year 2013 to approximately 2.5% of net sales in fiscal year 2017, approximately 2.7% of net sales in fiscal year 2018 and approximately 3.1% of net sales in fiscal year 2019.  

The home décor enthusiast views her home as a place that is constantly evolving with each season as well as everyday events in her life. At Home’s mission is to offer her the biggest selection of styles at the best prices, giving her endless possibilities and the confidence that she will find the perfect products at the perfect price every time she shops. We engage with her across various marketing channels before, during and after her store visit. We have built relationships with home décor influencers, leveraging Facebook and Instagram. We use email and text message marketing to inspire her with seasonally relevant décor and will be growing the reach of these efforts as we focus on expanding our base of 3.9 million Insider Perks customers. We also have an agreement with Synchrony Bank to provide an At Home branded credit card program that includes loyalty incentives for our customers. This program launched during fiscal year 2018 and allows At Home cardholders to take advantage of promotional financing offers on qualifying purchases, loyalty rewards and other benefits.

We also use traditional and digital media platforms (such as television, outdoor, direct mail, paid search and social media) to build broader brand awareness and to drive traffic to our website and our stores. To launch our brand during new store openings, we have evolved our strategy through tactical testing to get to an effective and cost efficient mix of media, including outdoor, direct mail and social media.

In fiscal year 2018, we launched our Insider Perks program, which has 3.9 million members as of January 26, 2019. Our Insider Perks program members have exclusive access to an annual birthday offer, advanced notice of new merchandise, “flash find” deals and clearance events, as well as compelling content from home décor influencers.

9

In fiscal year 2019, we continued to make enhancements to our website, such as adding new product display pages to optimize user experience and providing recommendations on similar products that may interest the customer. We also piloted local in-stock availability in select markets, which we plan to expand in fiscal year 2020. Our upgraded website also allows for easier navigation of our broad product assortment, encouraging customers to browse online to find products that appeal to their needs before coming to our stores.

Distribution

We operate a 592,000 square foot distribution center in Plano, Texas, which also serves as our corporate headquarters. We also have an additional approximately 555,000 square feet of warehouse premises in Garland, Texas, for initial inventory build‑up for new store openings. We have invested in automating our Plano, Texas facility, implementing warehouse management software and robotics to efficiently handle daily product deliveries. At the beginning of fiscal year 2020, we opened our 800,000 square foot second distribution center in Carlisle, Pennsylvania, which required an additional incremental capital investment of $13.0 million and $1.1 million in fiscal years 2019 and 2018, respectively. With the opening of our second distribution center, we expect to be able to support more than 350 stores. The improvements to our Plano, Texas distribution center and the opening of our Carlisle, Pennsylvania distribution center will continue to support our needs as we expand our store base.

The vast majority of our current products are shipped directly to our existing Plano distribution center, which serves as a cross‑dock facility, storing very limited inventory on site. In order to streamline store operations and reduce labor requirements, all of the merchandise in our distribution center is prepared for the sales floor prior to transport. Beginning in fiscal year 2020, our second distribution center will operate in a similar capacity.

Real‑time product replenishment in stores ensures that our customers have the broadest selection available and that we do not carry extra inventory. We generally ship merchandise to our stores between one and five times a week, depending on the season and the volume of a specific store, utilizing contract carriers for all shipments.

Information Systems

We believe that our management information systems will support our growth and enhance our competitive position. Our efficient operating model is supported by using industry standard applications in the areas of merchandising, store systems, replenishment, distribution and financial systems. We use a combination of these industry standard systems along with automated and easy to use proprietary systems to support all areas of our business. Over the past six fiscal years, we have invested in IT systems and infrastructure, including investments in merchandising, planning and allocation (JDA), POS systems (IBM/Toshiba), distribution center (PKMS) and finance and accounting (SAP) to ensure our systems are robust and scalable. Additionally, over the past six fiscal years we have invested in data centers and additional IT team members to provide appropriate support and project delivery capabilities needed for our growth.

Employees

As of January 26, 2019, we employed approximately 5,364 employees, including 4,853 store employees and 511 other employees across the corporate and distribution center functions. Of the 4,853 store employees, 527 were full‑time salaried level staff and the remaining employees consisted of a mix of full‑time and part‑time hourly workers. All of our full‑time employees earn at least $10.00 per hour and all of our part‑time employees earn at least $9.00 per hour. Based on the level of transactions experienced at different times of the day, week and year, store labor is planned to serve customers effectively during peak periods while minimizing overall labor costs. None of our employees are currently covered under any collective bargaining agreements.

Intellectual Property

We own a U.S. trademark registration for the trademark “at home” and design, which was registered by the United States Patent & Trademark Office on July 7, 2015 for a ten‑year term and is renewable every ten years thereafter. We also own the domain name athome.com and a number of other registered trademarks, pending trademark applications

10

and domain names that we use in our business. Collectively, we consider our trademarks and domain names to be important assets of our operations and seek to actively monitor and protect our interest in this property.

Government Regulation

We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing truth‑in‑advertising, privacy laws, environmental laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers and govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.

Available Information

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith, we file reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available through the investor relations section of our website at investor.athome.com. Reports are available free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with, or furnish them to, the SEC. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains our reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that we file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

The following risk factors may be important to understanding any statement in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or elsewhere. Our business, financial condition and operating results can be affected by a number of factors, whether currently known or unknown, including but not limited to those described below. Any one or more of such factors could directly or indirectly cause our actual results of operations and financial condition to vary materially from past or anticipated future results of operations and financial condition. Any of these factors, in whole or in part, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price.

Risks Relating to Our Business

General economic factors may materially adversely affect our business, revenue and profitability.

General conditions in the United States and global economy that are beyond our control may materially adversely affect our business and financial performance. As a retailer that is dependent upon consumer discretionary spending for home décor products, our customers may allocate less money for discretionary purchases as a result of increased levels of unemployment, reduced consumer disposable income, higher interest rates, higher fuel and other energy costs, higher tax rates and other changes in tax laws, foreclosures, bankruptcies, falling home prices, reduced availability of consumer credit, higher consumer debt levels, a decline in consumer confidence, inflation, deflation, recession, an overall economic slowdown and other factors that influence consumer spending. Any reduced demand for the merchandise that we sell could result in a significant decline in customer traffic and sales and decreased inventory turnover. Therefore, if economic conditions worsen, there may be a material adverse impact on our business, revenue and profitability.

In addition, our costs and expenses could be materially adversely impacted by general economic factors such as higher interest rates, higher fuel and other energy costs, higher transportation costs, higher commodity costs, higher costs of labor, tariffs or other trade restrictions, insurance and healthcare, increased rental expense, inflation in other costs, higher tax rates and other changes in the tax law and changes in other laws and regulations. The economic factors that affect our operations also affect the operations and economic viability of our suppliers from whom we purchase goods, a factor that can result in an increase in the cost to us of merchandise we sell to our customers.

11

Volatility or disruption in the financial markets could materially adversely affect our business and the trading price of our common stock.

We rely on stable and efficient financial markets. Any disruption in the credit and capital markets could adversely impact our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms. Volatility in the financial markets could also result in difficulties for financial institutions and other parties that we do business with, which could potentially affect our ability to access financing under our existing arrangements.

We are exposed to the impact of any global or domestic economic disruption. Although we generally generate funds from our operations and our existing credit facilities to pay our operating expenses and fund our capital expenditures, our ability to continue to meet these cash requirements over the long term may require access to additional sources of funds, including equity and debt capital markets, and market volatility and general economic conditions may adversely affect our ability to access capital markets. In addition, the inability of our vendors to access capital and liquidity with which to maintain their inventory, production levels and product quality and to operate their businesses, or the insolvency of our vendors, could lead to their failure to deliver merchandise. If we are unable to purchase products when needed, our sales could be materially adversely impacted. Accordingly, volatility or disruption in the financial markets could impair our ability to execute our growth strategy and could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Consumer spending on home décor products could decrease or be displaced by spending on other activities as driven by a number of factors.

Consumer spending on home décor products could decrease or be displaced by spending on other activities as driven by a number of factors including:

· shifts in behavior away from home decorating in favor of other products or activities, such as fashion, media or electronics;

· general economic conditions and other factors that affect consumer discretionary spending, including government shutdowns;

· natural disasters, including hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, droughts, heavy snow, ice or rain storms, which disrupt the ability of consumers to continue spending on home décor products;

· man‑made disasters, such as terrorism or war, as well as other national and international security concerns; and

· other matters that influence consumer confidence and spending.

Total consumer spending may not continue to increase at historical rates due to slowed population growth and shifts in population demographics, and it may not increase in certain product markets given changes in consumer interests. Further, as we expand into new markets, we may not accurately predict consumer preferences in that market, which could result in lower than expected sales. If consumer spending on home décor products decline, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all, which could harm our growth and results of operations.

Our growth is dependent on our ability to open profitable new stores. Our ability to increase the number of our stores will depend in part on the availability of existing big box retail stores or store sites that meet our specifications. We may face competition from other retailers for suitable locations and we may also face difficulties in negotiating leases on acceptable terms. In addition, a lack of available financing on terms acceptable to real estate developers or a tightening credit market may adversely affect the retail sites available to us. Rising real estate costs and acquisition, construction and development costs and available lease financing could also inhibit our ability to open or acquire new stores.

12

Opening or acquiring stores involves certain risks, including constructing, furnishing, supplying and staffing a store in a timely and cost‑effective manner and accurately assessing the demographic or retail environment for a particular location, as well as addressing any environmental issues related to such locations. We cannot predict whether new stores will be successful. Our future sales at new stores may not meet our expectations, which could adversely impact our return on investment. For example, the costs of opening and operating new stores may offset the increased sales generated by the additional stores. Therefore, there can be no assurance that our new stores will generate sales levels necessary to achieve store‑level profitability or profitability comparable to that of existing stores. New stores also may face greater competition and have lower anticipated sales volumes relative to previously opened stores during their comparable years of operation. In addition, a significant portion of our management’s time and energy may be consumed with issues related to store expansion and we may be unable to hire a sufficient number of qualified store personnel or successfully integrate the new stores into our business. Furthermore, our vendors may be unable to meet the increased demand of additional stores in a timely manner. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain and distribute adequate merchandise to new stores or maintain adequate warehousing and distribution capability at acceptable costs.

In addition, our expansion in existing and new markets may present competitive, distribution, merchandising and regulatory challenges that differ from our current challenges, including competition among our stores, diminished novelty of our store design and concept, added strain on our distribution centers, additional information to be processed by our information technology systems and diversion of management attention from operations. New stores in new markets, where we are less familiar with the population and are less well‑known, may face different or additional risks and increased costs compared to stores operating in existing markets or new stores in existing markets. For example, we may need to increase marketing and advertising expenditures in new or smaller markets in which we have less store density. Additionally, we may not accurately predict consumer preferences in new markets, which could result in lower than expected sales. Expansion into new markets could also bring us into direct competition with retailers with whom we have no past experience as direct competitors. To the extent that we are not able to meet these new challenges, our sales could decrease and our operating costs could increase. Furthermore, our margins may be impacted in periods in which incremental expenses are incurred as a result of new store openings. Additionally, although our distribution center in Plano, Texas, which currently has the capacity to support up to approximately 220 stores, and second distribution center in Carlisle, Pennsylvania, expected to be fully operational in fiscal year 2020, should collectively be able to support more than 350 stores, any unanticipated failure of or inability to support our growing store base could have a material adverse effect on our business. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in opening, acquiring or operating any new stores on a profitable basis.

Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will achieve our planned growth or, even if we are able to grow our store base as planned, that any new stores will perform as planned. If we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, we will not be able to sustain the growth in sales and profits that we expect, which would likely have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

Failure to manage our inventory effectively and inability to satisfy changing consumer demands and preferences could materially adversely impact our operations.

Due to the nature of our business, we make decisions regarding merchandise several months in advance of each of the seasons in which such merchandise will be sold, particularly with respect to our merchandise that is manufactured, purchased and imported from countries around the world. We must maintain sufficient inventory levels to operate our business successfully. However, if we misjudge consumer preferences or demands, we could have excess inventory that may need to be held for a long period of time, written down or discarded in order to clear excess inventory, especially seasonal and holiday merchandise. Conversely, if we underestimate consumer demand, we may not be able to provide certain products in a timely manner to our customers in order to meet their demand, which can result in lost sales. Either event could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if our inventory planning and allocation system is unsuccessful, including the additional processing requirements attributable to our second distribution center, our ability to properly allocate inventory to stores could be adversely affected.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to offer assortments of products that appeal to our customers or that we will satisfy changing consumer demands and preferences in the future. Accordingly, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if:

13

· we miscalculate either the market for the merchandise in our stores or our customers’ purchasing habits;

· consumer demand unexpectedly shifts away from the merchandise we offer or if there are unanticipated shifts in consumer preferences in some seasons; or

· we are unable to anticipate, identify and respond to changing consumer demands or emerging trends, including shifts in the popularity of certain products or increased consumer demand for more enhanced customer service and assistance, home delivery or online sales and services.

In addition, inventory shrinkage (inventory theft, loss or damage) rates could negatively impact our financial results. Furthermore, failure to control merchandise returns could also adversely affect our business. We have established a provision for estimated merchandise returns based upon historical experience and other known factors. However, if actual returns are greater than those projected by management, additional reductions of revenue could be recorded in the future. In addition, to the extent that returned merchandise is damaged or otherwise not appealing to our customers, we may not receive full retail value from the resale or liquidation of the returned merchandise.

Our business model currently relies on purchasing all inventory centrally through our home office in Plano, Texas. At this office, all product samples are developed and/or received and reviewed; in addition, all purchase orders are placed, fulfilled and allocated from the same location. Major catastrophic events such as natural disasters, localized labor issues or wages increases, fire or flooding, malfunction or disruption of the information systems, a disruption in communication services, power outages or shipping interruptions could delay or otherwise adversely affect inventory purchasing or allocation, as well as the ultimate distribution of inventory to our stores and customers. Such disruptions could have a negative impact on our sales and results of operations. Our business model of central purchasing could also fail to account for differences in consumer preferences by market. In such cases, and where our focus of providing the broadest assortment of products for any room similarly did not account for differences in consumer preferences by market, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The loss of, or disruption in, or our inability to efficiently operate our distribution network could have a materially adverse impact on our business.

We operate a cross dock distribution center in Plano, Texas, which previously serviced all of our stores, as well as warehouse premises in Garland, Texas. We opened a second distribution center in Carlisle, Pennsylvania, which we expect to become fully operational in fiscal year 2020. The majority of our inventory is shipped directly from suppliers to our distribution centers where the inventory is processed and then shipped to our stores. Only mattresses and some food items are shipped directly to stores. We rely in large part on the orderly operation of this receiving and distribution process, which depends on our automated distribution system, adherence to shipping schedules and effective management of our distribution network. If complications arise with our distribution facilities or if the facilities or warehouse premises (or a significant portion of inventory located there) is severely damaged or destroyed, our ability to receive and deliver inventory on a timely basis will be significantly impaired. There can be no assurance that disruptions in operations due to natural or man-made disasters, fire, flooding, terrorism or other catastrophic events, system failure, labor disagreements or shipping problems will not result in delays in the delivery of merchandise to our stores. Such delays could materially adversely impact our business. In addition, we could incur significantly higher costs and longer lead times associated with distributing merchandise to our stores during the time it takes for us to reopen or replace our distribution centers. Moreover, our business interruption insurance may not be adequate to cover or compensate us for any losses that may occur. In addition, our existing distribution center in Plano, Texas, which currently has the capacity to support up to approximately 220 stores, and our second distribution center in Carlisle, Pennsylvania, should collectively be able to support more than 350 stores. However, there can be no assurance that there will not be any delay in fully utilizing the new distribution center or that there will not be any delays or issues in shipping schedules, logistics or systems.

We rely upon various means of transportation through third parties, including shipments by air, sea, rail and truck, to deliver products to our distribution centers from vendors and from our distribution centers to our stores, as well as for direct shipments from vendors to stores. Labor shortages or capacity constraints in the transportation industry, disruptions to the national and international transportation infrastructure, fuel shortages or transportation cost increases

14

(such as increases in fuel costs or port fees) could materially adversely affect our business and operating results, particularly as we receive and deliver our seasonal and holiday merchandise.

We are subject to a number of risks because we import a significant portion of our merchandise.

Approximately 65% of our merchandise was purchased from vendors in foreign countries such as China, Vietnam, India, Turkey and Hong Kong during fiscal year 2019. In addition, many of our domestic vendors purchase a portion of their products from foreign sources. For example, we purchase merchandise from domestic vendors that is imported from China or that is manufactured in China and assembled in the United States. Currently, we do not employ any resources on the ground in Asia to manage our procurement process and various vendor relationships. Instead, we often rely on trading companies to handle sourcing and logistics with Asian factories.

Substantial regulatory uncertainty exists regarding international trade and trade policy, both in the United States and abroad. For example, the United States introduced multiple tranches of tariffs on certain goods imported from China. The United States has, at various times, called for the possible implementation of a border tax and has also raised the possibility of other initiatives that may affect importation of goods including renegotiation of trade agreements with other countries and the possible introduction of further import duties or tariffs. Some of our merchandise is included on the list of products issued by the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative and may be impacted by tariffs to the extent that such merchandise is sourced from China. In addition, on March 5, 2019, President Trump announced that India and Turkey would be removed from the Generalized System of Preferences, a U.S. program that allows developing countries to export a range of products to the United States duty-free. Some of our merchandise may be impacted by this change to the extent that it is sourced from India or Turkey. Such tariffs, and the possible implementation of a border tax or additional tariffs, could materially increase our cost of goods sold with respect to merchandise that we purchase from vendors who manufacture products in China or other countries outside the United States, which could in turn require us to increase our prices and, in the event consumer demand declines as a result, negatively impact our financial performance. Furthermore, certain of our competitors may be better positioned than us to withstand or react to border taxes, tariffs or other restrictions on global trade and as a result we may lose market share to such competitors. Due to broad uncertainty regarding the timing, content and extent of any regulatory changes in the U.S. or abroad, we cannot predict the impact, if any, that these changes could have to our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Foreign sourcing subjects us to a number of risks generally associated with doing business abroad such as the following:

· long lead times;

· work stoppages and strikes;

· delays in shipment, shipping port and ocean carrier constraints;

· freight cost increases;

· product quality issues;

· raw material shortages and factory consolidations;

· employee rights issues and other social concerns;

· epidemics and natural disasters;

· political instability, international conflicts, war, threats of war, terrorist acts or threats, especially threats to foreign and U.S. ports and piracy;

· economic conditions, including inflation;

15

· the imposition of tariffs, duties, quotas, taxes, import and export controls and other trade restrictions;

· governmental policies and regulations; and

· the status of trade relations with foreign countries, including the loss of “most favored nation” status with the United States for a particular foreign country.

Adverse events could have a greater impact on us than if our operations were in more dispersed geographical regions.

We currently operate 188 stores in 38 states, primarily in the South Central, Southeastern and Midwestern regions of the United States, including 34 stores in Texas. In addition, we operate a distribution center and warehouse premises in Texas, which services a majority of our stores, and a second distribution center in Pennsylvania. Accordingly, the effect on us of adverse events in these regions, especially in Texas, such as weather (including hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, droughts, heavy snow, ice or rain storms), natural or man‑made disasters, catastrophic events, terrorism, blackouts, widespread illness or unfavorable regional economic conditions, may be greater than if our operations or inventory were more geographically dispersed throughout the country or abroad. Such events could result in physical damage to or destruction or disruption of one or more of our properties, physical damage to or destruction of our inventory, the closure of one or more stores, the lack of an adequate workforce in parts or all of our operations, supply chain disruptions, data and communications disruptions and the inability of our customers to shop in our stores.

In addition, increases in our selling, general and administrative expenses due to overhead costs could affect our profitability more negatively than if we had a larger store base. One or more unsuccessful new stores, or a decline in sales or profitability at an existing store, will have a more significant effect on our results of operations than if we had a larger store base.

Because of our use of international vendors, we could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti‑bribery and anti‑kickback laws.

We source over half of our products abroad. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non‑U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. While our policies mandate compliance with these anti‑bribery laws, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in preventing our employees or other agents from taking actions in violation of these laws or regulations. Such violations, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to risks associated with leasing substantial amounts of space.

We lease certain of our retail properties, our distribution center and our corporate office. The profitability of our business is dependent on operating our current store base with favorable margins, opening and operating new stores at a reasonable profit, renewing leases for stores in desirable locations and, if necessary, identifying and closing underperforming stores. We lease a significant number of our store locations, ranging from short‑term to long‑term leases. Typically, a large portion of a store’s operating expense is the cost associated with leasing the location.

The operating leases for our retail properties, distribution centers and corporate office expire at various dates through 2037. A number of the leases have renewal options for various periods of time at our discretion. We are typically responsible for taxes, utilities, insurance, repairs and maintenance for these retail properties. Rent expense for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017 totaled approximately $108.0 million, $83.4 million and $68.1 million, respectively. Our future minimum rental commitments for all operating leases in existence as of January 26, 2019 for fiscal year 2020 is approximately $115.2 million and total approximately $1,454.1 million for fiscal years 2021 through 2037. We expect that many of the new stores we open will also be leased to us under operating leases, which will further increase our operating lease expenditures and require significant capital expenditures. We depend on cash flows from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under our asset-based revolving line of credit  (the “ABL Facility”), as described in Note 6 – Revolving Line

16

of Credit, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in “Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules,” or other sources, we may not be able to service our lease expenses or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would materially affect our business.

Over time, current store locations may not continue to be desirable because of changes in demographics within the surrounding area or a decline in shopping traffic, including traffic generated by other nearby stores. Although we have the right to terminate some of our leases under specified conditions by making certain payments (typically within two to three years after opening a store), we may not be able to terminate a particular lease if or when we would like to do so. If we decide to close stores, we are generally required to either continue to pay rent and operating expenses for the balance of the lease term or, for certain locations, pay exercise rights to terminate, which in either case could be expensive. Even if we are able to assign or sublease vacated locations where our lease cannot be terminated, we may remain liable on the lease obligations if the assignee or sublessee does not perform.

In addition, when leases for the stores in our ongoing operations expire, we may be unable to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms, or at all, which could cause us to close stores in locations that may be desirable. We may be unable to relocate these stores cost‑effectively or at all and there can be no assurance that any relocated stores will be successful.

We are subject to risks associated with our sale‑leaseback strategy.

From time to time, we engage in sale‑leaseback transactions. The net proceeds from such transactions have been used to reduce outstanding debt and fund future capital expenditures for new store development. However, the sale‑leaseback market may cease to be a reliable source of additional cash flows for us in the future if capitalization rates become less attractive, other unfavorable market conditions develop or the perceived value of our owned property declines. For example, should the sale‑leaseback market require significantly higher yields (which may occur as interest rates rise), we may not enter into sale‑leaseback transactions, which could adversely affect our ability to reduce outstanding debt and fund capital expenditures for future store development.

We operate in a highly competitive retail environment.

The retail business is highly competitive. The marketplace for home décor products is highly fragmented as many different retailers compete for market share by using a variety of store formats and merchandising strategies, dedicating a portion of their selling space to a limited selection of home décor, seasonal and holiday merchandise. Although we are the only big box concept solely dedicated to the home décor space, for all of our major products we compete with a diverse group of retailers, including mass merchants (such as Target and Wal‑Mart), home improvement stores (such as Home Depot and Lowe’s), craft retailers (such as Hobby Lobby, Jo‑Ann Stores and Michaels Stores), home specialty/décor retailers (such as Bed Bath & Beyond, The Container Store, Home Goods and Pier 1 Imports), as well as various other small, independent retailers. In addition, to a lesser extent, we compete with Internet‑based retailers (such as Wayfair and Amazon), which competition could intensify in the future.

We compete with these and other retailers for customers, retail locations, management and other personnel. Some of our competitors are larger and have greater resources, more customers and greater store brand recognition. They may secure better terms from vendors, adopt more aggressive pricing and devote more resources to technology, distribution and marketing. Competitive pressures or other factors could cause us to lose customers, sales and market share, which may require us to lower prices, increase marketing and advertising expenditures or increase the use of discounting or promotional campaigns, each of which could materially adversely affect our margins and could result in a decrease in our operating results and profitability. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to be able to compete successfully against existing or future competitors. Further, although we do not currently engage in e‑commerce, there is no assurance that we will not in the future, and the use of e‑commerce by our competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business. Expansion into markets served by our competitors, entry of new competitors, expansion of existing competitors into our markets or the adoption by competitors of innovative store formats and retail sale methods, including e‑commerce, could cause us to lose market share and could be detrimental to our business, financial condition and results of operations.

17

We face risks related to our substantial indebtedness.

As of January 26, 2019, we had total borrowings of $560.5 million outstanding under our ABL Facility and our Term Loan (as defined below). Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk associated with our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our ABL Facility and $350 million senior secured term loan (the “Term Loan”). Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to us, including:

· making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt, and any failure to comply with the obligations under our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing our indebtedness increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

· requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures, selling and marketing efforts, product development, future business opportunities and other purposes;

· exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as substantially all of our borrowings are at variable rates;

· restricting us from making strategic acquisitions;

· limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes; and

· limiting our ability to plan for, or adjust to, changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who may be less highly leveraged.

The occurrence of any one of these events could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in the credit agreements governing our ABL Facility and Term Loan.

The ABL Facility and Term Loan impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries that may prevent us from pursuing certain business opportunities and restrict our ability to operate our business.

The credit agreements governing our ABL Facility and Term Loan contain covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to take various actions, such as:

· incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue certain disqualified or preferred stock;

· pay dividends or make other distributions on, or redeem or purchase, any equity interests or make other restricted payments;

· make certain acquisitions or investments;

· create or incur liens;

· transfer or sell assets;

· incur restrictions on the payments of dividends or other distributions from our restricted subsidiaries;

18

· alter the business that we conduct;

· enter into transactions with affiliates; and

· consummate a merger or consolidation or sell, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.

The restrictions in the credit agreements governing our ABL Facility and Term Loan also limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans and adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, enter into acquisitions or to engage in other business activities that could be in our interest.

In addition, our ability to borrow under the ABL Facility is limited by the amount of our borrowing base. Any negative impact on the elements of our borrowing base, such as accounts receivable and inventory, could reduce our borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility.

We are dependent upon the services of our senior management and our buyers.

We are dependent on the services, abilities and experiences of our senior management team. Any loss or interruption of the services of our senior management, or any general instability in the composition of our senior management team, could significantly reduce our ability to effectively manage our operations. Lee Bird, our Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and President, joined us in December 2012 and, together with our senior management team, has played an instrumental role in developing and executing our business and operating strategies, which we believe are critical to our ability to maintain strong margins. Therefore, the loss of Mr. Bird’s services, or any members of our senior management, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and profitability and there can be no assurance that we will be able to find appropriate replacements for our senior management as needed. In addition, certain members of our management team are relatively new to our business and have not worked as a team with other members of management for a significant period of time. Therefore, there can be no assurance that any new members of our management team will be able to successfully execute our business and operating strategies or continue to follow the same strategies.

In addition, a number of our buyers have been with us for many years and have developed a deep understanding of our business and our customers. The market for buyers is highly competitive and it may be difficult to find suitable replacements if we lose any of our buyers. If we are unable to find suitable replacements, we may experience difficulties in selecting and sourcing merchandise, which could materially adversely impact our business, revenue and profitability.

Failure to attract and retain quality employees could materially adversely affect our performance.

Our performance depends on attracting and retaining quality people at all levels, including corporate, stores, the distribution centers and other areas. Many of our store employees are in entry level or part‑time positions with historically high rates of turnover. Our ability to meet our labor needs while controlling labor costs is subject to external factors such as unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage legislation, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs and governmental labor and employment requirements. In the event of changes in the federal or state minimum wage, living wage requirements or changes in other wage or workplace regulations, including, for example, health care or employee leave regulations, if our overall compensation and benefits fail to remain competitive, then the quality of our workforce could decline, while increasing our costs could impair our profitability. If we do not continue to attract and retain quality employees, our performance could be materially adversely affected.

Although none of our employees are currently covered under collective bargaining agreements, there can be no assurance that our employees will not elect to be represented by labor unions in the future. If some or all of our workforce were to become unionized and collective bargaining agreement terms were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements or work practices, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

19

Difficulties with our vendors may adversely impact our business.

Our performance depends on our ability to purchase merchandise at sufficient levels and at competitive prices from vendors who can deliver products in a timely and efficient manner and in compliance with our vendor standards and all applicable laws and regulations. We currently have over 500 vendor relationships. Generally, we do not have any long‑term purchase agreements or other contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to new products, and any vendor could discontinue selling to us at any time. Historically, we have not relied on any single vendor for our products and have not had difficulties replacing vendors for various products we sell. However, in the future there is no assurance that we will continue to be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient quantities or on terms acceptable to us, or be able to develop relationships with new vendors to replace any discontinued vendors. Our inability to acquire suitable merchandise in the future or our failure to replace any one or more vendors may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any significant change in the payment terms that we have with our suppliers could adversely affect our liquidity.

Many of our suppliers are small firms that produce a limited number of items. These smaller vendors generally have limited resources, production capacities and operating histories, and some of our vendors have limited the distribution of their merchandise in the past. Accordingly, these vendors may be susceptible to cash flow issues, downturns in economic conditions, production difficulties, quality control issues and difficulty delivering agreed‑upon quantities on schedule and in compliance with regulatory requirements. If a vendor fails to deliver on its commitments, whether due to financial difficulties or other reasons, we could experience merchandise out‑of‑stocks that could lead to lost sales, especially with respect to seasonal and holiday merchandise. In addition, there is no assurance that we would be able, if necessary, to return product to these vendors, obtain refunds of our purchase price or obtain reimbursement or indemnification from any of our vendors should we so desire, and from time to time, we may be in litigation with one or more vendors. Many of these suppliers require extensive advance notice of our requirements in order to supply products in the quantities we need. This long lead time requires us to place orders far in advance of the time when certain products will be offered for sale, exposing us to shifts in consumer demand and discretionary spending.

Our business is moderately seasonal and weak performance during one of our historically strong seasonal periods could have a material adverse effect on our operating results for the entire fiscal year.

Our business is moderately seasonal, with a meaningful portion of our sales dedicated to seasonal and holiday merchandise, resulting in the realization of higher portions of net sales and operating income in the second and fourth fiscal quarters. Due to the importance of our peak sales periods, which include the spring and year‑end holiday decorating seasons, the second and fourth fiscal quarters have historically contributed, and are expected to continue to contribute, significantly to our operating results for the entire fiscal year. In anticipation of seasonal increases in sales activity during these periods, we incur significant additional expense prior to and during our peak seasonal periods, which we may finance with additional short‑term borrowings. These expenses may include the acquisition of additional inventory, seasonal staffing needs and other similar items. As a result, any factors negatively affecting us during these periods, including adverse weather and unfavorable economic conditions, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate substantially and historical quarterly operating results may not be a meaningful indicator of future performance.

Our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many outside of our control, including:

· general economic and political conditions;

· the mix of merchandise sold;

· shifts in consumer tastes and changes in demand for the products that we offer in our stores;

· calendar shifts of holiday or seasonal periods;

20

· the timing of new store openings and the level of pre‑opening expenses associated with new stores;

· the amount and timing of sales contributed by new stores;

· store closings or relocations and costs related thereto;

· expansion of existing or entry of new competitors into our markets;

· pricing and other actions taken by our competitors;

· changes in promotions, advertising or other actions taken by us or our existing or possible new competitors;

· the timing and level of markdowns;

· delays in the flow of merchandise to our stores, including port congestion and other shipment delays;

· changes in our operating expenses;

· the imposition of tariffs or other trade restrictions;

· changes in commodity prices, the cost of fuel, freight costs and other costs incurred due to tariff-related shipment surges;

· government shutdowns;

· foreign exchange rates;

· litigation;

· adverse weather conditions in our markets, particularly on weekends;

· natural or man‑made disasters;

· the timing of income tax refunds to our customers;

· the timing or elimination of certain state and local tax holidays; and

· changes in other tenants or landlords or surrounding geographic circumstances in the areas in which we are located.

Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results for the fiscal quarter in which such event occurs as well as for the entire fiscal year. Therefore, period‑to‑period comparisons of historical quarterly operating results may not be a meaningful indicator of future performance.

We may not be able to protect our important intellectual property and we could incur substantial costs if we are subject to claims that our operations infringe on the proprietary rights of others.

We rely on our proprietary intellectual property, including trademarks, to market, promote and sell our products in our stores, particularly our At Home private label products. We monitor and protect against activities that might infringe, dilute or otherwise violate our trademarks and other intellectual property and rely on the trademark and other laws of the United States. However, we may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization. To the extent we cannot protect our intellectual property, unauthorized use and misuse of our

21

intellectual property could harm our competitive position and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Additionally, we cannot be certain that we do not or will not in the future infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties. From time to time, we have been subject to claims from third parties that we have infringed upon their intellectual property rights and we face the risk of such claims in the future. Any intellectual property infringement claims against us could be costly, time‑consuming, harmful to our reputation or result in injunctive or other equitable relief that may require us to make changes to our business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Increases in commodity prices and supply chain costs could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Various commodities are used in our merchandise, such as petroleum, resin, copper, steel, cotton and lumber. These commodities are subject to inflation, price fluctuations and other market disturbances, including supply shortages. Increases in commodity prices or the costs related to our supply chain and distribution network, including currency exchange rates, tariffs, labor, fuel, freight and other transportation costs, could have a material adverse effect on our gross margin, expenses and results of operations. Due to the uncertainty of these price fluctuations and our strategy to maintain everyday low prices, we may not be able to pass some or all of these increased costs on to our customers. Even if we are able to pass these increased costs on to our customers, we may not be able to do so on a timely basis, our gross margins could decline and we may not be able to implement other price increases for our merchandise.

If we are required to make significant investments in advertising, marketing or promotions, our margins and profitability could materially decline.

In general, we employ an everyday low pricing strategy that avoids high‑low pricing and promotions and allows us to minimize advertising and marketing expenses incurred by other retailers. However, there is no assurance that we can continue to be successful without significant advertising, marketing and promotions, particularly as we open stores in new markets. We spent over $20 million in capital and expenses in connection with our rebranding initiative during fiscal year 2015 and may need to incur additional expenses to promote our brand. We have increased marketing and advertising spend as a percentage of our net sales in each of the fiscal years since our initial public offering and expect that marketing and advertising spend will continue to increase as a percentage of net sales in future fiscal years. In addition, there is no assurance that any further investments we have made or may make in the future with respect to advertising, marketing or promotions will be successful or result in a positive return on investment. Therefore, if we are required to make significant investments in advertising, marketing or promotions and related expenditures, our margins and profitability could materially decline even if sales increase.

Any online services or e‑commerce activities that we may launch in the future may require substantial investment and may not be successful.

We do not currently engage in e‑commerce and have a limited online presence through our website and other forms of social media. In fiscal years 2017, 2018 and 2019, we upgraded our website to be mobile-friendly and enable our customers to view our product assortment online with robust search functionality and optimized the user experience, but we do not currently sell merchandise through our website. However, as part of our growth strategy, we are exploring expansion of our online services and could engage in e‑commerce activities in the future, which would require substantial investment. The success of any online services or e‑commerce business would depend, in part, on factors over which we may not control. We would need to successfully respond to changing consumer preferences and buying trends relating to online or e‑commerce usage. We would also be vulnerable to increased risks and uncertainties including: changes in required technology interfaces; website downtime and other technical failures; costs and technical issues related to upgrading website software; computer viruses; changes in applicable federal and state regulations; security breaches; consumer privacy concerns; and keeping up to date with competitive technology trends, including the use of new or improved technology, creative user interfaces and other online or e‑commerce marketing tools. In addition, any e‑commerce platform may be unprofitable, cannibalize sales from our existing stores or not be able to compete successfully against other Internet‑based retailers who sell similar merchandise. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties might adversely affect sales in any e‑commerce business that we establish in the future and could damage our reputation and brand. Further, in the event that we engage in e‑commerce in the future, we will need to

22

establish a shipping and delivery system for items purchased online, for which we do not currently have adequate capability. Our business could be adversely affected if we are not able to successfully develop and integrate such a shipping and delivery system in connection with any e‑commerce business in which we may engage in the future.

Disruptions to our information systems, or our failure to adequately support, maintain and upgrade these systems, could negatively impact our operations and financial results.

We depend on our information technology systems for critical aspects of our business. We have made significant investments in information technology, including investments in systems and applications for finance and accounting functions, supply chain management software for retail operations and data warehouse management systems and an automated distribution system for our distribution center operations. We rely on commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to provide security for processing, transmission and storage of data and overall network security. We purchase our inventory through a centralized inventory management system that operates for the entire chain. Merchandise is bar‑coded, enabling management to control inventory and pricing by SKU. Sales are updated daily in the merchandise reporting systems by polling all sales information from each store’s point‑of sale terminals. Stores are then staffed based on a statistically developed labor model which incorporates the daily and hourly store sales volume. We attempt to mitigate the risk of possible business interruptions caused by disruptions to our information systems by maintaining a disaster recovery plan, which includes maintaining backup systems off‑site. However, despite safeguards and careful contingency planning, our systems are still subject to power outages, computer viruses, computer and telecommunication failures, employee usage errors, security breaches, terrorism, natural or man‑made disasters and other catastrophic events. A major disruption of our information systems and backup mechanisms may cause us to incur significant costs to repair our systems and experience a critical loss of data. System failures could also disrupt our ability to track, record and analyze sales and inventory and could cause disruptions of our operations, including, among other things, our ability to process and ship inventory, process financial information including credit card transactions, process payrolls or vendor payments or engage in other similar normal business activities. All of this could potentially result in financial loss, reputational harm, and reimbursement costs associated with inability to properly conduct business. Further, we may be unable to improve, upgrade, integrate or expand upon our existing systems and any costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations.

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential customer information could harm our business and standing with our customers.

The protection of our customer, employee and other company data is critical to us. We rely on commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to provide security for processing, transmission and storage of confidential customer information, such as payment card and personal information. We devote significant resources to maintain our computer systems, including insurance policies that may, subject to policy terms and limitations, cover a cyber-attack or data breach. Despite the security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers, may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism, payment card terminal tampering, computer viruses, ransomware, misplaced, lost or stolen data, programming or human errors or other similar events. Like many retailers, our information systems and those of our vendors may come under attack by U.S. and foreign criminal elements seeking access to our data. The methods used to obtain unauthorized access to data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage our facilities and systems are constantly changing and evolving, and may be difficult to anticipate or detect for long periods of time. The ever-evolving threats mean we must continually evaluate and adapt our systems and processes, and there is no guarantee that they will be adequate to safeguard against all data security breaches or misuses of data. We and our third-party service providers may not anticipate or prevent all types of attacks until after they have already been launched, and techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us or our third-party service providers. In addition, security breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including intentional or inadvertent breaches by our employees or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships. The risks associated with our processing of sensitive customer data may be heightened if the amount of such data collected is increased, including via the co-branded and private label credit card and customer loyalty programs that we launched during the third quarter of fiscal year 2018. Our collection and use of information is regulated at the international, national and state levels. Any security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, whether by us or our third-party service providers, could damage our reputation, financial loss, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, expose us to risk of litigation and liability, regulatory actions, regulatory fines and penalties, additional compliance

23

costs, reimbursement or other compensation costs, disrupt our operations and harm our business. In addition, as a result of recent security breaches at a number of prominent retailers, the media and public scrutiny of information security and privacy has become more intense. As a result, we may incur significant costs to change our business practices or modify our service offerings in connection with the protection of personally identifiable information.

Regulatory or litigation developments could materially adversely affect our business operations and financial performance.

We are subject to numerous statutory, regulatory and legal requirements at a local, state, national and international level because of our business operations, store locations, workforce, sales to consumers and importation of merchandise. In addition, as a publicly traded company we may be exposed to the risk of stockholder litigation if our stock price declines. Laws and regulations affecting our business may change, sometimes frequently and significantly, as a result of political, economic, social or other events. Changes in the regulatory environment in the areas of product safety, environmental protection, privacy and information security, health care, labor and employment, U.S. customs, advertising and taxes, among others, could potentially impact our operations and financial results. For example, more stringent and varied requirements of local and state governmental bodies with respect to zoning, land use and environmental factors could delay or prevent development of new stores in particular locations. Environmental laws and regulations also govern, among other things, discharges of pollutants into the air and water as well as the presence, handling, release and disposal of and exposure to hazardous substances. These laws provide for significant fines and penalties for noncompliance. Third parties may also make personal injury, property damage or other claims against us associated with actual or alleged release of, or exposure to, hazardous substances at our properties. We could also be strictly liable, without regard to fault, for certain environmental conditions at properties we formerly owned or operated as well as at our current properties. We could be negatively impacted by developments in these areas due to the costs of compliance, and if we fail to comply with a law or regulation, we may be subject to claims, lawsuits, fines, penalties, loss of a license or permit and adverse publicity or other consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Product recalls and/or product liability, as well as changes in product safety and other consumer protection laws, may adversely impact our operations, merchandise offerings, reputation, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

We are subject to regulations by a variety of federal, state and international regulatory authorities, including The Consumer Product Safety Commission. A large portion of our merchandise is manufactured in foreign countries. As such, one or more of our vendors might not adhere to product safety requirements or our quality control standards, and we might not identify the deficiency before merchandise ships to our stores. If our merchandise offerings do not meet applicable safety standards or our customers’ expectations regarding safety, we could experience lost sales and increased costs and be exposed to legal and reputational risk. We could be required to recall some of those products or could expose ourselves to government enforcement action or private litigation, such as product liability claims, which could result in significant fines, penalties, monetary damages and other remedies as well as harm to our reputation. We could also be subject to litigation related to injuries or other accidents at our stores or distribution center.

Moreover, changes in product safety or other consumer protection laws could lead to increased costs to us for certain merchandise, or additional labor costs associated with readying merchandise for sale. Long lead times on merchandise ordering cycles increase the difficulty for us to plan and prepare for potential changes to applicable laws. In particular, The Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 imposes significant requirements on manufacturing, importing, testing and labeling requirements for some of our products. In the event that we are unable to timely comply with regulatory changes, significant fines or penalties could result, and could adversely affect our reputation, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

Inadequacy of our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We maintain third-party insurance coverage against various liability risks and risks of property loss and business interruption, as well as directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage. While we believe these arrangements are an effective way to insure against liability and property damage risks, the potential liabilities associated with those risks or other events could exceed the coverage provided by such arrangements. Significant uninsured liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our Company.

24

Our continued success is substantially dependent on positive perceptions of At Home.

We are highly dependent on our reputation amongst home décor enthusiasts. To remain successful in the future, we must continue to preserve, grow and utilize the value of our reputation as the destination retailer for our customers’ home décor needs. Reputational value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities, and even isolated incidents may erode trust and confidence. Events that can damage our reputation include, but are not limited to, legal violations, litigation, actual or perceived ethical problems, product safety issues, actual or perceived poor employee relations, actual or perceived poor customer service, store appearance or operational issues, unauthorized use or other misappropriation of our trade name, data security, terrorism or other events outside of our control that could generate negative publicity with respect to At Home, whether in traditional media or social media outlets. Any event that has the potential to negatively impact our trade name or our reputation with customers, employees, suppliers, communities, governmental officials and others could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our operating results and financial position could be negatively impacted by accounting policies, rules and regulations.

Our operating results and financial position could be negatively impacted by implementation of our various accounting policies as well as changes to accounting rules and regulations or new interpretations of existing accounting standards. These changes may include, without limitation, changes to lease accounting standards. For example, while we are still evaluating the impact of our pending adoption of ASU No. 2016‑02, “Leases” on our consolidated financial statements, we expect that upon adoption we will recognize right-of-use assets and liabilities, derecognize our current financing obligations and record gains on sale-leasebacks when incurred rather than amortizing the gain over the life of the lease, which will be material to our financial statements. In addition, from time to time, we could incur impairment charges that adversely affect our operating results. For example, changes in economic or operating conditions impacting our estimates and assumptions could result in the impairment of intangible assets (such as our goodwill or trade name) or long‑lived assets in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. In the event that we determine our intangible or long‑lived assets are impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Recently enacted changes to the U.S. tax laws may have a material impact on our business. Other changes in our effective income tax rate could also affect us.

Our effective income tax rate is influenced by a number of factors. Changes in the tax laws, the interpretation of existing laws or our failure to sustain our reporting positions on examination could adversely affect our effective tax rate. Further, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted by changes in the mix and level of earnings or by changes to existing accounting rules or regulations.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted in December 2017  (the “Tax Act”) makes extensive changes to the U.S. tax laws and includes provisions that, among other things, reduce the U.S. corporate tax rate, limit certain deductions for executive compensation, introduce a capital investment deduction, and place certain limitations on the interest deduction. During fiscal year 2019, we completed our accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act, and no material adjustments were required to the provisional amounts recorded in fiscal year 2018. The Internal Revenue Service is continuing to issue guidance related to the Tax Act and there can be no assurance that we will not be required to record further charges to income in future periods as the proposed regulations are released.

We are a holding company with no operations of our own, and we depend on our subsidiaries for cash.

We are a holding company and do not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of equity interests of our subsidiaries. Our operations are conducted almost entirely through our subsidiaries, and our ability to generate cash to meet our obligations or to pay dividends, if any, is highly dependent on the earnings of, and receipt of funds from, our subsidiaries through dividends or intercompany loans. The ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to allow us and them to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations will depend on their future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside of our control. We cannot assure our stockholders that the cash flow and earnings of our operating subsidiaries will be adequate for our subsidiaries to service their debt obligations. If our subsidiaries do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy corporate obligations, we may have to undertake alternative

25

financing plans (such as refinancing), restructure debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek to raise additional capital. We cannot assure our stockholders that any such alternative refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds realized from those sales, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, we and our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future that may severely restrict or prohibit our subsidiaries from making distributions, paying dividends, if any, or making loans to us.

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, and our stockholders may not be able to resell their shares of our common stock at or above the price they paid for them.

The trading price of our common stock could be volatile, and our stockholders can lose all or part of their investment. The following factors, in addition to other factors described in this "Risk Factors" section and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock:

· quarterly variations in our operating results compared to market expectations;

· changes in the preferences of our customers;

· low comparable store sales growth compared to market expectations;

· delays in the planned openings of new stores;

· the failure of securities analysts to cover the Company or changes in analysts’ financial estimates;

· economic, legal, regulatory and political factors unrelated to our performance, including the imposition of tariffs or other trade restrictions;

· changes in consumer spending or the housing market;

· increased competition or stock price performance of our competitors;

· future sales of our common stock or the perception that such sales may occur;

· changes in senior management or key personnel;

· investor perceptions of us and the retail industry;

· new regulatory pronouncements and changes in regulatory guidelines;

· lawsuits, enforcement actions and other claims by third parties or governmental authorities;

· action by institutional stockholders or other large stockholders;

· failure to meet any guidance given by us or any change in any guidance given by us, or changes by us in our guidance practices;

· speculation in the press or investment community;

26

· events beyond our control, such as war, terrorist attacks, transportation, freight and fuel prices, natural disasters, severe weather and widespread illness; and

· the other factors listed in this “Risk Factors” section.

In addition, our stock price may be volatile. The stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies like us. Accordingly, these broad market and industry factors may significantly reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

Because the certain existing stockholders hold a significant percentage of our common stock, they may influence major corporate decisions and their interests may conflict with your interests as an owner of our common stock and those of the Company.

Our Sponsors currently own approximately 26.5% of our common stock. Although we are no longer a controlled company, our Sponsors continue to be able to influence the election of directors and our business, affairs and policies, including the appointment of our management and the entering into of business combinations or dispositions and other corporate transactions. The directors so elected have the authority to incur additional debt, issue or repurchase stock, declare dividends and make other decisions that could be detrimental to stockholders. In addition, pursuant to the Stockholders' Agreement (as defined herein), as long as certain affiliates of AEA, in the aggregate, hold at least 10% of our outstanding common stock, AEA shall be entitled to nominate at least one individual for election to our board, and our board and nominating committee thereof shall nominate and recommend to our stockholders that such individual be elected to our board.

The Sponsors may have interests that are different from our other stockholders and may vote in a way with which our other stockholders disagree and which may be adverse to such stockholders' interests. Further, AEA and Starr Investments may have differing views from each other, neither of which may align with our other stockholders' interests. In addition, the Sponsors' concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline or prevent stockholders from realizing a premium over the market price for their common stock.

Additionally, the Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us or supply us with goods and services. The Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. Stockholders should consider that the interests of the Sponsors may differ from their interests in material respects.

27

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities.

Moreover, the approximately 26.5% of our outstanding common stock held by our Sponsors has been registered for resale on Form S-3. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement to which we and such holders are parties, these holders have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to facilitate future offerings of their shares, which would result in their shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by affiliates (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act). In November 2018, the shares of our common stock owned by Starr became eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, but such shares may still be sold in connection with future offerings pursuant to the registration rights agreement. Sales of stock by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

As of March 22, 2019, we had 63,648,028 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, all but the 10,536,504 shares of our common stock held by AEA, as well as the shares held by our executive officers and directors, are freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.

On April 5, 2017, we filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock to be issued under our equity compensation plans and, as a result, all shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of stock options granted under our plans are also freely tradable under the Securities Act, unless held by our affiliates. As of January 26, 2019, there were stock options outstanding to purchase a total of 7,758,832 shares of our common stock and 314,027 shares of our common stock subject to restricted stock units. In addition, as of January 26, 2019, 3,923,952 shares of our common stock were reserved for future issuance under our Equity Incentive Plan.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about At Home, or if they issue unfavorable commentary about us or our industry or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that third‑party securities analysts publish about At Home and the retail industry. One or more analysts could downgrade our common stock or issue other negative commentary about At Home or our industry. In addition, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of At Home, we could lose visibility in the market. As a result of one or more of these factors, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti‑takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:

· establishing a classified board of directors such that not all members of the board are elected at one time;

· allowing the total number of directors to be determined exclusively (subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors) by resolution of our board of directors and granting to our board the sole power (subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock or rights granted pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement) to fill any vacancy on the board;

· limiting the ability of stockholders to remove directors without cause;

· authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock by our board of directors, without further stockholder approval, to thwart a takeover attempt;

28

· prohibiting stockholder action by written consent (and, thus, requiring that all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders);

· eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders;

· establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at annual stockholder meetings; and

· requiring the approval of the holders of at least two‑thirds of the voting power of all outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, to amend or repeal our certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

In addition, while we have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three‑year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

· prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

· upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

· at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least two‑thirds of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction provided for or through our Company resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and the affiliates and associates of such person. For purposes of this provision, “voting stock” means any class or series of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that AEA, Starr Investments, their respective affiliates and any of their respective direct or indirect designated transferees (other than in certain market transfers and gifts) and any group of which such persons are a party do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who qualifies as an “interested stockholder” to effect certain business combinations with our Company for a three‑year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors in order to avoid the stockholder approval requirement if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that our stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

These anti‑takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our Company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for our stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and cause us to take corporate actions other than those that our stockholders desire.

29

We are exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act.

We are required to comply with the management certification requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We currently perform the system and process evaluation and testing (and any necessary remediation) required to comply with the management certification requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act. Because we ceased to be an “emerging growth company” as of the end of our fiscal year ended January 26, 2019, we are now subject to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first time in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, among other additional requirements.

Compliance with Section 404 is expensive and time consuming for management and may result in the detection of control deficiencies of varying degrees of severity under applicable SEC and PCAOB rules and regulations that remain unremediated. As a public company, we are required to report, among other things, control deficiencies that constitute a “material weakness” or changes in internal controls that, or that are reasonably likely to, materially affect internal controls over financial reporting. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A “significant deficiency” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of our financial reporting.

To continue to comply with the requirements of being a public company, we have undertaken various actions, such as implementing and enhancing our internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. Additionally, if we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis, and our financial statements may be materially misstated. For example, in the past, certain matters involving our internal controls over financial reporting that constituted “material weaknesses” were identified and have since been remediated, which related to our limited accounting personnel and other resources at the time, as well as our adoption of public company standards. If we identify any additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, if we are required to make further restatements of our financial statements, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting , investors may lose confidence in the accuracy, completeness or reliability of our financial reports and the trading price of our common stock may be adversely affected, and we could become subject to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. In addition, if we fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements could be inaccurate and we could face restricted access to the capital markets.

We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends.

The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. We are a holding company, and substantially all of our operations are carried out by our operating subsidiaries. Under our ABL Facility and Term Loan, our operating subsidiaries are significantly restricted in their ability to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us, and we expect these limitations to continue in the future. Our ability to pay dividends may also be limited by the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred equity securities of ours or of our subsidiaries.

The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act and the NYSE, may strain our resources, increase our costs and divert management’s attention, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost‑effective manner.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the corporate governance standards of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act and the NYSE. These requirements place a strain on our management,

30

systems and resources and we incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Exchange Act requires us to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition within specified time periods and to prepare a proxy statement with respect to our annual meeting of stockholders. The Sarbanes‑Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. The NYSE requires that we comply with various corporate governance requirements. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting and comply with the Exchange Act and the NYSE’s requirements, significant resources and management oversight are required. This may divert management’s attention from other business concerns and lead to significant costs associated with compliance, which could have a material adverse effect on us and the price of our common stock.

The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect that continuing compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time‑consuming and costly. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to maintain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt even more changes in governance and reporting requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of these costs. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our stockholders are deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

We lease our corporate headquarters, distribution centers and the majority of our store properties. Our store locations are generally anchor, stand-alone or mall-enclosed locations that range between 75,000 and 165,000 square feet, averaging approximately 110,000 square feet per store. As of January 26, 2019, we operated 180 stores across the United States, of which 168 are leased and 12 are owned locations. Our leases generally have a term of 5 to 20 years, with renewal options that generally range from 5 to 20 years and are subject to escalating rent increases. We are typically responsible for taxes, utilities, insurance, repairs and maintenance for these store properties. Certain leases require the

31

payment of contingent rent based on a specified percentage of stores’ gross sales, as defined in the lease agreement, and are subject to certain limitations. A summary of our store locations by state as of January 26, 2019 is below:

Location	Store(s)	Location	Store(s)
Alabama	5	Nebraska	1
Arizona	6	Nevada	1
Arkansas	2	New Jersey	3
Colorado	4	New Mexico	1
Connecticut	1	New York	6
Florida	6	North Carolina	5
Georgia	11	Ohio	8
Illinois	5	Oklahoma	3
Indiana	6	Pennsylvania	8
Iowa	3	Rhode Island	1
Kansas	2	South Carolina	2
Kentucky	4	South Dakota	1
Louisiana	4	Tennessee	7
Maryland	3	Texas	34
Massachusetts	1	Utah	4
Michigan	10	Virginia	8
Minnesota	2	Washington	1
Mississippi	3	Wisconsin	2
Missouri	6
		Total	180

We lease a 592,000 square foot distribution center in Plano, Texas, which also serves as our corporate headquarters. The lease will expire in 2036 and we have options to renew the lease for an additional period of up to 20 years. At the beginning of fiscal year 2020, we opened an 800,000 square foot second distribution center in Carlisle, Pennsylvania. The lease will expire in 2031 and we have options to renew the lease for an additional period of up to 10 years. We believe that our current facilities will be sufficient to support more than 350 stores. We also lease an additional 555,000 square feet warehouse premises located in Garland, Texas, for initial inventory build-up for new store openings.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are subject to various litigations, claims and other proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. We believe these actions are routine and incidental to the business. While the outcome of these actions cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe that any will have a material adverse impact on our business.

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

32

PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “HOME”. As of January 26, 2019, there were approximately four holders of record of our common stock. The number of holders of record is based upon the actual number of holders registered at such date and does not include holders of shares in “street names” or persons, partnerships, associates, corporations or other entities identified in security position listing maintained by depositories.

Dividend Policy

We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain future earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of debt. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable laws and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Our business is conducted through our subsidiaries. Dividends, distributions and other payments from, and cash generated by, our subsidiaries will be our principal sources of cash to repay indebtedness, fund operations and pay dividends. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is dependent on the earnings and distributions of funds from our subsidiaries. In addition, the covenants in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness significantly restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us. For information regarding restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by agreements for indebtedness, see Note 6 – Revolving Line of Credit, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in “Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules”, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

None.

Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Performance Graph

The following graph shows a comparison of cumulative total return to holders of shares of At Home Group Inc.’s common stock against the cumulative total return of S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 Specialty Retail Index from August 4, 2016 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the NYSE) through January 26, 2019. The comparison of the cumulative total returns for each investment assumes that $100 was invested in At Home Group Inc. common stock and the respective indices on August 4, 2016 through January 26, 2019 including reinvestment of any dividends. Historical share price performance should not be relied upon as an indication of future share price performance.

33

This performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

	08/04/2016		1/28/2017		7/29/2017		01/27/2018		7/28/2018		1/26/2019
At Home Group Inc.	$	100.00	$	100.93	$	151.80	$	224.87	$	238.40	$	149.53
S&P 500 Index		100.00		106.03		114.22		132.74		130.24		123.13
S&P 500 Specialty Retail Index		100.00		97.95		94.75		126.25		123.36		118.76

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data for each of the years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included in “Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules”. The selected consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of January 28, 2017, January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

34

We operate on a fiscal calendar which, in a given fiscal year, consists of a 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Saturday in January. The reporting periods contained in our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report contain 52 weeks of operations for each of the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016.  The fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 contained 53 weeks of operations. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and are reported in thousands, except for per share data and operational data. You should read the selected consolidated financial and operating data for the periods presented in conjunction with “Item 1A. Risk Factors”, “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26,		January 27,		January 28,		January 30,		January 31,
	2019		2018		2017		2016		2015
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales	$	1,165,899	$	950,528	$	765,635	$	622,161	$	497,733
Cost of sales		780,048		643,570		518,155		421,750		335,617
Gross profit		385,851		306,958		247,480		200,411		162,116
Operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses		303,453		211,057		170,556		135,716		110,503
Impairment charges		—		2,422		—		—		—
Depreciation and amortization		6,363		6,118		4,247		2,476		5,310
Total operating expenses		309,816		219,597		174,803		138,192		115,813
Operating income		76,035		87,361		72,677		62,219		46,303
Interest expense, net		27,056		21,704		27,174		36,759		42,382
Loss on extinguishment of debt		—		—		2,715		36,046		—
Income (loss) before income taxes		48,979		65,657		42,788		(10,586)		3,921
Income tax (benefit) provision		(17)		33,845		15,722		(14,160)		4,357
Net income (loss)	$	48,996	$	31,812	$	27,066	$	3,574	$	(436)
Per Share Data:
Net income (loss) per common share:
Basic	$	0.78	$	0.53	$	0.49	$	0.07	$	(0.01)
Diluted	$	0.74	$	0.50	$	0.48	$	0.07	$	(0.01)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		62,936,959		60,503,860		55,414,037		50,836,727		50,836,727
Diluted		66,299,646		63,712,003		56,892,183		51,732,752		50,836,727
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10,951	$	8,525	$	7,092	$	5,428	$	4,706
Inventories, net		382,023		269,844		243,795		176,388		142,256
Property and equipment, net		682,663		466,263		340,358		272,776		220,084
Total assets		1,726,206		1,374,241		1,214,471		1,055,639		969,074
Current portion of long-term debt and financing obligations		4,049		3,474		3,691		3,789		758
Long-term debt		336,435		289,902		299,606		422,610		369,990
Financing obligations		35,038		19,690		19,937		19,017		19,683
Total shareholders' equity		711,086		590,879		534,870		369,153		360,916
Operational Data:
Total stores at end of period		180		149		123		100		81
New stores opened		34		28		24		20		16
Comparable store sales		2.7%		6.5%		3.7%		3.9%		8.3%

35

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of our operations should be read in conjunction with “Item 6. Selected Financial and Operating Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes of At Home Group Inc. included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should review “Item 1A. Risk Factors” section of this filing for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by any forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

We operate on a fiscal calendar widely used by the retail industry that results in a given fiscal year consisting of a 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Saturday in January. In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter contains 13 weeks of operations; in a 53-week fiscal year, each of the first, second and third quarters includes 13 weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes 14 weeks of operations. References to a fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year ends. References herein to “fiscal year 2019” relate to the 52 weeks ending January 26, 2019, references herein to “fiscal year 2018” relate to the 52 weeks ending January 27, 2018 and references herein to “fiscal year 2017” relate to the 52 weeks ended January 28, 2017.

Overview

At Home is the leading home décor superstore based on the number of our locations and our large format stores that we believe dedicate more space per store to home décor than any other player in the industry. We are focused on providing the broadest assortment of products for any room, in any style, for any budget. We utilize our space advantage to out-assort our competition, offering over 50,000 SKUs throughout our stores. Our differentiated merchandising strategy allows us to identify on-trend products and then value engineer those products to provide desirable aesthetics at attractive price points for our customers. Over 70% of our products are unbranded, private label or specifically designed for us. We believe that our broad and comprehensive offering and compelling value proposition combine to create a leading destination for home décor with the opportunity to continue taking market share in a highly fragmented and growing industry.

We were founded in 1979 in Garden Ridge, Texas, a suburb of San Antonio. After we were acquired in 2011 by a group of investors led by certain affiliates of AEA and Starr Investments, we began a series of strategic investments in our business that we believe have laid the foundation for continued profitable growth.

Our strengthened management team, new brand identity, improved real estate capabilities, upgraded and automated distribution center and enhanced information systems continue to enable us to expand our store base while maintaining our industry-leading profitability.

As of January 26, 2019, our store base is comprised of 180 large format stores across 37 states, averaging approximately 110,000 square feet per store. Over the past five completed fiscal years we have opened 122 new stores and we believe there is significant whitespace opportunity to increase our store count in both existing and new markets.

Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business

Various trends and other factors affect or have affected our operating results, including:

Overall economic trends. The overall economic environment and related changes in consumer behavior have a significant impact on our business. In general, positive conditions in the broader economy promote customer spending in our stores, while economic weakness results in a reduction of customer spending. Macroeconomic factors that can affect customer spending patterns, and thereby our results of operations, include employment rates, business conditions, changes in the housing market, the availability of credit, interest rates, tax rates and fuel and energy costs.

Consumer preferences and demand. Our ability to maintain our appeal to existing customers and attract new customers depends on our ability to originate, develop and offer a compelling product assortment responsive to customer

36

preferences and design trends. If we misjudge the market for our products, we may be faced with excess inventories for some products and may be required to become more promotional in our selling activities, which would impact our net sales and gross profit.

New store openings. We expect new stores will be the key driver of the growth in our sales and operating profit in the future. Our results of operations have been and will continue to be materially affected by the timing and number of new store openings. The performance of new stores may vary depending on various factors such as the store opening date, the time of year of a particular opening, the amount of store opening costs, the amount of store occupancy costs and the location of the new store, including whether it is located in a new or existing market. For example, we typically incur higher than normal employee costs at the time of a new store opening associated with set-up and other opening costs. In addition, in response to the interest and excitement generated when we open a new store, the new stores generally experience higher net sales during the initial period of one to three months after which the new store’s net sales will begin to normalize as it reaches maturity within six months of opening, as further discussed below.

Our planned store expansion will place increased demands on our operational, managerial, administrative and other resources. Managing our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance our inventory management and distribution systems, financial and management controls and information systems. We will also be required to hire, train and retain store management and store personnel which, together with increased marketing costs, can affect our operating margins.

A new store typically reaches maturity, meaning the store’s annualized targeted sales volume has been reached, within six months of opening. New stores are included in the comparable store base during the sixteenth full fiscal month following the store’s opening, which we believe represents the most appropriate comparison. We also periodically explore opportunities to relocate a limited number of existing stores to improve location, lease terms, store layout or customer experience. Relocated stores typically achieve a level of operating profitability comparable to our company-wide average for existing stores more quickly than new stores.

Infrastructure investment. Our historical operating results reflect the impact of our ongoing investments to support our growth. In the past six fiscal years, we have made significant investments in our business that we believe have laid the foundation for continued profitable growth. We believe that our strengthened management team, new brand identity, upgraded and automated distribution center and enhanced information systems, including our warehouse management and POS systems, enable us to replicate our profitable store format and differentiated shopping experience. In addition, we implemented a merchandise planning system and upgraded our inventory allocation system to better manage inventory for each store and corresponding customer base, and made investments relating to our second distribution center that we opened in the beginning of fiscal year 2020. We expect these infrastructure investments to support our successful operating model over a significantly expanded store base.

Pricing strategy. We are committed to providing our products at everyday low prices. We value engineer products in collaboration with our suppliers to recreate the “look” that we believe our customer wants while eliminating the costly construction elements that our customer does not value. We believe our customer views shopping At Home as an in-person experience through which our customer can see and feel the quality of our products and physically assemble a desired aesthetic. This design approach allows us to deliver an attractive value to our customer, as our products are typically less expensive than other branded products with a similar look. We employ a simple everyday low pricing strategy that consistently delivers savings to our customer without the need for extensive promotions, as evidenced by over 80% of our net sales occurring at full price.

Our ability to source and distribute products effectively. Our net sales and gross profit are affected by our ability to purchase our products in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. While we believe our vendors have adequate capacity to meet our current and anticipated demand, our level of net sales could be adversely affected in the event of constraints in our supply chain, including the inability of our vendors to produce sufficient quantities of some merchandise in a manner that is able to match market demand from our customers, leading to lost sales. Recently enacted tariffs could also impact our or our vendors’ ability to source product efficiently or create other supply chain disruptions. While we believe the direct effect of the recently enacted tariffs would not have a material impact on our business due to

37

a combination of supplier negotiations, direct sourcing and strategic price increases, gross profit could be adversely affected if these initiatives are not successful or if new or proposed tariffs are adopted.

Fluctuation in quarterly results. Our quarterly results have historically varied depending upon a variety of factors, including our product offerings, promotional events, store openings and shifts in the timing of holidays, among other things. As a result of these factors, our working capital requirements and demands on our product distribution and delivery network may fluctuate during the year.

Inflation and deflation trends. Our financial results can be expected to be directly impacted by substantial increases in product costs due to commodity cost increases or general inflation, including with respect to freight costs, which could lead to a reduction in our sales as well as greater margin pressure as costs may not be able to be passed on to consumers. To date, changes in commodity prices and general inflation have not materially impacted our business. Currently, we are facing inflationary pressure on freight costs, which we believe are being heightened by tariff-related shipment surges and port congestion. In response to increasing commodity prices, freight costs or general inflation, we seek to minimize the impact of such events by sourcing our merchandise from different vendors, changing our product mix or increasing our pricing when necessary.

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

In assessing our performance, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key measures include net sales, gross profit and gross margin, and selling, general and administrative expenses. In addition, we also review other important metrics such as Adjusted EBITDA, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income.

Net Sales

Net sales are derived from direct retail sales to customers in our stores, net of merchandise returns and discounts. Growth in net sales is impacted by opening new stores and increases in comparable store sales.

New store openings

The number of new store openings reflects the new stores opened during a particular reporting period, including any relocations of existing stores during such period. Before we open new stores, we incur pre-opening costs, as described below. The total number of new stores per year and the timing of store openings has, and will continue to have, an impact on our results as described above in “—Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business”.

Comparable store sales

A store is included in the comparable store sales calculation on the first day of the sixteenth full fiscal month following the store's opening, which is when we believe comparability is achieved. When a store is being relocated or remodeled, we exclude sales from that store in the calculation of comparable store sales until the first day of the sixteenth full fiscal month after it reopens. In addition, when applicable, we adjust for the effect of the 53rd week. There may be variations in the way in which some of our competitors and other retailers calculate comparable or “same store” sales. As a result, data in this report regarding our comparable store sales may not be comparable to similar data made available by other retailers.

Comparable store sales allow us to evaluate how our store base is performing by measuring the change in period-over-period net sales in stores that have been open for the applicable period. Various factors affect comparable store sales, including:

· consumer preferences, buying trends and overall economic trends;

· our ability to identify and respond effectively to customer preferences and trends;

38

· our ability to provide an assortment of high quality and trend-right product offerings that generate new and repeat visits to our stores;

· the customer experience we provide in our stores;

· our ability to source and receive products accurately and timely;

· changes in product pricing, including promotional activities;

· the number of items purchased per store visit;

· weather; and

· timing and length of holiday shopping periods.

Opening new stores is an important part of our growth strategy. As we continue to pursue our growth strategy, we anticipate that an increasing percentage of our net sales will come from stores not included in our comparable store sales calculation. Accordingly, comparable store sales are only one measure we use to assess the success of our growth strategy.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit is determined by subtracting cost of sales from our net sales. Gross margin measures gross profit as a percentage of net sales.

Cost of sales consists of various expenses related to the cost of selling our merchandise. Cost of sales consists of the following: (1) cost of merchandise, net of inventory shrinkage, damages and vendor allowances; (2) inbound freight and internal transportation costs such as distribution center-to-store freight costs; (3) costs of operating our distribution center, including labor, occupancy costs, supplies, and depreciation; and (4) store occupancy costs including rent, insurance, taxes, common area maintenance, utilities, repairs and maintenance and depreciation. The components of our cost of sales expenses may not be comparable to other retailers.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) consist of various expenses related to supporting and facilitating the sale of merchandise in our stores. These costs include payroll, benefits and other personnel expenses for corporate and store employees, including stock-based compensation expense, consulting, legal and other professional services expenses, marketing and advertising expenses, occupancy costs for our corporate headquarters and various other expenses.

SG&A includes both fixed and variable components and, therefore, is not directly correlated with net sales. In addition, the components of our SG&A expenses may not be comparable to those of other retailers. We expect that our SG&A expenses will increase in future periods due to our continuing store growth. In particular, we have expanded our marketing and advertising spend as a percentage of net sales in each of the fiscal years since our initial public offering and expect that marketing and advertising spend will continue to increase as a percentage of net sales in future fiscal years. For fiscal year 2019, total marketing and advertising expense increased to approximately 3.1% of net sales.

In addition, any increase in future stock option or other stock-based grants or modifications will increase our stock-based compensation expense included in SG&A. In particular, the one-time bonus grant of stock options to certain members of our senior management in connection with our initial public offering resulted in incremental non-cash stock-based compensation expense of approximately $20.0 million, which was expensed over the derived service period beginning with the third quarter of fiscal year 2017 and continuing into the third quarter of fiscal year 2019.  Additionally, the one-time grant of stock options to our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer made in the second fiscal

39

quarter 2019 resulted in incremental non-cash stock-based compensation expense of approximately $41.5 million, which vested immediately and was fully recognized in the second fiscal quarter 2019.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a key metric used by management and our board of directors to assess our financial performance. Adjusted EBITDA is also the basis for performance evaluation under our current executive compensation programs. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. In addition to covenant compliance and executive performance evaluations, we use Adjusted EBITDA to supplement generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) measures of performance to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures.

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before net interest expense, loss from early extinguishment of debt, income tax provision and depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the impact of certain other items as defined in our debt agreements, including certain legal settlements and consulting and other professional fees, relocation and employee recruiting incentives, management fees and expenses, stock-based compensation expense, impairment of our trade name and non-cash rent. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “—Results of Operations”.

Store-level Adjusted EBITDA

We use Store-level Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance, which represents our Adjusted EBITDA excluding the impact of costs associated with new store openings and certain corporate overhead expenses that we do not consider in our evaluation of the ongoing operating performance of our stores from period to period. Our calculation of Store-level Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of operating performance of our stores and may not be comparable to similar measures reported by other companies. We believe that Store-level Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure to evaluate the performance and profitability of each of our stores, individually and in the aggregate, especially given the level of investments we have made in our home office and infrastructure over the past five years to support future growth. We also believe that Store-level Adjusted EBITDA is a useful measure in evaluating our operating performance because it removes the impact of general and administrative expenses, which are not incurred at the store level, and the costs of opening new stores, which are non-recurring at the store level, and thereby enables the comparability of the operating performance of our stores during the period. We use Store-level Adjusted EBITDA information to benchmark our performance versus competitors. Store-level Adjusted EBITDA should not be used as a substitute for consolidated measures of profitability of performance because it does not reflect corporate overhead expenses that are necessary to allow us to effectively operate our stores and generate Store-level Adjusted EBITDA. For a reconciliation of Store-level Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “—Results of Operations”.

Adjusted Net Income

Adjusted Net Income represents our net income, adjusted for impairment charges, loss on extinguishment of debt, initial public offering related non-cash stock-based compensation expense and related payroll tax expenses and the income tax impact associated with the special one-time initial public offering bonus stock option exercises, non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to the special one-time grant of stock options to our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, costs associated with the resignation of our former Chief Financial Officer (the “CFO Transition”), transaction costs related to our initial public offering and the registration and sale of shares of our common stock on behalf of certain existing stockholders, losses incurred due to the modification of debt, loss on disposal of certain buildings and tax impacts associated with the Tax Act. We present Adjusted Net Income because we believe it assists investors and analysts in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. For a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “—Results of Operations”.

40

Results of Operations

The following tables summarize key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated in dollars (in thousands), as a percentage of our net sales and other operational data:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales	$	1,165,899	$	950,528	$	765,635
Cost of sales		780,048		643,570		518,155
Gross profit		385,851		306,958		247,480
Operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses		303,453		211,057		170,556
Impairment charges		—		2,422		—
Depreciation and amortization		6,363		6,118		4,247
Total operating expenses		309,816		219,597		174,803
Operating income		76,035		87,361		72,677
Interest expense, net		27,056		21,704		27,174
Loss on extinguishment of debt		—		—		2,715
Income before income taxes		48,979		65,657		42,788
Income tax (benefit) provision		(17)		33,845		15,722
Net income	$	48,996	$	31,812	$	27,066
Percentage of Net Sales:
Net sales		100.0 %		100.0 %		100.0 %
Cost of sales		66.9 %		67.7 %		67.7 %
Gross profit		33.1 %		32.3 %		32.3 %
Operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses		26.0 %		22.2 %		22.3 %
Impairment charges		— %		0.3 %		— %
Depreciation and amortization		0.5 %		0.6 %		0.6 %
Total operating expenses		26.6 %		23.1 %		22.8 %
Operating income		6.5 %		9.2 %		9.5 %
Interest expense, net		2.3 %		2.3 %		3.5 %
Loss on extinguishment of debt		— %		— %		0.4 %
Income before income taxes		4.2 %		6.9 %		5.6 %
Income tax (benefit) provision		(0.0)%		3.6 %		2.1 %
Net income		4.2 %		3.3 %		3.5 %
Operational Data:
Total stores at end of period		180		149		123
New stores opened		34		28		24
Comparable store sales		2.7%		6.5%		3.7%
Non-GAAP Measures(1):
Store-level Adjusted EBITDA(2)	$	305,901	$	252,452	$	198,987
Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)		26.2%		26.6%		26.0%
Adjusted EBITDA(2)	$	196,406	$	160,799	$	126,277
Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)		16.8%		16.9%		16.5%
Adjusted Net Income(3)	$	86,029	$	59,827	$	32,652

(1) We present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted Net Income, which are not recognized financial measures under GAAP, because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance, such as interest, depreciation, amortization, loss on extinguishment of debt, impairment charges and taxes. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income. In particular, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect costs associated with new store openings, which are incurred on a limited basis with respect to any particular store when opened and are not indicative of ongoing core operating performance, and corporate overhead expenses that

41

are necessary to allow us to effectively operate our stores and generate Store-level Adjusted EBITDA. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. There can be no assurance that we will not modify the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income in the future, and any such modification may be material. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA, Store-level Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted Net Income may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies in our industry or across different industries.

Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends in our core operating performance, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. We also use Adjusted EBITDA in connection with performance evaluations for our executives; to supplement GAAP measures of performance in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies; to make budgeting decisions; and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. In addition, we utilize Adjusted EBITDA in certain calculations under our $350.0 million senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Facility”) (defined therein as “Consolidated EBITDA”) and our $350.0 million term loan (the “Term Loan”) (defined therein as “Consolidated Cash EBITDA”). Management believes Store-level Adjusted EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends because it facilitates comparisons of store operating performance from period to period by excluding the impact of costs associated with new store openings and certain corporate overhead expenses, such as certain costs associated with management, finance, accounting, legal and other centralized corporate functions. Management believes that Adjusted Net Income assists investors and analysts in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance.

(2) The following table reconciles our net income to EBITDA (excluding loss on extinguishment of debt), Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Net income	$	48,996	$	31,812	$	27,066
Interest expense, net		27,056		21,704		27,174
Loss on extinguishment of debt		—		—		2,715
Income tax (benefit) provision		(17)		33,845		15,722
Depreciation and amortization(a)		56,529		48,777		36,925
EBITDA	$	132,564	$	136,138	$	109,602
Consulting and other professional services(b)		5,990		5,734		2,478
Relocation and employee recruiting costs(c)		—		—		262
Management fees and expenses(d)		—		—		1,847
Stock-based compensation expense(e)		5,530		2,491		4,066
Stock-based compensation related to special one-time IPO bonus grant(f)		2,521		11,273		5,318
Stock-based compensation related to one-time CEO grant(g)		41,475		—		—
Non-cash rent(h)		4,499		3,334		2,320
Other(i)		3,827		1,829		384
Adjusted EBITDA	$	196,406	$	160,799	$	126,277
Costs associated with new store openings(j)		18,656		16,504		12,035
Corporate overhead expenses(k)		90,839		75,149		60,675
Store-level Adjusted EBITDA	$	305,901	$	252,452	$	198,987

(a) Includes the portion of depreciation and amortization expenses that are classified as cost of sales in our consolidated statements of income.

(b) Primarily consists of (i) consulting and other professional fees with respect to projects to enhance our merchandising and human resource capabilities and other company initiatives; and (ii) charges incurred in connection with the sale of shares of our common stock on behalf of certain existing stockholders.

(c) Primarily reflects employee recruiting and relocation costs in connection with the build-out of our management team.

42

(d) Reflects management fees paid to our Sponsors in accordance with our management agreement. In connection with our initial public offering, the management agreement was terminated on August 3, 2016 and our Sponsors no longer receive management fees from us.

(e) Non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to the ongoing equity incentive program that we have in place to incentivize, retain and motivate our employees, officers, consultants and non-employee directors.

(f) Non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with a special one-time initial public offering bonus grant to certain members of senior management (the “IPO grant”), which we do not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing performance. The IPO grant was made in addition to the ongoing equity incentive program that we have in place to incentivize, retain and motivate our employees, officers, consultants and non-employee directors and was made to reward certain senior executives for historical performance and allow them to benefit from future successful outcomes for certain existing stockholders.

(g) Non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with a special one-time grant of stock options to our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer that vested and was fully recognized in the second fiscal quarter 2019 (the “CEO grant”), which we do not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing performance.

(h) Consists of the non-cash portion of rent, which reflects (i) the extent to which our GAAP straight-line rent expense recognized exceeds or is less than our cash rent payments, partially offset by (ii) the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions that are recognized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the applicable lease term. The offsetting amounts relating to the amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions were $(8.8) million, $(6.3) million and $(4.7) million for fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The GAAP straight-line rent expense adjustment can vary depending on the average age of our lease portfolio, which has been impacted by our significant growth. For newer leases, our rent expense recognized typically exceeds our cash rent payments while for more mature leases, rent expense recognized is typically less than our cash rent payments.

(i) Other adjustments include amounts our management believes are not representative of our ongoing operations, including:

· for fiscal year 2019, costs incurred of $2.4 million related to the CFO Transition,  payroll tax expense of $0.8 million related to the exercise of stock options and $0.5 million related to the one-time loss incurred related to the acquisition of land for the purposes of building a new store in fiscal year 2020 that had a pre-existing unusable structure on the premises that was demolished;

· for fiscal year 2018, an impairment charge of $2.4 million following the resolution of a legal matter; and

· for fiscal year 2017, a loss of $0.3 million recognized on the sale of land in connection with the expansion of our distribution center.

(j) Reflects non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores, including marketing and advertising, labor and cash occupancy expenses. Costs related to new store openings represent cash costs, and you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are similar to these costs. We anticipate that we will continue to incur cash costs as we open new stores in the future. We opened 34, 28 and 24 new stores in fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

(k) Reflects corporate overhead expenses, which are not directly related to the profitability of our stores, to facilitate comparisons of store operating performance as we do not consider these corporate overhead expenses when evaluating the ongoing performance of our stores from period to period. Corporate overhead expenses, which are a component of selling, general and administrative expenses, are comprised of various home office general and administrative expenses such as payroll expenses, occupancy costs, marketing and advertising, and consulting and professional fees. See our discussion of the changes in selling, general and administrative expenses presented in “—Results of Operations”. Store-level Adjusted EBITDA should not be used as a substitute for consolidated measures of profitability or performance because it does not reflect corporate overhead expenses that are necessary to allow us to effectively operate our stores and generate Store-level Adjusted EBITDA. We anticipate that we will continue to incur corporate overhead expenses in future periods.

43

(3) The following table reconciles our net income to Adjusted Net Income for the periods presented (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Net income as reported	$	48,996	$	31,812	$	27,066
Adjustments:
Impairment charges		—		2,422		—
Loss on extinguishment of debt		—		—		2,715
Loss on modification of debt(a)		—		179		—
Stock-based compensation related to special one-time IPO bonus grant(b)		2,521		11,273		—
Payroll tax expense related to special one-time IPO bonus stock option exercises(c)		69		—		5,318
Stock-based compensation related to one-time CEO grant(d)		41,475		—		—
CFO Transition costs(e)		2,393		—		—
Loss on disposal of building(f)		500		—		—
Transaction costs(g)		1,478		1,450		797
Tax impact of adjustments to net income(h)		(10,810)		(4,003)		(3,244)
Tax impact (benefit) related to special one-time IPO bonus stock option exercises(i)		(593)		—		—
Deferred tax impact related to Tax Act(j)		—		16,694		—
Adjusted Net Income	$	86,029	$	59,827	$	32,652

(a) Non-cash loss due to a change in the ABL Facility lenders under the ABL Amendment resulting in immediate recognition of a portion of the related unamortized deferred debt issuance costs.

(b) Non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with the IPO grant, which we do not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing performance. The IPO grant was made in addition to the ongoing equity incentive program that we have in place to incentivize, retain and motivate our employees, officers, consultants and non-employee directors and was made to reward certain senior executives for historical performance and allow them to benefit from future successful outcomes for certain existing stockholders.

(c) Payroll tax expense related to stock option exercises associated with the IPO grant, which we do not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing performance.

(d) Non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with the CEO grant, which we do not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing performance. The CEO grant vested and was fully recognized in the second fiscal quarter 2019.

(e) Costs related to the CFO Transition in the third and fourth fiscal quarter 2019.

(f) One-time loss incurred related to the acquisition of land for the purposes of building a new store in fiscal year 2020 that had a pre-existing unusable structure on the premises that was demolished.

(g) Charges incurred in connection with the sale of shares of our common stock on behalf of certain existing stockholders, which we do not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing performance.

(h) Represents the income tax impact of the adjusted expenses using the annual effective tax rate excluding discrete items for fiscal year 2019 and excluding the revaluation of net deferred tax assets as a result of the Tax Act for fiscal year 2018. After giving effect to the adjustments to net income, the adjusted effective tax rate for fiscal years 2019 and 2018 was 11.7% and 26.1%, respectively. The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2017 was 36.7%.

(i) Represents the income tax impact (benefit) related to stock option exercises associated with the IPO grant.

(j) Represents the tax impact of the revaluation of net deferred tax assets in accordance with the Tax Act.

44

Fiscal Year Ended January 26, 2019 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended January 27, 2018

Net Sales

Net sales increased $215.4 million, or 22.7%, to $1,165.9 million for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 from $950.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by approximately $193.4 million of incremental revenue from the net addition of 31 new stores opened since January 27, 2018 as well as a number of stores that were opened during fiscal year 2017 but had not been open long enough to be included in the comparable store base. The remaining $22.0 million increase in net sales is attributable to comparable store sales which increased 2.7% during the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019, driven primarily by our merchandising and marketing initiatives.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales increased $136.4 million, or 21.2%, to $780.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 from $643.6 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. This increase was primarily driven by the 22.7% increase in net sales for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, which resulted in a $85.2 million increase in merchandise costs. In addition, during the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019, we recognized a $7.5 million increase in depreciation and amortization and a $30.5 million increase in store occupancy costs, in each case as a result of new store openings since January 27, 2018.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit was $385.9 million, or 33.1% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019, an increase of $78.9 million from $307.0 million, or 32.3% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. The increase in gross profit was primarily driven by increased sales volume from the net addition of 31 new stores opened since January 27, 2018 as well as a 2.7% increase in comparable stores sales. Gross margin increased 80 basis points during the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 when compared to the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by product margin improvement, which included benefits from direct sourcing, and the nonrecurrence during the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 of distribution center costs associated with investments in incremental inventory incurred during the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. This increase in gross margin was partially offset by increased occupancy costs resulting from our fiscal year 2019 and 2018 sale-leaseback transactions as discussed in “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $303.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 compared to $211.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, an increase of $92.4 million or 43.8%. As a percentage of sales, SG&A increased 380 basis points for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 to 26.0% from 22.2% for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, primarily due to $41.5 million in stock-based compensation expense associated with the CEO grant, an increase in labor expense related to increased store labor hours and increased marketing and advertising expenses, which was partially offset by the nonrecurrence of stock-based compensation expenses associated with the IPO grant, the derived service period of which ended in the second fiscal quarter 2019. SG&A expenses include corporate overhead expenses, which represented $56.0 million of the increase, primarily attributable to the $41.5 million one-time CEO grant as well as increased consulting and pre-opening costs related to our second distribution center, increased payroll and administrative expenses to support our growth strategies and transaction costs related to our secondary offerings, which was partially offset by a decrease of stock-based compensation expenses associated with the IPO grant. SG&A expenses also include expenses related to store operations, which represented $25.8 million of the increase, primarily driven by additional headcount for our new stores and increased store labor hours as well as increases in other administrative costs to support the continued growth in our store base.

The remaining increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was related to marketing and advertising expenses. Total marketing and advertising expenses were $34.9 million for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 compared to $24.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, an increase of $10.6 million or 43.8%. The

45

increase was driven by our efforts to continue to build brand awareness and drive traffic to our stores. Store pre-opening costs include additional marketing and advertising expenses of $0.7 million and $1.7 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, respectively. In fiscal year 2019, we expanded our marketing and advertising spend to 3.1% of net sales, up from 2.7% of net sales in fiscal year 2018.

Impairment Charges

During the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, we recognized an impairment charge of $2.4 million following the resolution of a legal matter. No impairment charges were incurred during the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net increased to $27.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 from $21.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, an increase of $5.4 million. The increase in interest expense is primarily due to increases in the average interest rates applicable to our variable rate debt during the period in addition to increased borrowings under our ABL Facility to support our growth strategies. The effective interest rate for the ABL Facility was approximately 3.80% and 2.90% during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, respectively.

Income Tax Provision

Income tax benefit was $0.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 compared to income tax expense of $33.8 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 was 0.0% compared to 51.5% for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 differs from the federal statutory rate of 21.0% primarily due to the recognition of $9.8 million of excess tax benefit realized in connection with stock-based compensation and, to a lesser extent, the impact of state and local income taxes.  The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 differs from the prorated federal statutory rate of 34.0% primarily due to the impact of state and local income taxes, the effect of the Tax Act (which lowered the federal statutory income tax rate in effect for the period from January 1, 2018 through January 27, 2018 from 35% to 21%) and a net excess tax benefit related to stock options exercised.

Fiscal Year Ended January 27, 2018 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended January 28, 2017

Net Sales

Net sales increased $184.9 million, or 24.1%, to $950.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 from $765.6 million for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017. The increase was primarily driven by approximately $141.2 million of incremental revenue from the net addition of 26 new stores opened since January 28, 2017 as well as a number of stores that were opened during fiscal year 2017 but had not been open long enough to be included in the comparable store base. The remaining $43.7 million increase in net sales is attributable to comparable store sales which increased 6.5% during the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, driven primarily by our merchandising and marketing initiatives.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales increased $125.4 million, or 24.2%, to $643.6 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 from $518.2 million for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017. This increase was primarily driven by the 24.1% increase in net sales for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 compared to the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, which resulted in a $79.0 million increase in merchandise costs. In addition, during the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, we recognized a $10.0 million increase in depreciation and amortization and a $21.3 million increase in store occupancy costs, in each case as a result of new store openings since January 28, 2017.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit was $307.0 million, or 32.3% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, an increase of $59.5 million from $247.5 million, or 32.3% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017. The increase in

46

gross profit was primarily driven by increased sales volume from the net addition of 26 new stores opened since January 28, 2017 as well as a 6.5% increase in comparable stores sales. Gross margin remained consistent for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 when compared to the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017 primarily as a result of product margin improvement and leverage of store occupancy costs achieved on higher sales growth. This increase was offset by higher distribution center costs associated with strategic investments in incremental inventory that were completed in the first half of fiscal year 2018 and higher occupancy costs resulting from the sale-leaseback transactions that occurred in fiscal year 2018 and fiscal year 2017 as discussed in “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $211.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 compared to $170.6 million for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, an increase of $40.5 million or 23.7%. As a percentage of sales, SG&A decreased 10 basis points for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 to 22.2% from 22.3% for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, primarily driven by leverage of recurring corporate overhead expenses. This decrease was partially offset by stock-based compensation expenses associated with the special one-time IPO bonus grant issued under the At Home Group Inc. Equity Incentive Plan approved by the Board in July 2016 (the “2016 Equity Plan”) and an increase in marketing and advertising expenses. SG&A expenses include corporate overhead expenses, which represented $14.6 million of the increase, attributable to additional home office support capabilities, increased payroll expenses incurred to support our growth strategies, stock-based compensation expenses associated with the special one-time IPO bonus grant issued under the 2016 Equity Plan, consulting and other professional fees relating to other company initiatives and transaction costs related to our secondary offering, which was partially offset by the nonrecurrence of transaction costs related to our IPO that occurred in the prior year. SG&A expenses also include expenses related to store operations, which represented $19.0 million of the increase, primarily driven by a $11.1 million increase in labor costs due to additional headcount for our new stores. Additionally, there was a $3.2 million increase in store pre-opening costs due to the increased number of new store openings and the timing of new store openings during the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 compared to the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, as well as increases in other administrative costs to support the continued growth in our store base.

The remaining increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was related to marketing and advertising expenses. Total marketing and advertising expenses were $24.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 compared to $17.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, an increase of $6.9 million or 39.5%. The increase was driven by our efforts to continue to build brand awareness. Store pre-opening costs include additional marketing and advertising expenses of $1.7 million and $2.0 million for the fiscal years ended January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively. In fiscal year 2018, we expanded our marketing and advertising spend to 2.7% of net sales, up from 2.5% of net sales in fiscal year 2017.

Impairment Charges

During the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, we recognized an impairment charge of $2.4 million following the resolution of a legal matter. No impairment charges were incurred during the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net decreased to $21.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 from $27.2 million for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, a decrease of $5.5 million. The decrease in interest expense primarily resulted from the repayment of our $130.0 million senior secured second lien term loan facility using net proceeds of our initial public offering (the “Second Lien Repayment”). See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”. This decrease was partially offset by increased borrowings under our ABL Facility to support our growth strategies.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

During the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, we recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.7 million resulting primarily from the write-off of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs in connection with the Second Lien Repayment. We did not incur losses on extinguishment of debt for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018.

47

Income Tax Provision

Income tax expense was $33.8 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 compared to income tax expense of $15.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 was 51.5% compared to 36.7% for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 differs from the prorated federal statutory rate of 34.0% primarily due to the impact of state and local income taxes, the effect of the Tax Act (which lowered the federal statutory income tax rate in effect for the period from January 1, 2018 through January 27, 2018 from 35% to 21%) and a net excess tax benefit related to stock options exercised. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017 differs from the federal statutory rate of 35.0% primarily due to the impact of state and local income taxes, the release of unrecognized tax benefits, valuation allowance on state net operating losses, nondeductible transaction costs and nondeductible interest expense.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash generated by operating activities, proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions and borrowings under our ABL Facility. Historically, we have financed our operations primarily from cash generated from operations and periodic borrowings under our ABL Facility. Our primary cash needs are for day-to-day operations, to provide for infrastructure investments in our stores, to finance new store openings, to pay interest and principal on our indebtedness and to fund working capital requirements for seasonal inventory builds and new store inventory purchases.

As of January 26, 2019, we had $11.0 million of cash and cash equivalents and $120.5 million in borrowing availability under our ABL Facility. At that date, there were $0.5 million in face amount of letters of credit that had been issued under the ABL Facility. The agreement governing the ABL Facility (the “ABL Credit Agreement”), as amended, currently provides for aggregate revolving commitments of $350.0 million, with a sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit of $50.0 million and a sublimit for the issuance of swingline loans of $20.0 million. The availability under our ABL Facility is determined in accordance with a borrowing base which can decline due to various factors. Therefore, amounts under our ABL Facility may not be available when we need them.

In June 2015, we entered into the Term Loan Facilities (as described in “—Term Loan Facilities”). The interest rates on the Term Loan Facilities are variable; based on LIBOR rates in effect at January 26, 2019, our obligations under the Term Loan Facilities bore interest at a rate of 6.0%. The Term Loan is repayable in equal quarterly installments of approximately $0.9 million.

Our capital expenditures can vary depending on the timing of new store openings and infrastructure-related investments. Capital expenditures for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 were approximately $209.1 million, inclusive of $13.0 million invested in the second distribution center and net of proceeds from the sale of property and equipment, which includes sale-leaseback proceeds, of approximately $148.4 million. We estimate that our capital expenditures for the fiscal year ending January 25, 2020 will be in the range of $215 million to $235 million, net of proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions of $70 million. We also plan to invest in the infrastructure necessary to support the further development of our business and continued growth. During fiscal year 2019, we opened 31 new stores, net of two relocated stores and one store closure. Net capital expenditures incurred to date have been substantially financed with cash from operating activities, sale-leaseback transactions and proceeds from our ABL Facility. We expect fiscal year 2020 net capital expenditures to be primarily financed in the same manner.

Based on our growth plans, we believe that our cash position, net cash provided by operating activities and borrowings under our ABL Facility and sale-leaseback transactions will be adequate to finance our planned capital expenditures, working capital requirements and debt service obligations over the next twelve months and the foreseeable future thereafter. If cash flows from operations and borrowings under our ABL Facility are not sufficient or available to meet our capital requirements, then we will be required to obtain additional equity or debt financing in the future. There can be no assurance that equity or debt financing will be available to us when we need it or, if available, that the terms will be satisfactory to us and not dilutive to our then-current shareholders.

48

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk and prevent us from meeting our obligations. Management reacts strategically to changes in economic conditions and monitors compliance with debt covenants to seek to mitigate any potential material impacts to our financial condition and flexibility.

Sale-Leaseback Transactions

As part of our flexible real estate strategy, we utilize sale-leaseback transactions to finance investments previously made for the purchase of second generation properties and the construction of new store locations. This enhances our ability to access a range of locations and facilities efficiently. We factor sale-leaseback transactions into our capital allocation decisions. In order to support the execution of sale-leaseback transactions, we have relationships with certain publicly traded REITs and other lenders that have demonstrated interest in our portfolio of assets.

In certain cases, the sale is treated as a like-kind exchange transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). Section 1031 of the Code allows companies to defer the taxable gain realized from the sale of certain “relinquished” real property if the proceeds are reinvested, in a timely manner, in qualifying like-kind “replacement” property. In addition, Section 1031 of the Code requires the sale proceeds of the relinquished property to be held in a restricted cash account by a third-party qualified intermediary, pending utilization thereof for the acquisition of a qualifying replacement property.

In August 2016, we sold four properties in Broomfield, Colorado; Corpus Christi, Texas; Jenison, Michigan; and Buford, Georgia for a total of $32.6 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $2.2 million, subject to annual escalations. Approximately $3.7 million of the proceeds from the sale were used to pay off a note payable related the Corpus Christi property.

In September 2016, we sold three properties in Colorado Springs, Colorado; Kissimmee, Florida; and O’Fallon, Illinois for a total of $30.6 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $2.1 million, subject to annual escalations.

In August 2017, we sold six of our properties in Hoover, Alabama; Lafayette, Louisiana; Moore, Oklahoma; Olathe, Kansas; Orange Park, Florida; and Wichita, Kansas for a total of $62.6 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $4.2 million, subject to annual escalations.

In February 2018, we sold four of our properties in Blaine, Minnesota; Fort Worth, Texas; Jackson, Mississippi; and Memphis, Tennessee for a total of $50.3 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $3.4 million, subject to annual escalations.

In July 2018, we sold three of our properties in Clarksville, Tennessee; Shreveport, Louisiana; and Wixom, Michigan for a total of $43.6 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $3.0 million, subject to annual escalations.

In October 2018, we sold four of our properties in Gilbert, Arizona; Pearland, Texas; Richmond, Texas; and Rogers, Arkansas for a total of $56.5 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into two leases pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $3.8 million, subject to annual escalations.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We are subject to risks associated with our sale-leaseback strategy”.

49

Summary of Cash Flows

A summary of our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities is presented in the following table (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities	$	86,334	$	106,018	$	43,498
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities		(209,123)		(170,276)		(62,718)
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities		127,730		65,209		21,340
Increase in Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash		4,941		951		2,120

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $86.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 compared to $106.0 million during the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. The $19.7 million decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to a $86.1 million increase in purchases of merchandise inventories. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was partially offset by a $26.0 million decrease in cash paid for income taxes and a $32.2 million increase in the cash portion of operating income, which was impacted during the period by non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $35.8 million and depreciation and amortization of $7.8 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $106.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 compared to $43.5 million during the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017. The $62.5 million increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to a $41.4 million decrease in purchase of merchandise inventories and a $14.7 million increase in operating income which was partially offset by an increase in cash paid for income taxes of $12.2 million.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $209.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 compared to $170.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. The $38.8 million increase in cash used in investing activities was driven by an increase in net capital expenditures. Capital expenditures of $357.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 consisted of $310.4 million invested in new store growth and approximately $13.0 million invested in the second distribution center with the remaining $34.1 million primarily related to investments in information technology, maintenance expenditures and existing stores.

Net cash used in investing activities was $170.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 compared to $62.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017. The $107.6 million increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily driven by an increase in net capital expenditures of $108.1 million. Capital expenditures of $232.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 consisted of $206.4 million invested in new store growth with the remaining $26.3 million primarily related to investments in information technology, our existing distribution center and existing stores.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $127.7 million for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 compared to $65.2 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, an increase of $62.5 million primarily due to a $50.0 million increase in borrowings under our Term Loan and an $11.3 million increase in proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $65.2 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018 compared to $21.3 million for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, an increase of $43.9 million primarily due to a

50

$35.5 million increase in net borrowings under our ABL Facility and $10.4 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018.

Financing Obligations

In some cases, the assets we lease require construction in order to ready the space for its intended use and, in certain cases, we are involved in the construction of leased assets. The construction period typically begins when we execute our lease agreement with the landlord and continues until the space is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. In accordance with ASC 840-40-55 (Topic 840, “Leases”), we must consider the nature and extent of our involvement during the construction period and, in some cases, our involvement results in our being considered the accounting owner of the construction project. By completing the construction of key structural components of a leased building, we are deemed to have participated in the construction of the landlord's asset. In such cases, we capitalize the fair value of the landlord’s building and construction costs, including the value of costs incurred up to the date we execute our lease and costs incurred during the remainder of the construction period, as such costs are incurred. Additionally, ASC 840-40-55 requires us to recognize a financing obligation for construction costs incurred by the landlord. Once construction is complete, we are required to perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to ASC 840-40 to determine if we can remove the landlord's assets and associated financing obligations from our consolidated balance sheets. In certain leases, we maintain various forms of “prohibited continuing involvement” in the property, thereby precluding us from derecognizing the asset and associated financing obligations following the construction completion. In those cases, we will continue to account for the landlord's asset as if we are the legal owner, and the financing obligation, similar to other debt, until the lease expires or is modified to remove the continuing involvement that prohibits derecognition. Once derecognition is permitted, we would be required to account for the lease as either operating or capital in accordance with ASC 840. As of January 26, 2019, we have not derecognized any landlord assets or associated financing obligations.

Term Loan Facilities

On June 5, 2015, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary At Home Holding III Inc. (the “Borrower”) entered into a first lien credit agreement (the “First Lien Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, At Home Holding II Inc. (“At Home II”), a direct wholly owned subsidiary of ours, as guarantor, certain indirect subsidiaries of At Home II, various lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. We have subsequently amended our First Lien Agreement from time to time. After giving effect to such amendments, the First Lien Agreement provides for a Term Loan in an aggregate principal amount of $350.0 million. The Term Loan will mature on June 3, 2022, and is repayable in equal quarterly installments of approximately $0.9 million for an annual aggregate amount equal to 1% of the original principal amount. The Borrower has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 4.00%, subject to a 0.50% reduction if the Borrower achieves a specified secured net leverage ratio level, which was met during the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017 and for which the Borrower has continued to qualify during the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019. The Term Loan is prepayable, in whole or in part, at our option, subject to a prepayment premium equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan then outstanding until May 27, 2019 (inclusive). After May 27, 2019, the Term Loan may be prepaid without premium.

The Term Loan permits us to add one or more incremental term loans in amounts subject to our compliance with a first lien net leverage ratio test. The first lien net leverage ratio test is calculated using Adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as “Consolidated EBITDA” under our credit agreement.

On November 27, 2018, At Home II and the Borrower entered into the Second Amendment (the “Term Loan Amendment”) with the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, which amended the First Lien Agreement,  as amended by the First Amendment dated July 27, 2017. Pursuant to the Term Loan Amendment, among other things, the Borrower borrowed an additional $50.0 million in incremental term loans, increasing the principal amount outstanding under the First Lien Agreement on such date to $339.5 million. Net proceeds from the incremental term loans were used to repay approximately $49.6 million of borrowings under our ABL Facility.

51

As of January 26, 2019, approximately $339.5 million was outstanding under the Term Loan. The Term Loan has various non-financial covenants, customary representations and warranties, events of defaults and remedies substantially similar to those described in respect of the ABL Facility below. There are no financial maintenance covenants in the Term Loan. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants prescribed under the Term Loan.

Asset-Based Lending Credit Facility

In October 2011, we entered into the ABL Facility, which originally provided for cash borrowings or issuances of letters of credit of up to $80.0 million based on defined percentages of eligible inventory and credit card receivable balances. We have subsequently amended the ABL Credit Agreement from time to time. After giving effect to such amendments, as of January 27, 2018, the aggregate revolving commitments under the ABL Facility are $350.0 million, with a sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit of $50.0 million and a sublimit for the issuance of swingline loans of $20.0 million. In July 2017, in connection with the Seventh Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement, the maturity of the ABL Facility was extended to the earlier of July 27, 2022 and the date that is 91 days prior to the maturity date of the First Lien Agreement (as such date may be extended).

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option: (x) the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1.00%, (ii) the agent bank's prime rate and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%, plus in each case, an applicable margin of 0.25% to 0.75% based on our availability or (y) the agent bank's LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 1.25% to 1.75% based on our availability. The effective interest rate was approximately 3.80%, 2.90% and 2.00% for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

As of January 26, 2019, approximately $221.0 million was outstanding under the ABL Facility, approximately $0.5 million in face amount of letters of credit had been issued and we had availability of approximately $120.5 million.

The ABL Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to, subject to specified exceptions, incur additional debt; incur additional liens and contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets; merge with or acquire other companies; liquidate or dissolve ourselves; engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business; make loans, advances or guarantees; pay dividends; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make investments. In addition, the ABL Facility contains certain cross-default provisions. There are no financial maintenance covenants in the ABL Facility. However, during the existence of an event of default or when we fail to maintain availability of the greater of $15.0 million and 10% of the loan cap, the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio on a rolling 12 month basis as of the end of any fiscal month must be 1.00 to 1.00 or higher. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants under the ABL Facility.

Collateral under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan

The ABL Facility is secured by (a) a first priority lien on our (i) cash, cash equivalents, deposit accounts, accounts receivable, other receivables, tax refunds and inventory, (ii) to the extent relating to, arising from, evidencing or governing any of the items referred to in the preceding clause (i), chattel paper, documents, instruments, general intangibles, and securities accounts related thereto, (iii) books and records relating to the foregoing and (iv) supporting obligations and all products and proceeds of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any person with respect to any of the foregoing, in each case subject to certain exceptions (collectively, “ABL Priority Collateral”) and (b) a second priority lien on our remaining assets not constituting ABL Priority Collateral, subject to certain exceptions (collectively, “Term Priority Collateral”); provided, however that since our amendment of the ABL Facility in July 2017, real property that may secure the Term Loan from time to time no longer forms part of the collateral under the ABL Facility.

The Term Loan is secured by (a) a first priority lien on the Term Priority Collateral and (b) a second priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral.

52

Contractual Obligations

We enter into long-term obligations and commitments in the normal course of business, primarily debt obligations and non-cancelable operating leases. As of January 26, 2019, our contractual cash obligations over the next several periods were as follows (in thousands):

	Total		Less than 1 year		1 to 3 years		3 to 5 years		More than 5 years
Operating lease commitments(1)	$	1,569,276	$	115,210	$	240,078	$	233,767	$	980,221
Capital lease commitments(2)		777		203		406		168		—
Long-term debt obligations(3)		345,469		3,663		7,345		334,461		—
Revolving credit facility(4)		221,010		221,010		—		—		—
Estimated interest payments(5)		57,207		17,302		30,855		9,050		—
Financing obligations(6)		35,108		2,932		6,106		5,274		20,796
Contractual tax obligations(7)		716		716		—		—		—
Total	$	2,229,563	$	361,036	$	284,790	$	582,720	$	1,001,017

(1) Our operating lease commitments include leases for property used in our operations. Amounts shown do not reflect operating leases that are classified as financing obligations.

(2) Our capital lease commitments include leases for property used in our operations.

(3) Long-term debt obligations include principal payments due under our Term Loan and note payable.

(4) Revolving credit facility includes principal payments due on our ABL Facility.

(5) Interest expense on long-term debt includes future interest payments on outstanding obligations under our Term Loan and notes payable as well as payments due on our ABL Facility. Our ABL Facility bears interest at variable rates and this table is based on rates in effect as of January 26, 2019.

(6) Includes base lease terms for properties where we have been deemed to be the accounting owner of the landlord's property in accordance with accounting guidance related to leases.

(7) Represents the liability reported in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740 (Topic 740 “Income Taxes”). For further information related to unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 10 – Income Taxes to the consolidated financial statements included in this Report.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not historically entered into off-balance sheet arrangements other than operating lease commitments, letters of credit and purchase obligations in the normal course of our operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, as well as the related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Management evaluates its accounting policies, estimates, and judgments on an ongoing basis. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

Management evaluated the development and selection of its critical accounting policies and estimates and believes that the following involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity and are most significant to reporting our results of operations and financial position, and are therefore discussed as critical. The following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. More information on all of our significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1—Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

53

Inventories

Inventories are comprised of finished merchandise and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value with cost determined using the weighted-average method. The cost of inventories include the actual landed cost of an item at the time it is received in our distribution center, or at the point of shipment for certain international shipments, as well as transportation costs to our distribution center and to our retail stores, if applicable. Net inventory cost is recognized through cost of sales when the inventory is sold.

Vendor allowances, which primarily represent volume rebates and cooperative advertising funds, are recorded as a reduction of the cost of the merchandise inventories and a subsequent reduction in cost of sales when the inventory is sold. We generally earn vendor allowances as a percentage of certain merchandise purchases with no minimum purchase requirements. Typically, our vendor allowance programs extend for a period of twelve months.

Physical inventory counts are performed for our stores at least once per year by a third-party inventory counting service for stores that have been in operation for at least one year. Inventory records are adjusted to reflect actual inventory counts and any resulting shortage (“shrinkage”) is recognized. Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the fiscal year as a percentage of net sales based on the most recent physical inventory, in combination with historical experience. We have loss prevention programs and policies in place intended to mitigate shrinkage. A 10% increase in our estimated shrinkage reserve rate would have affected net income by approximately $1.5 million for fiscal year 2019. We also evaluate our merchandise to ensure that the expected net realizable value of the merchandise held at the end of a fiscal year exceeds cost. In the event that the expected net realizable value is less than cost, we reduce the value of that inventory accordingly.

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the operating segment level; we have only one operating segment and we do not have a reporting unit that exists below our operating segment. If the implied fair value of goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, goodwill impairment is indicated and goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. We assess the business enterprise value using a combination of the income approach and market approach to determine the fair value of the Company to be compared against the carrying value of net assets. The income approach, using the discounted cash flow method, includes key factors used in the valuation of the Company (a Level 3 valuation) which include, but are not limited to, management's plans for future operations, recent operating results, income tax rates, and discounted projected future cash flows.

We have the option to perform a qualitative assessment of goodwill rather than completing the two-step process to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an operating segment is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill and other intangible assets. If we conclude that this is the case, we must perform the two-step process. Otherwise, we may forego the two-step process and do not need to perform any further testing. We performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019. Based on that qualitative assessment, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of our operating segment substantially exceeded its carrying value and, therefore, further quantitative analysis was not required.

No impairment of goodwill was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 or January 28, 2017. However, the use of different assumptions, estimates or judgments with respect to the estimation of the projected future cash flows and the determination of the discount rate and sales growth rate used to calculate the net present value of projected future cash flows could materially increase or decrease our estimates of fair value. Additionally, future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current net sales and profitability projections, which would occur if we are not able to meet our new store growth targets, or the weighted average cost of capital increases.

Impairment of Long-Lived and Indefinite-Lived Assets

We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Our evaluation compares the carrying value of the

54

assets with their estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. We evaluate long-lived intangible assets at an individual store level, which is the lowest level of identifiable cash flows. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not store-specific at the consolidated level.

To estimate store-specific future cash flows, we make assumptions about key store variables, including sales, growth rate, gross margin, payroll and other controllable expenses. Stores that are owned by us and do not meet the initial criteria are further evaluated taking into consideration the fair market value of the property compared to the carrying value of the assets. Furthermore, management considers other factors when evaluating stores for impairment, including the individual store's execution of its operating plan and other local market conditions. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment.

An impairment is recognized once all the factors noted above are taken into consideration and it is determined that the carrying amount of the store's assets are not recoverable. The impairment loss would be recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value, excluding assets that can be redeployed. Based upon the review of our store-level assets, we identified impairment in connection with certain property and equipment following the resolution of a legal matter and recognized a charge of $2.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. No impairment of long-term assets was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 28, 2017.

We test indefinite-lived trade name intangible assets annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is lower than its carrying amount, the asset is written down to its fair value. The fair value of our trade name (a Level 3 valuation) was calculated using a relief-from-royalty approach, which assumes the value of the trade name is the discounted cash flows of the amount that would be paid by a hypothetical market participant had they not owned the trade name and instead licensed the trade name from another company. The carrying value of the At Home trade name as of January 26, 2019 is approximately $1.5 million. No impairment of our indefinite-lived trade name intangible asset was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 or January 28, 2017.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from sales of our merchandise is recognized when the customer takes possession of the merchandise. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes collected. We allow for merchandise to be returned within 60 days from the purchase date and provide a reserve for estimated returns. See Note 2—Revenue Recognition to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 (Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation”), which requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock units, to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements over the requisite service period. Compensation expense based upon the fair value of awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards that actually vest. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

We estimate fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the exception of a special one-time initial public offering transaction bonus grant which was valued on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo simulation method. For restricted stock unit awards, grant date fair value is determined based upon the closing trading value of our common stock on the NYSE on the date of grant and our forfeiture assumptions are estimated based on historical experience.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires various significant judgmental assumptions in order to derive a final fair value determination for each type of award including the following:

55

· Expected term—The expected term of the options represents the period of time between the grant date of the options and the date the options are either exercised or canceled.

· Expected volatility—The expected volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of the common stock of comparable companies.

· Expected dividend yield—The expected dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable future.

· Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is the average of the 3-year and 5-year U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant and with a maturity that approximates the expected term.

We used a Monte Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value of the special one-time initial public offering transaction bonus grant subject to market-based conditions. The stock option grants subject to market-based conditions have cliff vesting that began in the third quarter of fiscal year 2017 and continued into the third quarter of fiscal year 2019 subject to the achievement of market conditions. We valued the stock option grants as a single award with the related compensation cost recognized using a straight-line method over the derived service period. The expected volatility is based on a combination of historical and implied volatilities of the common stock for comparable companies.

All grants of our stock options have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, based on the foregoing estimates and assumptions. Because we were a privately held company prior to August 4, 2016 and there was no public market for our common stock, the fair value of our equity was approved by our Board at the time option grants were awarded. In estimating the fair value of our common stock, we considered factors we believed to be material to the valuation process including, but not limited to, our actual and projected financial results, risks and prospects and economic and market conditions. Our valuations utilized projections of our future performance, estimates of our weighted average cost of capital and metrics based on the performance of a peer group of similar companies, including valuation multiples and stock price volatility.

We believe the combination of these methods provided an appropriate estimate of our expected fair value prior to our IPO. We considered the valuation analyses to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each stock option grant date. Following our IPO,  these estimates are no longer needed to determine fair value for new awards due to a publicly-available trading price for our common stock.

The estimates used in determining the fair value of our common stock prior to our IPO were highly complex and subject to significant judgment. Those assumptions were similar to those we make with respect to goodwill as described above and include the selection of revenue growth rates, discount rates and comparable public companies used in the guideline public company analysis, and the non-marketability discount used. There was also inherent uncertainty in our forecasts and projections. If we had made different assumptions and estimates than those described previously, the amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net income and net income per share amounts could have been materially different. Following the initial public offering, such estimates are no longer needed to determine fair value for new awards due to a publicly-available trading price for our common stock.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 (Topic 740, “Income Taxes”). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the tax rate changes are enacted. When necessary, a valuation allowance may be recorded against deferred tax assets in order to properly reflect the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

56

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was adopted into law. The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%; (ii) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) and changing how existing AMT credits are realized; (iii) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense; and (iv) changing rules related to the use and limitation of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. As a result of the adoption of the Tax Act, for our fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, the statutory federal corporate tax rate was prorated to 34.0%, with the statutory rate for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 and beyond at 21.0%.

In December of 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued State Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allowed us to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. We recorded provisional amounts for the impact of the Tax Act during the fourth fiscal quarter 2018. During fiscal year 2019, we completed our accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act, and no material adjustments were required to the provisional amounts recorded in fiscal year 2018.

We are required to assess the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future income will be generated to utilize deferred tax assets. A significant piece of positive or negative evidence that we consider is cumulative income or losses (generally defined as losses before income taxes) incurred over the most recent three-year period. Such evidence is supplemented by the four sources of taxable income described in ASC 740-10-30-18. Our valuation allowances totaled $0.3 million as of January 28, 2017. During fiscal year 2018, while analyzing our ability to utilize state net operating losses, it was determined that the positive evidence outweighed the negative evidence and the remaining valuation allowance was released. No valuation allowances were recorded for fiscal year 2019.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 “Leases”, which supersedes ASC 840 “Leases” and creates a new topic, ASC 842 “Leases” (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, an entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. At adoption, this update will be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. We will elect the package of three practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things, allows us to carryforward the historical lease classification. We will not elect the hindsight practical expedient. We will not separate non-lease components from lease components by class of underlying assets and we will not apply the recognition requirements of the standard to short-term leases, as allowed by the standard.  

While we are in the process of finalizing our initial impact assessment on the adoption of ASU 2016-02, we estimate the following material impacts to our financial statements:   (i) the recognition of right-of-use liabilities of approximately $1.0  billion and the recognition of corresponding right-of-use assets; (ii) the derecognition of deferred gains on sale-leasebacks as a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2020 (“fiscal year 2020”), which had previously resulted in amortization that reduced occupancy costs by $8.8 million for fiscal year 2019; (iii) the recognition of immediate gains and losses on sale-leasebacks within operating income beginning in fiscal year 2020; (iv) the reclassification of our financing obligations in the amount of $35.2 million to operating leases and corresponding right-of-use assets and liabilities as noted above with the difference recorded as a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings, the nonrecurrence of financing obligation interest expense of

57

$2.4 million in fiscal year 2020 and a related increase in occupancy costs for fiscal year 2020; and (v) the recognition of additional expense of certain initial direct costs incurred prior to the existence of a  lease beginning in fiscal year 2020.  

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the measurement of goodwill impairment by removing the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which requires the determination of the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit. Under ASU 2017-04, goodwill impairment is to be measured as the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value with the loss recognized not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The standard is to be applied on a prospective basis. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2017-04 and do not anticipate a material impact to the consolidated financial statements once implemented.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, “Customer's Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract” (“ASU 2018-15”). ASU 2018-15 was issued to align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). The amendments in ASU 2018-15 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. We expect to adopt this new guidance using the prospective method in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020 and are currently evaluating the impact it will have on our consolidated financial statements once implemented.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

Interest Rate Risk

We have market risk exposure arising from changes in interest rates on our ABL Facility and Term Loan Facilities, which bear interest at rates that are benchmarked against London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”). Based on our overall interest rate exposure to variable rate debt outstanding as of January 26, 2019, a 1% increase or decrease in interest rates would increase or decrease income before income taxes by approximately $5.6 million. A 1% increase or decrease in interest rates would impact the fair value of our long-term fixed rate debt by an immaterial amount. A change in interest rates would not materially affect the fair value of our variable rate debt as the debt reprices periodically.

Impact of Inflation

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial. We cannot assure you, however, that our results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.

Foreign Currency Risk

During the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019, we purchased approximately 65% of our merchandise from suppliers in foreign countries; however, those purchases are made exclusively in U.S. dollars. Therefore, we do not believe that foreign currency fluctuation has had a material impact on our financial performance for the periods presented in this report.

58

ITEM 8.  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data on page F-1. The Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data are included on pages F-2 through F-37 and are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management has evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(e) of the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K are effective at a reasonable assurance level in ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported in a timely manner and (2) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarterly period ended January 26, 2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company, and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and, even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 26, 2019.  Management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in its Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Management’s assessment included the evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies and the overall control environment. This assessment is supported by testing and monitoring performed or supervised by our Internal Audit organization.

59

Based on management’s assessment, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 26, 2019. The independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The Ernst & Young LLP report is included on Page F-3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

On March 27, 2019, we announced that Peter S.G. Corsa was promoted to serve as our President, effective March 26, 2019. Mr. Corsa will also continue to serve as our Chief Operating Officer. Lewis L. Bird III, who previously held the title of Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President, will continue to serve as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer with the same duties and responsibilities, effective March 26, 2019.

Mr. Corsa, age 50, has served as our Chief Operating Officer since December 2016 and, prior to that, as our Chief Stores Officer since March 2013. Before joining the Company, Mr. Corsa served as Vice President of KSL Resorts from January 2011 to April 2013, which operates luxury resorts throughout the United States. Previously, he served as Executive Vice President of Retail for Stuart Weitzman from January 2006 to February 2011. In addition, he served as Senior Director of Store Operations for Gap, Inc. from 2004 to 2006, Senior Director of Loss Prevention for Old Navy from 2002 to 2003, and Director of Store Operations for Old Navy from 1999 to 2002. Mr. Corsa received his Master of Business Administration from St. Mary’s College of California and his Bachelor’s degree in Political Science from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

Mr. Corsa does not have any family relationships with any executive officer or director of the Company.

Mr. Corsa is not a party to any transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K.

PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended January 26, 2019.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended January 26, 2019.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended January 26, 2019.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended January 26, 2019.

60

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended January 26, 2019.

PART IV

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements:

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is provided in the consolidated financial statements or notes described in 15(1) above.

(3) Exhibits:

The exhibits listed in the accompanying Index to Exhibits attached hereto are filed or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

61

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8
Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant	F-33

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of At Home Group Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of At Home Group Inc. (the Company) as of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 26, 2019, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 26, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Adoption of New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 28, 2018, the Company changed its method for recognizing revenue using the retrospective adoption method under Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), as amended. 

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.

Dallas, Texas

March 27, 2019

F-2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of At Home Group Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited At Home Group Inc.’s  internal control over financial reporting as of January 26, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, At Home Group Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 26, 2019, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the balance sheets of the Company as of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, the related statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 26, 2019, and the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15 and our report dated March 27, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the US federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas

March 27, 2019

F-3

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10,951	$	8,525
Inventories, net		382,023		269,844
Prepaid expenses		7,949		7,911
Other current assets		13,626		14,653
Total current assets		414,549		300,933
Property and equipment, net		682,663		466,263
Goodwill		569,732		569,732
Trade name		1,458		1,458
Debt issuance costs, net		1,539		1,978
Restricted cash		2,515		—
Noncurrent deferred tax asset		52,805		33,561
Other assets		945		316
Total assets	$	1,726,206	$	1,374,241
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	115,821	$	79,628
Accrued and other current liabilities		117,508		89,499
Revolving line of credit		221,010		162,000
Current portion of deferred rent		11,364		9,072
Current portion of long-term debt and financing obligations		4,049		3,474
Total current liabilities		469,752		343,673
Long-term debt		336,435		289,902
Financing obligations		35,038		19,690
Deferred rent		169,339		124,054
Other long-term liabilities		4,556		6,043
Total liabilities		1,015,120		783,362
Shareholders' Equity
Common stock; $0.01 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 63,609,684 and 61,423,398 shares issued and outstanding, respectively		636		614
Additional paid-in capital		643,677		572,488
Retained earnings		66,773		17,777
Total shareholders' equity		711,086		590,879
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	1,726,206	$	1,374,241

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Net sales	$	1,165,899	$	950,528	$	765,635
Cost of sales		780,048		643,570		518,155
Gross profit		385,851		306,958		247,480
Operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses		303,453		211,057		170,556
Impairment charges		—		2,422		—
Depreciation and amortization		6,363		6,118		4,247
Total operating expenses		309,816		219,597		174,803
Operating income		76,035		87,361		72,677
Interest expense, net		27,056		21,704		27,174
Loss on extinguishment of debt		—		—		2,715
Income before income taxes		48,979		65,657		42,788
Income tax (benefit) provision		(17)		33,845		15,722
Net income	$	48,996	$	31,812	$	27,066
Earnings per share:
Net income per common share:
Basic	$	0.78	$	0.53	$	0.49
Diluted	$	0.74	$	0.50	$	0.48
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		62,936,959		60,503,860		55,414,037
Diluted		66,299,646		63,712,003		56,892,183

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

(in thousands, except share data)

						Retained
				Additional		Earnings
	Common Stock			Paid-in		(Accumulated
	Shares	Par Value		Capital		Deficit)		Total
Balance, January 30, 2016	50,836,727	$	508	$	409,746	$	(41,101)	$	369,153
Stock-based compensation	—		—		9,384		—		9,384
Issuance of stock from initial public offering, net of costs	9,530,041		96		126,815		—		126,911
Excess tax benefit from initial public offering expenses	—		—		2,356		—		2,356
Net income	—		—		—		27,066		27,066
Balance, January 28, 2017	60,366,768		604		548,301		(14,035)		534,870
Stock-based compensation	—		—		13,764		—		13,764
Exercise of stock options	1,056,630		10		10,423		—		10,433
Net income	—		—		—		31,812		31,812
Balance, January 27, 2018	61,423,398		614		572,488		17,777		590,879
Stock-based compensation	—		—		49,526		—		49,526
Exercise of stock options and other awards	2,186,286		22		21,663		—		21,685
Net income	—		—		—		48,996		48,996
Balance, January 26, 2019	63,609,684	$	636	$	643,677	$	66,773	$	711,086

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Operating Activities
Net income	$	48,996	$	31,812	$	27,066
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		56,529		48,777		36,925
Loss on disposal of fixed assets		553		100		216
Impairment charges		—		2,422		—
Non-cash interest expense		2,181		2,060		2,664
Amortization of deferred gain on sale-leaseback		(8,751)		(6,267)		(4,721)
Deferred income taxes		(19,244)		7,174		(26,008)
Stock-based compensation		49,526		13,764		9,384
Loss on extinguishment of debt		—		—		2,715
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Inventories		(112,179)		(26,049)		(67,407)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		989		(13,495)		1,352
Other assets		(629)		233		(2,624)
Accounts payable		29,261		25,247		27,690
Accrued liabilities		19,156		14,285		16,317
Income taxes payable		—		(7,265)		9,621
Deferred rent		19,946		13,220		10,308
Net cash provided by operating activities		86,334		106,018		43,498
Investing Activities
Purchase of property and equipment		(357,521)		(232,698)		(124,273)
Purchase of intangible assets		—		—		(586)
Net proceeds from sale of property and equipment		148,398		62,422		62,141
Net cash used in investing activities		(209,123)		(170,276)		(62,718)
Financing Activities
Payments under lines of credit		(721,177)		(389,126)		(406,164)
Proceeds from lines of credit		780,187		449,551		431,139
Payment of debt issuance costs		(1,009)		(1,906)		(323)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt		50,000		6,162		—
Payment of Second Lien Term Loan		—		—		(130,000)
Payments on financing obligations		(265)		(176)		(128)
Proceeds from financing obligations		1,625		—		—
Payments on long-term debt		(3,316)		(9,729)		(6,128)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		21,685		10,433		—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		—		—		132,944
Net cash provided by financing activities		127,730		65,209		21,340
Increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash		4,941		951		2,120
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period		8,525		7,574		5,454
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period	$	13,466	$	8,525	$	7,574
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for interest	$	23,297	$	19,284	$	21,058
Cash paid for income taxes	$	17,013	$	42,979	$	30,760
Supplemental Information for Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities
Increase (Decrease) in current liabilities of property and equipment	$	14,297	$	(1,210)	$	2,941
Property and equipment reduction due to sale-leaseback	$	(111,932)	$	(46,184)	$	(30,910)
Property and equipment acquired under capital lease	$	—	$	1,006	$	8,613
Property and equipment additions due to build-to-suit lease transactions	$	13,679	$	—	$	—

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.    Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

At Home is a home décor superstore focused exclusively on providing a broad assortment of products for any room, in any style, for any budget. As of January 26, 2019, we operated 180 home décor superstores in 37 states, primarily in the South Central, Southeastern, Mid-Atlantic and Midwestern regions of the United States. At Home is owned and operated by At Home Group Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All references to “we”, “us”, “our” and the “Company” and similar expressions are references to At Home Group Inc. and our consolidated, wholly-owned subsidiaries, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

Stock Split

On July 22, 2016, the Company’s board of directors approved a 128.157393-for-one stock split of its existing Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock and the conversion of such Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock into a single class of common stock. All historical share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split and conversion. As of January 26, 2019, the Company's total authorized share capital is comprised of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

Initial and Secondary Public Offerings

On August 3, 2016, our Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to our initial public offering was declared effective by the SEC pursuant to which we registered an aggregate of 9,967,050 shares of our common stock (including 1,300,050 shares subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option). Our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) on August 4, 2016 under the ticker symbol “HOME”.

On October 31, 2017, our Registration Statement on Form S-3, pursuant to which we registered 50,582,545 shares of our common stock owned by AEA Investors LP (collectively, “AEA”) and Starr Investment Holdings, LLC (“Starr Investments” and, together with AEA, the “Sponsors”), was declared effective by the SEC.

On December 11, 2017, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of our common stock (which included 750,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On April 2, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 6,900,000 shares of our common stock (which included 900,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On June 14, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 8,450,000 shares of our common stock (which included 450,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On September 11, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock. We did not sell any shares of our common stock in, or receive any proceeds from, these secondary offerings. After giving effect to these secondary offerings, the Sponsors held approximately 26.5% of our outstanding common stock.

Fiscal Year

We report on the basis of a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the last Saturday in January. References to a fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year ends. References herein to “fiscal year 2019” relate to the 52 weeks ended January 26, 2019, references herein to “fiscal year 2018” relate to the 52 weeks ended January 27, 2018 and references herein to “fiscal year 2017” relate to the 52 weeks ended January 28, 2017.

F-8

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of At Home Group Inc. (“At Home Group”) and its consolidated wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income recorded within its consolidated financial statements, and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

Preparing financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results may differ from these estimates.

Reclassification

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation within the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported results of operations or retained earnings.

Segment Information

Management has determined that we have one operating segment, and therefore, one reportable segment. Our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is our Chief Executive Officer; our CODM reviews financial performance and allocates resources at a consolidated level on a recurring basis. All of our assets are located in the United States. All of our revenue is derived in the United States.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less as well as credit card receivables. At January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, our cash and cash equivalents were comprised primarily of credit card receivables.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of cash and cash equivalents reserved for a specific purpose that is not readily available for immediate or general business use. Our restricted cash balance as of January 26, 2019 consists primarily of cash equivalents held for use in the purchase of property and equipment.

On January 28, 2018, we adopted ASU No. 2016-18, “Restricted Cash” (“ASU 2016-18”) using the required retrospective transition method. This ASU requires companies to include amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in cash and cash equivalents when reconciling beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statements of cash flows.

F-9

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017		January 30, 2016
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10,951	$	8,525	$	7,092	$	5,428
Restricted cash		2,515		—		482		26
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$	13,466	$	8,525	$	7,574	$	5,454

Inventories

Inventories are comprised of finished merchandise and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value with cost determined using the weighted-average method. The cost of inventories include the actual landed cost of an item at the time it is received in our distribution center, or at the point of shipment for certain international shipments, as well as transportation costs to our distribution center and to our retail stores, if applicable. Net inventory cost is recognized through cost of sales when the inventory is sold.

Physical inventory counts are performed for all of our stores at least once per year by a third-party inventory counting service for stores that have been in operation for at least one year. Inventory records are adjusted to reflect actual inventory counts and any resulting shortage (“shrinkage”) is recognized. Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the fiscal year as a percentage of sales based on the most recent physical inventory, in combination with historical experience. We also evaluate our merchandise to ensure that the expected net realizable value of the merchandise held at the end of a fiscal year exceeds cost. In the event that the expected net realizable value is less than cost, we reduce the value of that inventory accordingly

Consideration Received from Vendors

We receive vendor support in the form of cash payments or allowances for a variety of vendor-sponsored programs, such as volume rebates, markdown allowances and advertising. We also receive consideration for certain compliance programs. We have agreements in place with each vendor setting forth the specific conditions for each allowance.

Vendor support reduces our inventory costs based on the underlying provisions of the agreement. Vendor compliance charges are recorded as a reduction of the cost of merchandise inventories and a subsequent reduction in cost of sales when the inventory is sold.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property and equipment other than leasehold improvements is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from 3 to 40 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining lease term, including renewals determined to be reasonably assured, or the estimated useful life of the related improvement. Amortization of property under capital leases is on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included in depreciation expense.

We expense all internal-use software costs incurred in the preliminary project stage. Certain direct costs incurred at later stages and associated with the development and purchase of internal-use software, including external costs for services and internal payroll costs related to the software project, are capitalized within property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the software, generally between three and five years. For the fiscal years ended January 26,  

F-10

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, we capitalized software costs of $3.1 million,  $4.3 million and $7.7 million, respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized software costs totaled $4.9 million, $4.4 million and $2.7 million during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

We capitalize major replacements and improvements and expense routine maintenance and repairs as incurred. We remove the cost of assets sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation or amortization from the consolidated balance sheets and include any resulting gain or loss in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Capitalized Interest

We capitalize interest on borrowings during the active construction period of major capital projects. Capitalized interest is added to the cost of the underlying assets and is amortized over the useful lives of the assets. Our capitalized interest cost was approximately $3.1 million, $1.3 million and  $0.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements

We follow the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820 (Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”). ASC 820 establishes a three-tiered fair value hierarchy that prioritizes inputs to valuation techniques used in fair value calculations.

· Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that we have the ability to access.

· Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets; or valuations based on models where the significant inputs are observable (e.g., interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severities, etc.) or can be corroborated by observable market data.

· Level 3 - Valuations based on models where significant inputs are not observable. The unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use.

ASC 820 requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. If a financial instrument uses inputs that fall in different levels of the hierarchy, the instrument is categorized based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value calculation.

The fair value of all current financial instruments approximates carrying value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. We have variable and fixed rates on our long-term debt. The fair value of long-term debt with variable rates approximates carrying value as the interest rates of these amounts approximate market rates. We determine fair value on our fixed rate debt by using quoted market prices and current interest rates. 

At January 26, 2019, the fair value of our fixed rate mortgage due August 22, 2022 was $6.1 million, which was approximately $0.1 million above the carrying value of $6.0 million. Fair value for the fixed rate mortgage was determined using Level 2 inputs.

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the operating segment level; we have only one operating segment and we do not have a reporting unit that exists below our operating segment. If the implied fair value of goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, goodwill impairment is indicated and goodwill is written down to its implied

F-11

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

fair value. We assess the business enterprise value using a combination of the income approach and market approach to determine the fair value of the Company to be compared against the carrying value of net assets. The income approach, using the discounted cash flow method, includes key factors used in the valuation of the Company (a Level 3 valuation) which include, but are not limited to, management's plans for future operations, recent operating results, income tax rates, and discounted projected future cash flows.

We have the option to perform a qualitative assessment of goodwill rather than completing the two-step process to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an operating segment is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill and other intangible assets. If we conclude that this is the case, we must perform the two-step process. Otherwise, we may forego the two-step process and do not need to perform any further testing. We performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019. Based on that qualitative assessment, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of our operating segment substantially exceeded its carrying value and, therefore, further quantitative analysis was not required.

No impairment of goodwill was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 or January 28, 2017. However, the use of different assumptions, estimates or judgments with respect to the estimation of the projected future cash flows and the determination of the discount rate and sales growth rate used to calculate the net present value of projected future cash flows could materially increase or decrease our estimates of fair value. Additionally, future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current net sales and profitability projections, which would occur if we are not able to meet our new store growth targets, or the weighted average cost of capital increases.

Impairment of Long-Lived and Indefinite-Lived Assets

We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Our evaluation compares the carrying value of the assets with their estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. We evaluate long-lived intangible assets at an individual store level, which is the lowest level of identifiable cash flows. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not store-specific at the consolidated level.

To estimate store-specific future cash flows, we make assumptions about key store variables, including sales, growth rate, gross margin, payroll and other controllable expenses. Stores that are owned by us and do not meet the initial criteria are further evaluated taking into consideration the fair market value of the property compared to the carrying value of the assets. Furthermore, management considers other factors when evaluating stores for impairment, including the individual store's execution of its operating plan and other local market conditions. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment.

An impairment is recognized once all the factors noted above are taken into consideration and it is determined that the carrying amount of the store's assets are not recoverable. The impairment loss would be recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value, excluding assets that can be redeployed. Based upon the review of our store-level assets, we identified impairment in connection with certain property and equipment following the resolution of a legal matter and recognized a charge of $2.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. No impairment of long-term assets was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 28, 2017.

We test indefinite-lived trade name intangible assets annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is lower than its carrying amount, the asset is written down to its fair value. The fair value of our trade name (a Level 3 valuation) was calculated using a relief-from-royalty approach, which assumes the value of the trade name is the discounted cash flows of the amount that would be paid by a hypothetical market participant had they not owned the trade name and instead licensed the trade name from

F-12

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

another company. The carrying value of the At Home trade name as of January 26, 2019 is approximately $1.5 million. No impairment of our indefinite-lived trade name intangible asset was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 or January 28, 2017.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs are costs incurred in connection with obtaining or modifying financing arrangements. These costs are capitalized as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the debt, other than costs incurred in conjunction with our line of credit, which are capitalized as an asset, and amortized over the term of the respective debt agreements.

Total amortization expense related to debt issuance costs was approximately $1.8 million,  $1.9 million and $1.8 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

Deferred Rent

We record rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises. We record tenant improvement allowances as a liability and adjust the liability on a straight-line basis as a reduction to rent expense over the lease term beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises.

We recognize free rent periods, tenant improvement allowances and standard rent increases contained in our leases on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, beginning when we first take possession of the property and including renewal option periods in those instances where exercising such options is reasonably assured. For leases where we are considered to be the owner of the construction project and receive tenant improvement allowances, we record the amounts received as a component of the financing obligation liability. See Note 7—Financing Obligations.

Insurance Liabilities

For the period from December 1, 2013 through January 26, 2019, we were fully insured for workers' compensation and commercial general liability claims. Prior to that period, we used a combination of commercial insurance and self-insurance for workers' compensation and commercial general liability claims and purchased insurance coverage that limited our aggregate exposure for individual claims to $250,000 per workers' compensation and commercial general liability claim.

We utilize a combination of commercial insurance and self-insurance for employee-related health care plans. The cost of our health care plan is borne in part by our employees. We purchase insurance coverage that limits our aggregate exposure for individual claims to $175,000 per employee-related health care claim.

Health care reserves are based on actual claims experience and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported. Reserves for commercial general liability and workers' compensation are determined through the use of actuarial studies. Due to the judgments and estimates utilized in determining these reserves, they are subject to a high degree of variability. In the event our insurance carriers are unable to pay claims submitted to them, we would record a liability for such estimated payments we expect to incur.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from sales of our merchandise is recognized when the customer takes possession of the merchandise. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes collected. We allow for merchandise to be returned within 60 days from the purchase date and provide a reserve for estimated returns. See Note 2—Revenue Recognition.

F-13

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales are included in merchandise inventories and expensed as the merchandise is sold. We include the following expenses in cost of sales:

· cost of merchandise, net of inventory shrinkage, damages and vendor allowances;

· inbound freight and internal transportation costs such as distribution center-to-store freight costs;

· costs of operating our distribution center, including labor, occupancy costs, supplies and depreciation; and

· store occupancy costs including rent, insurance, taxes, common area maintenance, utilities, repairs, maintenance and depreciation.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include payroll, benefits and other personnel expenses for corporate and store employees, including stock-based compensation expense, consulting, legal and other professional services expenses, advertising expenses, occupancy costs for our corporate headquarters and various other expenses.

Store Pre-Opening Costs

We expense pre-opening costs for new stores as they are incurred. During the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, store pre-opening costs were approximately $21.7 million, $17.9 million and $13.9 million, respectively. Store pre-opening costs, such as occupancy expenses, advertising and labor are primarily included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Marketing and Advertising

Marketing and advertising costs, exclusive of store pre-opening marketing and advertising expenses discussed above, include billboard, newspaper, radio, digital and other advertising mediums. Marketing and advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Total marketing and advertising expenses were approximately $34.9 million, $24.3 million and $17.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 (Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation”), which requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock units, to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements over the requisite service period. Compensation expense based upon the fair value of awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards that actually vest. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

We estimate fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the exception of a special one-time initial public offering transaction bonus grant which was valued on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo simulation method. For restricted stock unit awards, grant date fair value is determined based upon the closing trading value of our common stock on the NYSE on the date of grant and our forfeiture assumptions are estimated based on historical experience.

F-14

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires various significant judgmental assumptions in order to derive a final fair value determination for each type of award including the following:

· Expected term—The expected term of the options represents the period of time between the grant date of the options and the date the options are either exercised or canceled.

· Expected volatility—The expected volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of the common stock of comparable companies.

· Expected dividend yield—The expected dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable future.

· Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is the average of the 3-year and 5-year U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant and with a maturity that approximates the expected term.

We used a Monte Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value of the special one-time initial public offering transaction bonus grant subject to market-based conditions. The stock option grants subject to market-based conditions have cliff vesting that began in the third quarter of fiscal year 2017 and continued into the third quarter of fiscal year 2019 subject to the achievement of market conditions. We valued the stock option grants as a single award with the related compensation cost recognized using a straight-line method over the derived service period. The expected volatility is based on a combination of historical and implied volatilities of the common stock for comparable companies.

All grants of our stock options have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, based on the foregoing estimates and assumptions. Because we were a privately held company prior to August 4, 2016 and there was no public market for our common stock, the fair value of our equity was approved by our Board at the time option grants were awarded. In estimating the fair value of our common stock, we considered factors we believed to be material to the valuation process including, but not limited to, our actual and projected financial results, risks and prospects and economic and market conditions. Our valuations utilized projections of our future performance, estimates of our weighted average cost of capital and metrics based on the performance of a peer group of similar companies, including valuation multiples and stock price volatility.

We believe the combination of these methods provided an appropriate estimate of our expected fair value prior to our IPO. We considered the valuation analyses to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each stock option grant date. Following our IPO, these estimates are no longer needed to determine fair value for new awards due to a publicly-available trading price for our common stock.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 (Topic 740, “Income Taxes”). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the tax rate changes are enacted. When necessary, a valuation allowance may be recorded against deferred tax assets in order to properly reflect the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement.

F-15

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

On December 22, 2017, federal tax reform legislation was adopted into law by the U.S. government (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%; (ii) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) and changing how existing AMT credits are realized; (iii) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense; and (iv) changing rules related to the use and limitation of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. As a result of the adoption of the Tax Act, for our fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, the statutory federal corporate tax rate was prorated to 34.0%, with the statutory rate for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 and beyond at 21.0%.

In December of 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued State Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allowed us to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. We recorded provisional amounts for the impact of the Tax Act during the fourth fiscal quarter 2018. During fiscal year 2019, we completed our accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act, and no material adjustments were required to the provisional amounts recorded in fiscal year 2018.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 “Leases”, which supersedes ASC 840 “Leases” and creates a new topic, ASC 842 “Leases” (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, an entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. At adoption, this update will be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. We will elect the package of three practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things, allows us to carryforward the historical lease classification. We will not elect the hindsight practical expedient. We will not separate non-lease components from lease components by class of underlying assets and we will not apply the recognition requirements of the standard to short-term leases, as allowed by the standard.  

While we are in the process of finalizing our initial impact assessment on the adoption of ASU 2016-02, we estimate the following material impacts to our financial statements: (i) the recognition of right-of use liabilities of approximately $1.0  billion and the recognition of corresponding right-of-use assets; (ii) the derecognition of deferred gains on sale-leasebacks as a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2020 (“fiscal year 2020”), which had previously resulted in amortization that reduced occupancy costs by $8.8 million for fiscal year 2019; (iii) the recognition of immediate gains and losses on sale-leasebacks within operating income beginning in fiscal year 2020; (iv) the reclassification of our financing obligations in the amount of $35.2 million to operating leases and corresponding right-of-use assets and liabilities as noted above with the difference recorded as a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings, the nonrecurrence of financing obligation interest expense of $2.4 million in fiscal year 2020 and a related increase in occupancy costs for fiscal year 2020; and (v) the recognition of additional expense of certain initial direct costs incurred prior to the existence of a  lease beginning in fiscal year 2020.  

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the measurement of goodwill impairment by removing the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which requires the determination of the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit. Under ASU 2017-04, goodwill impairment is to be measured as the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value with the loss recognized not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption

F-16

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The standard is to be applied on a prospective basis. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2017-04 and do not anticipate a material impact to the consolidated financial statements once implemented.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, “Customer's Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract” (“ASU 2018-15”). ASU 2018-15 was issued to align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). The amendments in ASU 2018-15 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. We expect to adopt this new guidance using the prospective method in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020 and are currently evaluating the impact it will have on our consolidated financial statements once implemented.

2.    Revenue Recognition

On January 28, 2018, we adopted ASU 2014-09 using the retrospective transition method. ASU 2014-09 requires a company to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Results for all reporting periods presented include the impact of the new guidance under ASU 2014-09, including prior periods that have been recast to reflect the estimated cost of returned assets within other current assets rather than netted with our sales returns reserve within other current liabilities. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not impact opening retained earnings as of January 28, 2018 and did not have a material impact on revenues recognized for the fiscal years ended January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017.

The adoption of ASU 2014-09 had the following impact on our consolidated balance sheets as of January 27, 2018 (in thousands):

	Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January 27, 2018
			New Revenue
	As Reported		Standard		As Recast
Other current assets	$	13,701	$	952	$	14,653
Total current assets		299,981		952		300,933
Total assets		1,373,289		952		1,374,241
Accrued and other current liabilities		88,547		952		89,499
Total current liabilities		342,721		952		343,673
Total liabilities		782,410		952		783,362
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity		1,373,289		952		1,374,241

The adoption of ASU 2014-09 had the following impact on our consolidated statement of cash flows for the fiscal years ended January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017 (in thousands):

	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
	Fiscal Year Ended January 27, 2018
			New Revenue
	As Reported(a)		Standard		As Recast
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	(13,621)	$	126	$	(13,495)
Accrued liabilities		14,411		(126)		14,285
Net cash provided by operating activities		106,018		—		106,018

F-17

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
	Fiscal Year Ended January 28, 2017
			New Revenue
	As Reported(a)		Standard		As Recast
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	1,600	$	(248)	$	1,352
Accrued liabilities		16,069		248		16,317
Net cash provided by operating activities		43,498		—		43,498

(a) Accrued liabilities have been reclassified in the prior period to conform with the current period presentation as discussed in Note 1 – Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

We sell a broad assortment of home décor, including home furnishings and accent décor, and recognize revenue when the customer takes possession or control of goods at the time the sale is completed at the store register. Accordingly, we implicitly enter into a contract with customers at the point of sale. In addition to retail store sales, we also generate revenue through the sale of gift cards and through incentive arrangements associated with our credit card program.

As noted in Note 1 – Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, our business consists of one reportable segment. In accordance with ASC 606, we disaggregate net sales into the following product categories:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Home furnishings	45	%	46	%	48	%
Accent décor	51		50		49
Other	4		4		3
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

Contract liabilities are recognized primarily for gift card sales. Cash received from the sale of gift cards is recorded as a contract liability in accrued and other current liabilities, and we recognize revenue upon the customer’s redemption of the gift card. Gift card breakage is recognized as revenue in proportion to the pattern of customer redemptions by applying an estimated breakage rate that takes into account historical patterns of redemptions and deactivations of gift cards.

We recognized approximately $16.3 million, $12.9 million and $9.8 million in gift card redemption revenue for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively, and recognized an immaterial amount in gift card breakage revenue for each of the Fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017. Of the total gift card redemption revenue, $3.0 million, $2.2 million and $1.6 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively, related to gift cards issued in prior periods.

We had outstanding gift card liabilities of $7.8 million and $5.8 million as of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, respectively, which are included in accrued and other current liabilities. Gift card redemption and breakage revenue for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017 and gift card liabilities as of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018 reported under ASC 606 were not materially different from amounts that would have been reported under the previous revenue guidance of ASC 605.

F-18

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

In fiscal year 2018, we launched a credit card program by which credit is extended to eligible customers through At Home branded credit cards with Synchrony Bank (“Synchrony”). Through the launch of the credit card program, we received reimbursement of costs associated with the launch of the credit card program as well as a one-time payment which has been deferred over the initial seven-year term of the agreement with Synchrony. We receive ongoing payments from Synchrony based on sales transacted on our credit cards and for reimbursement of joint marketing and advertising activities. During the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, we recognized approximately $3.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, in revenue from our credit card program within net sales when earned.

Customers may return purchased items for an exchange or refund. Historically, the sales returns reserve was presented net of cost of sales in other current liabilities and based primarily on historical trends and sales performance. ASU 2014-09 also specifies that the balance sheets should reflect both a liability with respect to the refund obligation and an asset representing the right to the returned goods on a gross basis. In adopting ASU 2014-09, we utilized the expected value methodology in which different scenarios including current sales return data and historical quarterly sales return rates are used to develop an estimated sales return rate. During the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, we utilized the practical expedient provided under ASU 2014-09 to assess all sales on a portfolio basis, as this did not yield materially different results from the actual sales returns. As such, we now present the sales returns reserve within other current liabilities and the estimated value of the inventory that will be returned within other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The components of the sales returns reserve reflected in the consolidated balance sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Accrued and other current liabilities	$	2,448	$	2,023
Other current assets		1,129		952
Sales returns reserve, net	$	1,319	$	1,071

3.    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Land	$	53,025	$	42,378
Buildings		132,881		117,429
Computer hardware and software		50,016		40,096
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		148,562		115,539
Leasehold improvements		365,099		253,570
Construction in progress		125,051		40,739
		874,634		609,751
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(191,971)		(143,488)
Property and equipment, net	$	682,663	$	466,263

Depreciation and amortization expense for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017 totaled approximately $56.5 million, $48.8 million and $36.9 million, respectively. Approximately $50.2 million, $42.7 million and $32.7 million of depreciation and amortization expense is included in cost of sales for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively. In addition, we recorded

F-19

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

$2.4 million in impairment charges for property and equipment following the resolution of a legal matter for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018.

4.    Sale-Leaseback Transactions

In October 2018, we sold four of our properties in Gilbert, Arizona; Pearland, Texas; Richmond, Texas; and Rogers, Arkansas for a total of $56.5 million, resulting in a net gain of $3.1 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into two leases pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $3.8 million, subject to annual escalations. The leases are being accounted for as operating leases. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, which ends in October 2033, subject to renewal options.

In July 2018, we sold three of our properties in Clarksville, Tennessee; Shreveport, Louisiana; and Wixom, Michigan for a total of $43.6 million, resulting in a net gain of $10.7 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $3.0 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, which ends in July 2033, subject to renewal options.

In February 2018, we sold four of our properties in Blaine, Minnesota; Fort Worth, Texas; Jackson, Mississippi; and Memphis, Tennessee for a total of $50.3 million, resulting in a net gain of $22.6 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $3.4 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, which ends in February 2033, subject to renewal options.

In August 2017, we sold six of our properties in Hoover, Alabama; Lafayette, Louisiana; Moore, Oklahoma; Olathe, Kansas; Orange Park, Florida; and Wichita, Kansas for a total of $62.6 million resulting in a net gain of $15.4 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $4.2 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, or September 2032.

In September 2016, we sold three of our properties in Colorado Springs, Colorado; Kissimmee, Florida; and O’Fallon, Illinois for a total of $30.6 million resulting in a net gain of $16.9 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $2.1 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, or September 2031.

In August 2016, we sold four of our properties in Broomfield, Colorado; Corpus Christi, Texas; Jenison, Michigan; and Buford, Georgia for a total of $32.6 million resulting in a net gain of $14.2 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $2.2 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, or

F-20

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

July 2031. Approximately $3.7 million of the proceeds from the sale were used to pay off a note payable related to the Corpus Christi property.

5.    Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Inventory in-transit	$	20,591	$	14,618
Accrued payroll and other employee-related liabilities		18,306		16,917
Accrued taxes, other than income		14,194		11,680
Accrued interest		5,756		4,173
Insurance liabilities		539		3,391
Gift card liability		7,784		5,787
Construction costs		14,548		9,661
Accrued inbound freight		15,236		10,796
Other		20,554		12,476
Total accrued liabilities	$	117,508	$	89,499

6.    Revolving Line of Credit

In October 2011, At Home Holding III Inc. (“At Home III”) and At Home Stores LLC (collectively, the “ABL Borrowers”), entered into an asset-based revolving line of credit (the “ABL Facility”), which originally provided for cash borrowings or issuances of letters of credit of up to $80.0 million based on defined percentages of eligible inventory and credit card receivable balances.

We have subsequently amended the ABL Credit Agreement from time to time. After giving effect to such amendments, as of January 26, 2019, the aggregate revolving commitments under the ABL Facility are $350.0 million, with a sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit of $50.0 million and a sublimit for the issuance of swingline loans of $20.0 million. In July 2017, in connection with the Seventh Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement, the maturity of the ABL Facility was extended to the earlier of July 27, 2022 and the date that is 91 days prior to the maturity date of the term loan entered into on June 5, 2015 under a first lien credit agreement (the “First Lien Agreement”) (as such date may be extended).

Interest on borrowings under our ABL Facility is computed based on our average daily availability, at our option, of: (x) the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1.00%, (ii) the agent bank's prime rate and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%,  plus in each case, an applicable margin of 0.25% to 0.75% or (y) the agent bank's LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 1.25% to 1.75%.  The effective interest rate was approximately 3.80%,  2.90% and  2.00% for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

As of January 26, 2019, approximately $221.0 million was outstanding under the ABL Facility, approximately $0.5 million in face amount of letters of credit had been issued and we had availability of approximately  $120.5 million.

The ABL Facility includes restrictions customarily found in such agreements on the ability of the ABL Borrowers and the subsidiary guarantors to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends to At Home Holding II Inc. (“At Home II”) or enter into other transactions, among other restrictions, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Under the ABL Facility, the ABL Borrowers and the subsidiary guarantors are permitted to pay dividends to At Home II, (a) so long as after giving effect to such payment, (i) availability is equal to or greater than 15% of the loan cap (i.e., the lesser of (x) the aggregate lender commitments under the ABL Facility and (y)

F-21

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

the borrowing base) and (ii) if availability is less than 20% of the loan cap, the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio is equal to or greater than 1.0 to 1.0, and (b) pursuant to certain other limited exceptions. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants prescribed in the ABL Facility.

The ABL Facility is secured by (a) a first priority lien on our (i) cash, cash equivalents, deposit accounts, accounts receivable, other receivables, tax refunds and inventory, (ii) to the extent relating to, arising from, evidencing or governing any of the items referred to in the preceding clause (i), chattel paper, documents, instruments, general intangibles, and securities accounts related thereto, (iii) books and records relating to the foregoing and (iv) supporting obligations and all products and proceeds of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any person with respect to any of the foregoing, in each case subject to certain exceptions (collectively, “ABL Priority Collateral”) and (b) a second priority lien on our remaining assets not constituting ABL Priority Collateral, subject to certain exceptions (collectively, “Term Priority Collateral”); provided, however that since our amendment of the ABL Facility in July 2017, real property that may secure the Term Loan from time to time no longer forms part of the collateral under the ABL Facility.

7.    Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Term Loan	$	339,500	$	292,500
Note payable, bank(a)		5,969		6,108
Obligations under capital leases		733		911
Total debt		346,202		299,519
Less: current maturities		3,846		3,316
Less: unamortized deferred debt issuance costs		5,921		6,301
Long-term debt	$	336,435	$	289,902

(a) Matures August 22, 2022; $34,483 payable monthly, including interest at 4.50% with the remaining balance due at maturity; secured by the location’s land and building.

Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital lease obligations, are as follows (in thousands):

	January 26,
	2019
2020	$	3,663
2021		4,548
2022		2,797
2023		334,461
2024		—
Thereafter		—
	$	345,469

Term Loan Facilities

On June 5, 2015, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, At Home Holding III Inc. (the “Borrower”), entered into the First Lien Agreement, by and among the Borrower, At Home Holding II Inc. (“At Home II”), a direct wholly

F-22

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

owned subsidiary of ours, as guarantor, certain indirect subsidiaries of At Home II, various lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. We have subsequently amended our First Lien Agreement from time to time. After giving effect to such amendments, the First Lien Agreement provides for a term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $350.0 million (the “Term Loan”). The Term Loan will mature on June 3, 2022, and is repayable in equal quarterly installments of approximately $0.9 million for an annual aggregate amount equal to 1% of the original principal amount. The Borrower has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 4.00%, subject to a 0.50% reduction if the Borrower achieves a specified secured net leverage ratio level, which was met during the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017 and for which the Borrower has continued to qualify during the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019. The Term Loan is prepayable at our option, in whole or in part, subject to a prepayment premium equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan then outstanding until May 27, 2019 (inclusive). After May 27, 2019, the Term Loan may be prepaid without premium.

The Term Loan has various non-financial covenants, customary representations and warranties, events of defaults and remedies, substantially similar to those described in respect of the ABL Facility. There are no financial maintenance covenants in the Term Loan. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants prescribed under the Term Loan.

The Term Loan is secured by (a) a first priority lien on the Term Priority Collateral and (b) a second priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral.

On June 5, 2015, the Borrower also entered into a second lien credit agreement (the “Second Lien Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, At Home II and Dynasty Financial II, LLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and lender. The Second Lien Agreement provided for the Second Lien Term Loan, which amount was borrowed on June 5, 2015. The Second Lien Term Loan had a maturity date of June 5, 2023 and did not require periodic principal payments, with the total amount outstanding, plus accrued interest, due at maturity. The Borrower had the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Second Lien Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 8.00%.

We refer to the Term Loan and, until the Second Lien Repayment (as defined below), the Second Lien Term Loan, collectively as the “Term Loan Facilities”.

During the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, we used the net proceeds from our initial public offering and partial exercise of the over-allotment option, after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions, to repay in full the $130.0 million of principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Second Lien Term Loan (the “Second Lien Repayment”). The repayment resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $2.7 million, which was recognized during the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.

On November 27, 2018, At Home II and the Borrower entered into the Second Amendment (the “Term Loan Amendment”) with the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, which amended the First Lien Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment dated July 27, 2017. Pursuant to the Term Loan Amendment, among other things, the Borrower borrowed an additional $50.0  million in incremental term loans, increasing the principal amount outstanding under the First Lien Agreement on such date to $339.5 million. Net proceeds from the incremental term loans were used to repay approximately $49.6 million of borrowings under the ABL Facility.

The restricted net assets of At Home Group's consolidated subsidiaries was $711.1 million as of January 26, 2019.

F-23

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8.    Financing Obligations

In some cases, the assets we lease require construction in order to ready the space for its intended use and, in certain cases, we are involved in the construction of leased assets. The construction period typically begins when we execute our lease agreement with the landlord and continues until the space is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. In accordance with ASC 840-40-55, we must consider the nature and extent of our involvement during the construction period and, in some cases, our involvement results in our being considered the accounting owner of the construction project. By completing the construction of key structural components of a leased building, we are deemed to have participated in the construction of the landlord asset. In such cases, we capitalize the landlord's construction costs, including the value of costs incurred up to the date we execute our lease and costs incurred during the remainder of construction period, as such costs are incurred. Additionally, ASC 840-40-55 requires us to recognize a financing obligation for construction costs incurred by the landlord. Once construction is complete, we are required to perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to ASC 840-40 to determine if we can remove the landlord's assets and associated financing obligations from our consolidated balance sheet. In certain leases, we maintain various forms of “prohibited continuing involvement” in the property, thereby precluding us from derecognizing the asset and associated financing obligations following the construction completion. In those cases, we will continue to account for the landlord's asset as if we are the legal owner, and the financing obligation, similar to other debt, until the lease expires or is modified to remove the continuing involvement that prohibits derecognition. Once derecognition is permitted, we would be required to account for the lease as either operating or capital in accordance with ASC 840. As of January 26, 2019, we have not derecognized any landlord assets or associated financing obligations.

9.    Related Party Transactions

Merry Mabbett Inc. (“MMI”) is owned by Merry Mabbett Dean, who is the mother of Lewis L. Bird III, our Chief Executive Officer. During the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, through MMI, we purchased certain fixtures, furniture and equipment that is now owned and used by us in our home office, new store offices or in the product vignettes in the stores. In addition, Ms. Dean, through MMI, provided certain design services to us, including design for our home office, as well as design in our stores. We paid MMI approximately $0.6 million primarily for fixtures, furniture and equipment for each of the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018 and $0.2 million for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.

10.    Income Taxes

Our income tax provision is as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26,		January 27,		January 28,
	2019		2018		2017
Current income tax expense
Federal	$	16,620	$	23,786	$	36,956
State		2,607		2,885		4,756
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
Federal		(16,343)		9,208		(22,261)
State		(2,901)		(2,034)		(3,729)
Income tax (benefit) provision	$	(17)	$	33,845	$	15,722

F-24

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was adopted into law. The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%; (ii) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT) and changing how existing AMT credits are realized; (iii) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense; and (iv) changing rules related to the use and limitation of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. As a result of the adoption of the Tax Act, for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, the statutory federal corporate tax rate was prorated to 34.0%, with the statutory rate for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 and beyond at 21.0%.

In December of 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued State Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allowed us to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. We recorded provisional amounts for the impact of the Tax Act during the fourth fiscal quarter 2018. During fiscal year 2019, we completed our accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act, and no material adjustments were required to the provisional amounts recorded in fiscal year 2018.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the estimated future tax effects of the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of asset and liability balances using statutory tax rates. Tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Deferred tax assets
Inventory	$	9,283	$	5,385
Accruals		3,835		2,291
Deferred rent		11,311		7,830
Net operating losses		290		333
Deferred gains		33,181		26,288
Deferred compensation		16,400		7,325
Financing obligations		5,636		1,845
Deferred revenue		1,200		44
Prepaid rent		1,514		1,710
Other, net		1,663		1,296
Total deferred tax assets		84,313		54,347
Deferred tax liabilities
Property and equipment		(31,420)		(19,980)
Debt cancellation income		—		(742)
Trade name		(88)		(64)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(31,508)		(20,786)
Net deferred tax asset	$	52,805	$	33,561

We are required to assess the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future income will be generated to utilize deferred tax assets. We believe the cumulative pre-tax income is a significant piece of positive evidence that allows us to consider other subjective evidence such as future forecasted pre-tax income. For the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017,  we continued to have three years of cumulative pre-tax income. In addition, taxable income exceeded pre-tax income for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017. We concluded that because of this positive evidence, as well as cumulative pre-tax income in recent fiscal years, it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized in future years. Accordingly, during fiscal year 2019, we determined no valuation allowance was required.

Our valuation allowances totaled $0.3 million as of January 28, 2017. During fiscal year 2018, while analyzing our ability to utilize state net operating losses, it was determined that the positive evidence outweighed the negative evidence and the remaining valuation allowance was released. We had approximately $6.4 million and $7.4 million of

F-25

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

state net operating loss carryforwards at January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, respectively. The state net operating losses begin to expire in fiscal year 2024. During fiscal year 2018, we determined that the valuation allowance for state net operating losses was no longer necessary as we expect to fully utilize all net operating loss carryforward prior to expiration.

The reconciliation between the actual income tax provision and the income tax provision calculated at the federal statutory tax rate is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26,			January 27,			January 28,
	2019			2018			2017
Income tax provision at the federal statutory rate	$	10,286		$	22,297		$	14,976
Permanent differences		340			325			625
State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect		(307)			482			924
Change in unrecognized tax benefits		(300)			(16)			(378)
Change in valuation allowance		—			(314)			(257)
Effect of the Tax Act		(524)			16,694			—
Net federal excess tax benefit related to options exercised		(9,293)			(5,826)			—
Tax credits		(278)			(208)			(141)
Deferred adjustment		59			411			(23)
Other		—			—			(4)
Income tax (benefit) provision	$	(17)		$	33,845		$	15,722
Effective tax rate		(0.0)	%		51.5	%		36.7	%

Uncertain Tax Positions

We operate in a number of tax jurisdictions and are subject to examination of its income tax returns by tax authorities in those jurisdictions who may challenge any item on these returns. Because the tax matters challenged by tax authorities are typically complex, the ultimate outcome of these challenges is uncertain. In accordance with ASC 740 (Topic 740, “Income Taxes”), we recognize the benefits of uncertain tax positions in our consolidated financial statements only after determining that it is more likely than not that the uncertain tax positions will be sustained.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of January 26, 2019 was $0.7 million, $0.5 million of which would favorably impact the effective tax rate if resolved in our favor.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,688	$	2,553
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		—		—
Subtractions based on tax positions related to the prior year		(443)		(604)
Settlements		(5)		(108)
Expiration of statute of limitations		(524)		(153)
Balance, end of period	$	716	$	1,688

We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in our provision for income taxes. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, there was approximately $0.1 million in accrued penalties. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, there was approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in accrued interest. In addition, we released approximately $0.1 million in interest expense and penalties during the fiscal year

F-26

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

ended January 26, 2019 and recognized an immaterial amount of interest expense and penalties during the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018.

In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities in U.S. Federal and U.S. state jurisdictions. The period subject to examination for our federal return is fiscal year 2016 and later and fiscal year 2015 and later for all major state tax returns. We believe that an adequate provision has been made for any adjustments that may result from tax examinations. However, the outcome of tax audits cannot be predicted with certainty. If any issues addressed in our tax audits are resolved in a manner not consistent with management's expectations, we could be required to adjust the provision for income tax in the period such resolution occurs.

11.    Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

We lease space for certain of our retail properties, our distribution center and corporate office pursuant to leases that expire at various dates through 2037. A number of the leases have renewal options for various periods of time at our discretion. We are typically responsible for taxes, utilities, insurance, repairs and maintenance for these properties. Certain leases require the payment of contingent rent based on a specified percentage of stores' gross sales, as defined in the lease agreement, and are subject to certain limitations. An immaterial amount of contingent rent was paid during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017. Rent expense for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017 totaled approximately $108.0 million, $83.4 million and $68.1 million, respectively. Amortization of deferred gains on sale-leasebacks is approximately $9.3 million for fiscal year 2020 and each of the four subsequent fiscal years.

Future minimum annual rental commitments for all leases are as follows (in thousands):

	Capital		Operating		Financing
	Leases		Leases		Obligations		Total
2020	$	203	$	115,210	$	2,932	$	118,345
2021		203		120,876		3,037		124,116
2022		203		119,202		3,069		122,474
2023		168		116,985		2,635		119,788
2024		—		116,782		2,639		119,421
Thereafter		—		980,221		20,796		1,001,017
Total minimum lease payments	$	777	$	1,569,276	$	35,108	$	1,605,161
Less: amount representing interest		(44)
Present value of minimum lease payments	$	733

Minimum future annual rent receivable under operating subleases as of January 26, 2019 was immaterial. We recognized a nominal amount of lease rental income for each of the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018, and January 28, 2017.

Litigation

We are subject to claims and lawsuits that arise primarily in the ordinary course of business. It is the opinion of management that the disposition or ultimate resolution of such claims and lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

F-27

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12.    Employee Benefit Plan

Effective October 1, 2014, we sponsor a 401(k) Savings Plan for eligible employees. Participation in the 401(k) Savings Plan is voluntary and available to any employee who is at least 18 years of age and has completed six months of service. Participants may elect to contribute up to 100% of their compensation on a pre-tax basis subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) limitations. In accordance with the provisions of the 401(k) Savings Plan, we make a safe harbor matching cash contribution to the account of each participant in an amount equal to 100% of the participant's pre-tax contributions that do not exceed 3% of the participant's considered annual compensation plus 50% of the participant's pre-tax contributions between 3% and 5% of the participant's considered annual compensation, which are also subject to regulatory limits. Matching contributions, and any actual earnings thereon, vest to the participants immediately. Our matching contribution expenses were $1.3 million, $1.0 million and $0.8 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

13.    Capital Stock

On July 22, 2016, our board of directors approved a 128.157393-for-one stock split of its existing Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock and the conversion of such Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock into a single class of common stock. All historical share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split and conversion. Effective July 22, 2016, our total authorized share capital is comprised of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

On August 3, 2016, our Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to our initial public offering was declared effective by the SEC pursuant to which we issued and sold 8,667,000 of the shares registered at a price of $15.00 per share on August 9, 2016. On September 8, 2016, we issued and sold a further 863,041 shares of our common stock at a price of $15.00 per share pursuant to the underwriters’ partial exercise of the over-allotment option.

As of January 26, 2019, we had 500,000,000 shares of common stock authorized with a par value of $0.01, of which 63,609,684 were issued and outstanding. Additionally, as of January 26, 2019, we had 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized with a par value of $0.01, of which no shares were issued and outstanding.

14.    Earnings Per Share

In accordance with ASC 260, (Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share”), basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average shares outstanding for the period and include the dilutive impact of potential shares from the exercise of stock options. Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share if their effect is anti-dilutive.

F-28

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share as follows (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data):

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Numerator:
Net income	$	48,996	$	31,812	$	27,066
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding-basic		62,936,959		60,503,860		55,414,037
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options and restricted stock units		3,362,687		3,208,143		1,478,146
Weighted average common shares outstanding-diluted		66,299,646		63,712,003		56,892,183
Per common share:
Basic net income per common share	$	0.78	$	0.53	$	0.49
Diluted net income per common share	$	0.74	$	0.50	$	0.48

For the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, approximately 2,029,602, 146,457 and 1,514,168, respectively, of stock options and restricted stock units (“RSU”) were excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per common share since their effect was anti-dilutive.

15.    Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 (Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation”), which requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and RSUs, to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements over the requisite service period. Compensation expense based upon the fair value of awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards that actually vest. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

We have two equity compensation plans (the “Equity Plans”) under which we grant equity awards: the GRD Holding I Corporation Stock Option Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “2012 Option Plan”), and the At Home Group Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, which was subsequently amended and restated and approved by the Board in July 2016 (the “2016 Equity Plan”). Pursuant to the 2012 Option Plan, we have 5,648,525 shares of common stock reserved for the issuance of options to purchase shares. Any shares issued under the 2012 Option Plan that expire, are cancelled, or otherwise terminate without issuance of the shares shall again be available for issuance. At January 26, 2019, there were no shares available for future grant under the 2012 Option Plan.

In September 2015, we adopted the 2016 Equity Plan, which was subsequently amended and restated and approved by the Board in July 2016. Under the 2016 Equity Plan, equity awards may be made for up to 6,196,755 shares of our common stock. Subject to any adjustment as provided in the 2016 Plan, (i) up to 2,478,702 shares (the “IPO Bonus Pool”) were issuable pursuant to awards granted under the 2016 Equity Plan to senior executives of the Company in connection with the consummation of our initial public offering and (ii) up to 3,718,053 shares may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2016 Equity Plan (other than the IPO Bonus Pool) (the “Post-IPO Share Pool”). In June 2018, the 2016 Equity Plan was amended to increase the number of shares authorized to be granted within the Post-IPO Share Pool by 3,500,000 shares. At January 26, 2019, there were 3,923,952 shares available for future grant under the 2016 Plan.

On June 12, 2018, we made a grant of 1,988,255 options to Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Lewis L. Bird III. The options vested immediately upon the June 12, 2018 grant date. However, the shares resulting from the

F-29

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

exercise of the options are generally subject to transfer restrictions that lapse on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant or earlier change in control (as defined in the 2016 Equity Plan), subject to certain service conditions that could affect the transferability. As a result of the immediate vesting of these awards, non-cash stock-based compensation expense in the amount of approximately $41.5 million was fully recognized in the second fiscal quarter 2019.

On August 3, 2016, we made a special one-time initial public offering transaction bonus grant of 2,478,702 options to certain members of our senior management team under the 2016 Equity Plan (the “IPO Grant”). On August 3, 2016 we also granted to one employee an option to purchase 28,326 shares of common stock under the 2012 Option Plan at the initial public offering price.

Option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock at the date of grant. Option awards under the 2012 Option Plans generally vest based on four years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms. The IPO Grant is subject to market conditions in which vesting occurs if the closing price of the Company’s common stock achieves the pre-established targets at any time during the specified performance period of seven years from the date of the grant and exceeds the targets for twenty consecutive trading days, disregarding the six-month period immediately following August 3, 2016. Certain option and share awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the Equity Plans).

We determined the fair value of the IPO Grant subject to market conditions using a Monte Carlo simulation method. The IPO Grant had a grant date fair value of approximately $20.0 million, which was incremental to our ongoing stock-based compensation expense. The stock-based compensation expense for the IPO Grant was expensed over the derived service period, which began in the third fiscal quarter 2017 and continued through the following eight quarters.

We estimate the fair value of each service condition stock option grant under the Equity Plans on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which includes the following variables: 1) exercise price of the instrument, 2) fair market value of the underlying stock on date of grant, 3) expected term, 4) expected volatility and 5) the risk-free interest rate. We utilized the following assumptions in estimating the fair value of the option grants:

	January 26,		January 27,		January 28,
	2019		2018		2017
Weighted-average expected volatility	58.6	%	57.7	%	57.7	%
Expected dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%
Weighted-average expected term (in years)	5.0		4.0		4.0
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate	2.8	%	2.0	%	2.3	%

A summary of option activity under the Equity Plans as of January 26, 2019, and changes during the fiscal year then ended, is presented below:

				Weighted-
		Weighted-		Average
		Average		Remaining
		Exercise		Contractual
	Options	Price		Term
Outstanding, beginning of year	7,040,894	$	11.92
Granted	3,032,708		36.39
Exercised	(2,120,672)		10.33
Forfeited or expired	(194,098)		31.56
Outstanding, end of year	7,758,832	$	21.43	4.96
Exercisable, end of year	6,811,511	$	20.06	4.75

F-30

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

RSUs are issued at a value not less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. RSUs granted to date vest ratably over one to four years. Awards are subject to employment for vesting and are not transferable other than upon death.

A summary of the Company’s RSU activity and related information as of January 26, 2019, and changes during the fiscal year then ended, is presented below:

		Weighted-
		Average
	Number of	Grant Date
	Shares	Fair Value
Nonvested, beginning of year	200,660	$	21.37
Granted	220,451		32.88
Vested	(72,019)		19.13
Forfeited	(35,065)		26.54
Nonvested, end of year	314,027	$	29.39

We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options and RSUs of approximately $49.5 million, $13.8 million and $9.4 million during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

As of January 26, 2019, there was approximately $15.7 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plans that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years and 2.9 years for option awards and RSUs, respectively.

F-31

AT HOME GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

16.    Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

Unaudited quarterly results of operations for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018 were as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	Fiscal Year 2019
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Net sales	$	256,161	$	288,493	$	267,180	$	354,065
Gross profit(1)		85,244		97,378		85,991		117,239
Operating income (loss)(1)(2)		24,200		(11,828)		19,096		44,568
Net income (loss)		18,361		(10,068)		11,090		29,613
Basic net income (loss) per common share(1)		0.30		(0.16)		0.17		0.47
Diluted net income (loss) per common share	$	0.28	$	(0.16)	$	0.17	$	0.45
	Fiscal Year 2018
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Net sales	$	211,841	$	232,065	$	212,954	$	293,668
Gross profit(1)		71,878		73,033		62,662		99,386
Operating income		21,319		20,256		9,316		36,470
Net income		10,049		9,533		2,375		9,855
Basic net income per common share		0.17		0.16		0.04		0.16
Diluted net income per common share	$	0.16	$	0.15	$	0.04	$	0.15

(1) The sum of the quarters does not equal the total fiscal year due to rounding.

(2) Includes $41.5 million of stock-based compensation expense associated with a grant of stock options to our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer that vested and was fully recognized in the second fiscal quarter 2019.

F-32

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

AT HOME GROUP INC. (parent company only)

Condensed Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018
Assets
Current assets:
Receivable from subsidiaries	$	—	$	—
Other current assets		3,529		7,486
Total current assets		3,529		7,486
Investment in subsidiaries		711,086		590,879
Total assets	$	714,615	$	598,365
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
Income taxes payable	$	—	$	—
Payable to subsidiaries		3,529		7,486
Total current liabilities		3,529		7,486
Noncurrent liabilities		—		—
Total liabilities		3,529		7,486
Shareholders' Equity
Common stock; $0.01 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 63,609,684 and 61,423,398 shares issued and outstanding, respectively		636		614
Additional paid-in capital		643,677		572,488
Retained earnings		66,773		17,777
Total shareholders' equity		711,086		590,879
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	714,615	$	598,365

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

F-33

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

AT HOME GROUP INC. (parent company only)

Condensed Statements of Income

(in thousands)

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Net sales	$	—	$	—	$	—
Cost of sales		—		—		—
Gross profit		—		—		—
Operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—		—		—
Depreciation and amortization		—		—		—
Total operating expenses		—		—		—
Operating income		—		—		—
Interest expense, net		—		—		—
Income before income taxes		—		—		—
Income tax provision		—		—		—
Income before equity in net income of subsidiaries		—		—		—
Net income from subsidiaries		48,996		31,812		27,066
Net income	$	48,996	$	31,812	$	27,066

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

F-34

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

AT HOME GROUP INC. (parent company only)

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

1.    Basis of Presentation

In the parent-company-only financial statements, At Home Group Inc.'s (“Parent”) investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since the date of acquisition. The parent-company-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements. A condensed statement of cash flows was not presented because At Home Group Inc.'s net operating activities have no cash impact and there were no investing or financing cash flow activities during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017.

2.    Guarantees and Restrictions

At Home Holding III Inc. (“At Home III”), a subsidiary of the Parent, and its indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, At Home Stores LLC, are co-borrowers (in such capacities, the “ABL Borrowers”) under the ABL Facility. As of January 26, 2019, we had $11.0 million of cash and cash equivalents and $120.5 million in borrowing availability under our ABL Facility, which provides commitments of up to $350.0 million for revolving loans and letters of credit, as of January 26, 2019. At Home Holding II Inc. (“Holdings”), the direct parent of At Home III, and its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than the ABL Borrowers and certain immaterial subsidiaries)(the “ABL Subsidiary Guarantors” and, together with Holdings, the “ABL Guarantors”) have guaranteed all obligations of the ABL Borrowers under the ABL Facility. In the event of a default under the ABL Facility, the ABL Borrowers and the Guarantors will be directly liable to the lenders under the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility, which matures on the earlier of July 27, 2022 and the date that is 91 days prior to the maturity date (as such date may be extended) of the term loan entered into on June 5, 2015 under a first lien credit agreement, includes restrictions on the ability of ABL Borrowers and ABL Subsidiary Guarantors to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends to Holdings or enter into other transactions, among other restrictions, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Under the ABL Facility, the ABL Borrowers and the ABL Subsidiary Guarantors are permitted to pay dividends to Holdings, (a) so long as after giving effect to such payment, (i) availability is equal to or greater than 15% of the loan cap (i.e., the lesser of (x) the aggregate lender commitments under the ABL Facility and (y) the borrowing base) and (ii) if availability is less than 20% of the loan cap, the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio is equal to or greater than 1.0 to 1.0, and (b) pursuant to certain other limited exceptions. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants under the ABL Facility.

On June 5, 2015, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, At Home Holding III Inc. (the “Borrower”), entered into a first lien credit agreement (the “First Lien Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, At Home Holding II Inc. (“At Home II”), a direct wholly owned subsidiary of ours, as guarantor, certain indirect subsidiaries of At Home II, various lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. We have subsequently amended our First Lien Agreement from time to time. After giving effect to such amendments, the First Lien Agreement provides for a term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $350.0 million (the “Term Loan”). The Term Loan will mature on June 3, 2022 and is repayable in equal quarterly installments of approximately $0.9 million for an annual aggregate amount equal to 1% of the original principal amount. The Borrower has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 4.00%, subject to a 0.50% reduction if the Borrower achieves a specified secured net leverage ratio level, which was met during the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017 and for which the Borrower has continued to qualify during the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019. The Term Loan is prepayable at our option, in whole or in part, subject to a prepayment premium equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan then outstanding until May 27, 2019 (inclusive). After May 27, 2019, the Term Loan may be prepaid without premium.

The Term Loan includes restrictions on the ability of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends to Holdings or enter into other transactions, among other restrictions, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Under the First Lien Agreement, the Borrower is permitted to pay dividends to Holdings (a) up to an amount equal to, so long as immediately after giving

F-35

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

AT HOME GROUP INC. (parent company only)

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

effect thereto, no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, (i) $10 million, plus (ii) a basket that builds based on $30 million, plus 50% of the Borrower's and its restricted subsidiaries' Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the First Lien Agreement) and certain other amounts, subject to various conditions including compliance with a minimum cash interest coverage ratio of 2.0 to 1.0, plus (iii) an unlimited amount, subject to pro forma compliance with a 3.0 to 1.0 total leverage ratio and (b) in certain additional limited amounts, subject to certain limited exceptions. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants prescribed under the Term Loan.

On June 5, 2015, the Borrower entered into a second lien credit agreement (the “Second Lien Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, At Home II and Dynasty Financial II, LLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and lender. The Second Lien Agreement provided for the Second Lien Term Loan (together with the Term Loan, the “Term Loan Facilities”), which amount was borrowed on June 5, 2015. The Second Lien Term Loan had a maturity date of June 5, 2023 and did not require periodic principal payments, with the total amount outstanding, plus accrued interest, due at maturity. The Borrower had the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Second Lien Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 8.00%.

We refer to the Term Loan and, until the repayment of the Second Lien Term Loan as described below, the Second Lien Term Loan, collectively as the “Term Loan Facilities”.

On August 3, 2016, our Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to our initial public offering was declared effective by the SEC pursuant to which we registered an aggregate of 9,967,050 shares of our common stock (including 1,300,050 shares subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option). We issued and sold 8,667,000 of the shares registered at a price of $15.00 per share on August 9, 2016, resulting in net proceeds of $120.9 million after deducting underwriters' discounts and commissions of $9.1 million. We also incurred offering expenses of $6.0 million in connection with the initial public offering, which were included in additional paid-in capital.

On September 8, 2016, we issued and sold a further 863,041 shares of our common stock pursuant to the underwriters’ partial exercise of the over-allotment option. This exercise of the over-allotment option resulted in net proceeds to us of $12.0 million after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions of $0.9 million.

During the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, we used the net proceeds from our initial public offering and the exercise of the over-allotment option, after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions, to repay in full the $130.0 million of principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under the Second Lien Term Loan. The repayment resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $2.7 million, which was recognized during the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.

On October 31, 2017, our Registration Statement on Form S-3, pursuant to which we registered 50,582,545 shares of our common stock owned by our Sponsors, was declared effective by the SEC. On December 11, 2017, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of our common stock (which included 750,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On April 2, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 6,900,000 shares of our common stock (which included 900,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On June 14, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 8,450,000 shares of our common stock (which included 450,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On September 11, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock. We did not sell any shares of our common stock in, or receive any proceeds from, these secondary offerings. After giving effect to these secondary offerings, the Sponsors held approximately 26.5% of our outstanding common stock.

On November 27, 2018, At Home II and the Borrower entered into the Second Amendment (the “Term Loan Amendment”) with the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, which amended the First Lien Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment dated July 27, 2017. Pursuant to the

F-36

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

AT HOME GROUP INC. (parent company only)

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

Term Loan Amendment, among other things, the Borrower borrowed an additional $50.0 million in incremental term loans, increasing the principal amount outstanding under the First Lien Agreement on such date to $339.5 million.

F-37

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

(a)  Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed or furnished as a part of this report:

Exhibit No.	Exhibit Description
3.1	Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on July 25, 2016 (File No. 333-206772)).
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on July 25, 2016 (File No. 333-206772)).
4.1	Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on July 25, 2016 (File No. 333-206772)).
4.2	Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2016, among At Home Group Inc., Starr Investment Fund II, LLC, SPH GRD Holdings, LLC, GRD Holding LP, GRD Holding AEA LLC and GRD Holding‑A LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on July 25, 2016 (File No. 333-206772)).
4.3	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2016, among At Home Group Inc., Starr Investment Fund II, LLC, SPH GRD Holdings, LLC, GRD Holding LP, GRD Holding AEA LLC and GRD Holding‑A LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on July 25, 2016 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.1	Senior Secured Asset Based Revolving Credit Facility, dated October 5, 2011, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.’s indirect wholly‑owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.1.1	First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 9, 2012, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.’s indirect wholly‑owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.1.2	Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 23, 2013, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.’s indirect wholly‑owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).

Exhibit No.	Exhibit Description
10.1.3	Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated July 28, 2014, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.’s indirect wholly‑owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.1.4	Assumption and Ratification Agreement, dated September 29, 2014, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.’s indirect wholly‑owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.4 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.1.5	Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 5, 2015, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.’s indirect wholly‑owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.5 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.1.6	Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 15, 2016, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.’s indirect wholly‑owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.6 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on July 25, 2016 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.1.7	Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 2, 2017, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.’s indirect wholly‑owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.7 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on June 7, 2017 (File No.001-37849)).
10.1.8	Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated July 27, 2017, by and among At Home Holding III Inc. and At Home Stores LLC, with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.’s indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.8 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 1, 2017 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.2	Senior Secured Term loan Facility, dated June 5, 2015, by and between At Home Holding III Inc., with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.’s indirect wholly‑owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).

Exhibit No.	Exhibit Description
10.2.1	First Amendment to Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, dated July 27, 2017, by and between At Home Holding III Inc., with At Home Holding II Inc. as parent guarantor, certain of At Home Holding II Inc.’s indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 1, 2017 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.2.2	Second Amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, dated November 27, 2018, by and between At Home Holding III Inc., as the borrower, At Home Holding II Inc., as parent guarantor, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 29, 2018 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.4†	Employment Agreement by and between Garden Ridge Corporation, At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Lewis L. Bird III, dated as of November 15, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.4.1†	Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Garden Ridge Corporation, At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Lewis L. Bird III, dated as of November 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.5†	Employment Agreement by and between Garden Ridge Corporation, At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Judd T. Nystrom, dated as of January 25, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.5.1†	Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Garden Ridge Corporation, At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Judd T. Nystrom, dated as of November 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.5.2†	Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between At Home RMS Inc. and Judd Nystrom, dated as of June 7, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on June 7, 2018 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.5.3†	Separation and Release Agreement, by and between Judd T. Nystrom and At Home RMS Inc., dated as of November 8, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 9, 2018 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.6†	Employment Agreement by and between Garden Ridge Corporation, At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Peter S.G. Corsa, dated as of February 2, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.6.1†	Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Garden Ridge Corporation, At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Peter S.G. Corsa, dated as of November 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.7†	At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) Stock Option Plan, effective as of November 12, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).

Exhibit No.	Exhibit Description
10.8†	Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Lewis L. Bird III, dated as of November 26, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.8.1†	Letter Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Lewis L. Bird III, dated as of November 26, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.8.2†	Amendment to Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Lewis L. Bird III, dated as of December 4, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.9†	Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Judd T. Nystrom, dated as of January 31, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.9.1†	Amendment to Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Judd T. Nystrom, dated as of February 18, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.10†	Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Judd T. Nystrom, dated as of June 3, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.11†	Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Peter S.G. Corsa, dated as of January 10, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.11.1†	Amendment to Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Peter S.G. Corsa, dated as of March 25, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.12†	Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement by and between At Home Group Inc. (f/k/a GRD Holding I Corporation) and Peter S.G. Corsa, dated as of June 3, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 25, 2015 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.13†	At Home Group Inc. Annual Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on July 25, 2016 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.14*†	Amended and Restated At Home Group Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.
10.15†	At Home Group Inc. Form of Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on July 25, 2016 (File No. 333-206772)).

Exhibit No.	Exhibit Description
10.16	Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on July 25, 2016 (File No. 333-206772)).
10.17†	At Home Group Inc. Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement (Director) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2016 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.18†	Form of Employment Agreement entered into by and between At Home Stores LLC (f/k/a Garden Ridge Corporation) and certain executive officers of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 5, 2017 (File No.001-37849)).
10.19†	At Home Group Inc. Form of Restricted Stock Unit Notice of Grant and Award Agreement (Director Form) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on September 6, 2017 (File No.001-37849)).
10.20†	At Home Group Inc. Form of Restricted Stock Unit Notice of Grant and Award Agreement (Standard Form) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 23, 2018 (File No.001-37849)).
10.21†	At Home Group Inc. Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Notice of Grant and Award Agreement (Time-Vesting) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 23, 2018 (File No.001-37849)).
10.22+	Co-Brand and Private Label Consumer Credit Card Agreement, dated September 7, 2016, by and among At Home Stores LLC and Synchrony Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 5, 2017 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.22.1	First Amendment To Program Agreement, dated July 7, 2017, by and among At Home Stores LLC and Synchrony Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 13, 2017 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.23†	Form of Employment Agreement with At Home RMS Inc. to be used for employment agreements entered into on or after March 23, 2018 with certain executive officers of At Home Group Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 23, 2018 (File No.001-37849)).
10.24†	At Home Group Inc. Form of Notice of Grant and Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (CEO Special Option Grant) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on June 7, 2018 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.25†	At Home Group Inc. Form of Notice of Grant and Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Time-Vesting) – Annual Grant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on June 7, 2018 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.26†	At Home Group Inc. Form of Notice of Grant and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement – Annual Grant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on June 7, 2018 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.27†	At Home Group Inc. Form of Notice of Grant and Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Special Transition Grant) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on June 7, 2018 (File No. 001-37849)).

Exhibit No.	Exhibit Description
10.28†	At Home Group Inc. Form of Notice of Grant and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Director) – Annual Grant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on June 7, 2018 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.29†	Form of Employment Agreement with At Home RMS Inc. and each of Sumit Anand, Elizabeth Galloway and Wendy Fritz (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 30, 2018 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.30†	Offer Letter from At Home Group Inc. to Jeff Knudson dated as of August 27, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2018 (File No. 001-37849)).
10.31†	Employment Agreement by and between At Home RMS Inc. and Jeffrey R. Knudson, dated as of November 8, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 9, 2018 (File No. 001-37849)).
21.1*	List of subsidiaries of At Home Group Inc.
23.1*	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered accounting firm.
23.2*	Consent of Buxton Company.
23.3*	Consent of Cooper Roberts Research, Inc.
31.1*	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1*	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS*	XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

*Filed herewith.

†Indicates management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements in which our executive officers or directors participate.

+     Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit have been redacted and have been filed separately with the SEC.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

	AT HOME GROUP INC.
Date: March 27, 2019	/s/ LEWIS L. BIRD III
	By:	Lewis L. Bird III
		Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ LEWIS L. BIRD III	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	March 27, 2019
Lewis L. Bird III
/s/ JEFFREY R. KNUDSON	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	March 27, 2019
Jeffrey R. Knudson
/s/ LARRY D. STONE	Lead Director	March 27, 2019
Larry D. Stone
/s/ MARTIN C. ELTRICH, III	Director	March 27, 2019
Martin C. Eltrich, III
/s/ ALLEN I. QUESTROM	Director	March 27, 2019
Allen I. Questrom
/s/ WENDY A. BECK	Director	March 27, 2019
Wendy A. Beck
/s/ PHILIP L. FRANCIS	Director	March 27, 2019
Philip L. Francis
/s/ ELISABETH B. CHARLES	Director	March 27, 2019
Elisabeth B. Charles

/s/ STEVE K. BARBARICK	Director	March 27, 2019
Steve K. Barbarick
/s/ PAULA BENNETT	Director	March 27, 2019
Paula Bennett
/s/ JOANNE C. CREVOISERAT	Director	March 27, 2019
Joanne C. Crevoiserat

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

AMENDED AND RESTATED

AT HOME GROUP INC.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(Adopted as of July 22, 2016)

1. Purpose.

The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company with attracting, retaining, incentivizing and motivating officers and employees of, consultants to, and non-employee directors providing services to, the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to promote the success of the Company’s business by providing such participating individuals with a proprietary interest in the performance of the Company.  The Company believes that this incentive program will cause participating officers, employees, consultants and non-employee directors to increase their interest in the welfare of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to align those interests with those of the stockholders of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates.

2. Definitions.  For purposes of the Plan:

2.1. “Adjustment Event” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 12.1.

2.2. “Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any entity, any entity that the Company, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is in common control with, is controlled by or controls, each within the meaning of the Securities Act.

2.3. “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant of an Option, Restricted Stock, a Restricted Stock Unit, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Award, a Dividend Equivalent Right, a Share Award or any or all of them.

2.4. “Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the grant of an Award and setting forth the terms and conditions thereof.

2.5. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.6. “Cause”  shall mean (a) if a Participant is a party to an employment or a severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “Cause” is defined, the occurrence of any circumstances defined as “Cause” in such employment or severance agreement, or (b) if a Participant is not a party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “Cause” is defined, (i) the Participant’s indictment for, or conviction or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to (A) any felony or (B) any crime (whether or not a felony) involving moral turpitude, fraud, theft, breach of trust or other similar acts, whether under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any similar foreign law to which the Participant may be subject, (ii) the Participant’s being or having been engaged in conduct constituting breach of fiduciary duty, willful misconduct or gross negligence relating to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or the performance of the Participant’s duties, (iii) the Participant’s willful failure to (A) follow a reasonable and lawful directive of the Company or of the Subsidiary at which he or she is employed or provides services, or the Board or (B) comply

with any written rules, regulations, policies or procedures of the Company or a Subsidiary at which he or she is employed or to which he or she provides services which, if not complied with, would reasonably be expected to have more than a de minimis adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Company, (iv) the Participant’s violation of his or her employment, consulting, separation or similar agreement with the Company or any non-disclosure, non-solicitation or non-competition covenant in any other agreement to which the Participant is subject or (v) the Participant’s deliberate and continued failure to perform his or her material duties to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

2.7. “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the “Voting Securities”) by any Person, immediately after which such Person first acquires “Beneficial Ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the  combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding Voting Securities; provided,  however, that in determining whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to this Section ‎2.6(a), the acquisition of Voting Securities in a Non-Control Acquisition (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute a Change in Control.  A “Non-Control Acquisition” shall mean an acquisition by (i) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (A) the Company or (B) any corporation or other Person the majority of the voting power, voting equity securities or equity interest of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company (for purposes of this definition, a “Related Entity”), (ii) the Company or any Related Entity or (iii) any Person in connection with a Non-Control Transaction (as hereinafter defined);

(b) The individuals who, as of the effective date of this Plan are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s common stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; providedfurther,  however, that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board (a “Proxy Contest”) including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Proxy Contest;  

(c) The consummation of:

(i) A merger, consolidation or reorganization (x) with or into the Company or (y) in which securities of the Company are issued (a “Merger”), unless such Merger is a Non-Control Transaction.  A “Non-Control Transaction” shall mean a Merger in which:

(A) the stockholders of the Company immediately before such Merger own directly or indirectly immediately following such Merger at least a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting

2

securities of (1) the corporation resulting from such Merger (the “Surviving Corporation”), if fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Surviving Corporation is not Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by another Person (a “Parent Corporation”), or (2) if there is one or more than one Parent Corporation, the ultimate Parent Corporation;

(B) the individuals who were members of the Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such Merger constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of (1) the Surviving Corporation, if there is no Parent Corporation, or (2) if there is one or more than one Parent Corporation, the ultimate Parent Corporation; and

(C) no Person other than (1) the Company or another corporation that is a party to the agreement of Merger, (2) any Related Entity, (3) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) that, immediately prior to the Merger, was maintained by the Company or any Related Entity or (4) any Person who, immediately prior to the Merger, had Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities representing more than fifty percent(50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding Voting Securities, has Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of (x) the Surviving Corporation, if there is no Parent Corporation, or (y) if there is one or more than one Parent Corporation, the ultimate Parent Corporation;

(ii) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(iii) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (other than (x) a transfer to a Related Entity or (y) the distribution to the Company’s stockholders of the stock of a Related Entity or any other assets).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the “Subject Person”) acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the then outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities then outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person; provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company and, after such acquisition by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Securities and such Beneficial Ownership increases the percentage of the then outstanding Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, then a Change in Control shall occur.

2.8. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

3

2.9. “Committee” means the Committee which administers the Plan as provided in Section 3.

2.10. “Company” means At Home Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

2.11. “Consultant” means any consultant or advisor, other than an Employee or Director, who is a natural person and who renders services to the Company or a Subsidiary that (a) are not in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s securities in a capital raising transaction and (b) do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

2.12. “Corporate Transaction” means (a) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other transaction or event having a similar effect on the Company’s capital stock or (b) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.  For the avoidance of doubt, a Corporate Transaction may be a transaction that is also a Change in Control.

2.13. “Covered Employee” means, for any Performance Cycle:

(a) an Employee who:

(i) as of the beginning of the Performance Cycle is an officer subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and

(ii) prior to determining Performance Objectives for the Performance Cycle pursuant to Section 9, the Committee designates as a Covered Employee for that Performance Cycle; provided that, if the Committee does not make the designation in clause (ii) for a Performance Cycle, all Employees described in clause (i) shall be deemed to be Covered Employees for purposes of this Plan, and

(b) any other Employee that the Committee designates as a Covered Employee for that Performance Cycle. 

2.14. “Director” means a member of the Board.

2.15. “Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, a permanent and total disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3).  A determination of Disability may be made by a physician selected or approved by the Committee and, in this respect, the Participant shall submit to any reasonable examination(s) required by such physician upon request.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section ‎2.15, in the event any Award is considered to be “deferred compensation” as that term is defined under Section 409A and the terms of the Award are such that the definition of  “disability” is required to comply with the requirements of Section 409A then, in lieu of the foregoing definition, the definition of “Disability” for purposes of such Award shall mean, with respect to a Participant, that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

4

2.16. “Division” means any of the operating units or divisions of the Company designated as a Division by the Committee.

2.17. “Dividend Equivalent Right” means a right to receive cash or Shares based on the value of dividends that are paid with respect to Shares.

2.18. “Effective Date” means the date of the Plan’s approval by the Board, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders.

2.19. “Eligible Individual” means any Employee, Director or Consultant.

2.20. “Employee” means any individual performing services for the Company or a Subsidiary and designated as an employee of the Company or the Subsidiary on its payroll records.  An Employee shall not include any individual during any period he or she is classified or treated by the Company or Subsidiary as an independent contractor, a consultant or an employee of an employment, consulting or temporary agency or any other entity other than the Company or Subsidiary, without regard to whether such individual is subsequently determined to have been, or is subsequently retroactively reclassified, as a common-law employee of the Company or Subsidiary during such period.  An individual shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or any Subsidiary, or between the Company and any Subsidiaries.

2.21. “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.22. “Fair Market Value” on any date means:

(a) if the Shares are listed for trading on a national securities exchange,  the closing price at the close of the primary trading session of the Shares on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the common stock is listed or admitted to trading as officially quoted in the consolidated tape of transactions on such exchange or such other source as the Committee deems reliable for the applicable date, or if there has been no such closing price of the Shares on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was such a closing price;

(b) if the Shares are not listed for trading on a national securities exchange, the fair market value of the Shares as determined in good faith by the Committee, and, if applicable, in accordance with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Awards granted in connection with an Initial Public Offering, if any, unless the Committee determines otherwise, Fair Market Value shall mean the price at which Shares are offered to the public by the underwriters in the Initial Public Offering.

2.23. “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option satisfying the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

2.24. “Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the first public offering of Shares pursuant to a registration statement (other than a Form S-8 or successor forms) filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

5

2.25. “Nonemployee Director” means a Director of the Board who is a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

2.26. “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.27. “Option” means a Nonqualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option.

2.28. “Option Price” means the price at which a Share may be purchased pursuant to an Option.

2.29. “Outside Director” means a Director of the Board who is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

2.30. “Parent” means any corporation which is a “parent corporation” (within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code) with respect to the Company.

2.31. “Participant” means an Eligible Individual to whom an Award has been granted under the Plan.

2.32. “Performance Awards” means Performance Share Units, Performance Units, Performance-Based Restricted Stock or any or all of them.

2.33. “Performance-Based Compensation” means any Award that, pursuant to Section 14.3, is intended to constitute “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

2.34. “Performance-Based Restricted Stock” means Shares issued or transferred to an Eligible Individual under Section 9.2.

2.35. “Performance Cycle” means the time period specified by the Committee at the time Performance Awards are granted during which the performance of the Company, a Subsidiary or a Division will be measured.

2.36. “Performance Objectives” means the objectives set forth in Section 9.3 for the purpose of determining, either alone or together with other conditions, the degree of payout and/or vesting of Performance Awards.

2.37. “Performance Share Units” means Performance Share Units granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 9.1(b).

2.38. “Performance Units” means Performance Units granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 9.1(a).

2.39. “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

6

2.40. “Plan” means this Amended and Restated At Home Group Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.41. “Plan Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective Date, unless the Plan is earlier terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 15 hereof.

2.42.  “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued or transferred to an Eligible Individual pursuant to Section 8.1.

2.43. “Restricted Stock Units” means rights granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 8.2 representing a number of hypothetical Shares.

2.44. “Section 162(m)” means Section 162(m) of Code, and all regulations, guidance, and other interpretative authority issued thereunder.

2.45. “Section 409A” means Section 409A of Code, and all regulations, guidance, and other interpretative authority issued thereunder.

2.46. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.47. “Share Award” means an Award of Shares granted pursuant to Section 10.

2.48. “Shares” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any other securities into which such shares are changed or for which such shares are exchanged.

2.49. “Stock Appreciation Right” means a right to receive all or some portion of the increase, if any, in the value of the Shares as provided in Section 6 hereof.

2.50. “Subsidiary” means (a) except as provided in subsection (b) below, any corporation which is a subsidiary corporation within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code with respect to the Company and (b) in relation to the eligibility to receive Awards other than Incentive Stock Options and continued employment or the provision of services for purposes of Awards (unless the Committee determines otherwise), any entity, whether or not incorporated, in which the Company directly or indirectly owns at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding equity or other ownership interests. 

2.51. “Ten-Percent Shareholder” means an Eligible Individual who, at the time an Incentive Stock Option is to be granted to him or her, owns (within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

2.52. “Termination”, “Terminated” or “Terminates” shall mean (a) with respect to a Participant who is an Employee, the date such Participant ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, (b) with respect to a Participant who is a Consultant, the date such Participant ceases to provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries or (c) with respect to a Participant who is a Director, the date such Participant ceases to be a Director, in each case, for any reason whatsoever (including by reason of death, Disability or adjudicated incompetency). 

7

Unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, (a) if a Participant is both an Employee and a Director and terminates as an Employee but remains as a Director, the Participant will be deemed to have continued in employment without interruption and shall be deemed to have Terminated upon ceasing to be a Director and (b) if a Participant who is an Employee or a Director ceases to provide services in such capacity and becomes a Consultant, the Participant will thereupon be deemed to have been Terminated.

2.53. “Transition Period” means the period beginning with an Initial Public Offering and ending as of the earlier of:

(a) the date of the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Company at which Directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Initial Public Offering occurs and

(b) the expiration of the “reliance period” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(2).

3. Administration.

3.1. Committee.  The Plan shall be administered by a Committee appointed bythe Board.  The Committee shall consist of at least two (2) Directors of the Board and may consist of the entire Board; provided,  however, that (a) if the Committee consists of less than the entire Board, then, with respect to any Award granted to an Eligible Individual who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall consist of at least two (2) Directors of the Board, each of whom shall be a Nonemployee Director and (b) to the extent necessary for any Award intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation to so qualify, the Committee shall consist of at least two (2) Directors of the Board, each of whom shall be an Outside Director.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, if one or more members of the Committee is not a Nonemployee Director or an Outside Director but recuses himself or herself or abstains from voting with respect to a particular action taken by the Committee, then the Committee, with respect to that action, shall be deemed to consist only of the members of the Committee who have not recused themselves or abstained from voting.  The acts of a majority of the total membership of the Committee at any meeting, or the acts approved in writing by all of its members, shall be the acts of the Committee.  All decisions and determinations by the Committee in the exercise of its powers hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Participants and all other Persons having any interest therein. 

3.2. Board Reservation and Delegation.  

(a) Except to the extent necessary for any Award intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation to so qualify, the Board may, in its discretion, reserve to itself or exercise any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee hereunder.  To the extent the Board has reserved to itself or exercises the authority and responsibility of the Committee, the Board shall be deemed to be acting as the Committee for purposes of the Plan and references to the Committee in the Plan shall be to the Board.

(b) Subject to applicable law, the Board may delegate, in whole or in part, any of the authority of the Committee hereunder (subject to such limits as may be

8

determined by the Board) to any individual or committee of individuals (who need not be  Directors), including without limitation the authority to make Awards to Eligible Individuals who are not officers or directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.  To the extent that the Board delegates any such authority to make Awards as provided by this Section 3.2(b), all references in the Plan to the Committee’s authority to make Awards and determinations with respect thereto shall be deemed to include the Board’s delegate. 

3.3. Committee Powers.  Subject to the express terms and conditions set forth herein, the Committee shall have all of the powers necessary to enable it to carry out its duties under the Plan, including, without limitation, the power from time to time to:

(a) determine those Eligible Individuals to whom Awards shall be granted under the Plan and determine the number of Shares or amount of cash in respect of which each Award is granted, prescribe the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of each such Award, including, (i) in the case of Options, the exercise price per Share and the duration of the Option and (ii) in the case of Stock Appreciation Rights, the Base Price per Share and the duration of the Stock Appreciation Right, and make any amendment or modification to any Agreement consistent with the terms of the Plan;

(b) construe and interpret the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder, establish, amend and revoke rules, regulations and guidelines as it deems are necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, correcting any defect, supplying any omission or reconciling any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or advisable, including so that the Plan and the operation of the Plan comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, the Code to the extent applicable and other applicable law, and otherwise make the Plan fully effective;

(c) determine the duration and purposes for leaves of absence which may be granted to a Participant on an individual basis without constituting a Termination for purposes of the Plan;

(d) cancel, with the consent of the Participant, outstanding Awards or as otherwise permitted under the terms of the Plan;

(e) exercise its discretion with respect to the powers and rights granted to it as set forth in the Plan; and

(f) generally, exercise such powers and perform such acts as are deemed necessary or advisable to promote the best interests of the Company with respect to the Plan.

3.4. Non-Uniform Determinations.   The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among Persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards (whether or not such Persons are similarly situated).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-

9

uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to the Eligible Individuals to receive Awards under the Plan and the terms and provision of Awards under the Plan. 

3.5. Non-U.S. Employees. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to Participants working outside the United States, the Committee may establish subplans, determine the terms and conditions of Awards, and make such adjustments to the terms thereof as are necessary or advisable to fulfill the purposes of the Plan taking into account matters of local law or practice, including tax and securities laws of jurisdictions outside the United States.

3.6. Indemnification.  No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action, failure to act, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any transaction hereunder.  The Company hereby agrees to indemnify each member of the Committee for all costs and expenses and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any liability incurred in connection with defending against, responding to, negotiating for the settlement of or otherwise dealing with any claim, cause of action or dispute of any kind arising in connection with any actions in administering the Plan or in authorizing or denying authorization to any transaction hereunder.

3.7. No Repricing of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.  The Committee shall have no authority to (i) make any adjustment (other than in connection with an Adjustment Event, a Corporate Transaction or other transaction where an adjustment is permitted or required under the terms of the Plan) or amendment, and no such adjustment or amendment shall be made, that reduces or would have the effect of reducing the exercise price of an Option or Base Price of a Stock Appreciation Right previously granted under the Plan, whether through amendment, cancellation or replacement grants or other means, or (ii) cancel for cash or other consideration any Option whose Option Price is greater than the then Fair Market Value of a Share or Stock Appreciation Right whose Base Price is greater than the then Fair Market Value of a Share unless, in either case the Company’s stockholders shall have approved such adjustment, amendment or cancellation. 

4. Stock Subject to the Plan; Grant Limitations.

4.1. Aggregate Number of Shares Authorized for Issuance.  Subject to any adjustment as provided in the Plan, (i) the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan to senior executives of the Company in connection with the Initial Public Offering of the Company shall not exceed 2,478,702 Shares (the “IPO Bonus Pool”), and (ii) the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan (other than the IPO Bonus Pool) shall not exceed 7,218,053 Shares (the “Post-IPO Share Pool”), all of which may granted pursuant to Incentive Stock Options.  The Shares to be issued under the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares which shall have been reacquired by the Company and held by it as treasury shares.

4.2. Individual Participant Limit.  With respect to Awards granted following the last day of the Transition Period (or, if later, the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders for purposes of Section 162(m)), (a) the aggregate number of Shares that may be the subject of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted in any calendar year (or in respect of the

10

calendar year during which the Transition Period expires, the remainder of such calendar year) may not exceed 3,000,000 Shares in the case of an Eligible Individual who is not a Nonemployee Director, or 90,000 Shares in the case of a Nonemployee Director, (b) the aggregate number of Shares that may be the subject of Performance-Based Restricted Stock and Performance Share Units granted in any calendar year (or in respect of the calendar year during which the Transition Period expires, the remainder of such calendar year) may not exceed 1,000,000 Shares in the case of an Eligible Individual who is not a Nonemployee Director, or 30,000 Shares in the case of a Nonemployee Director and (c) the maximum dollar amount of cash or the Fair Market Value of Shares that any individual may receive in any calendar year (or in respect of the calendar year during which the Transition Period expires, the remainder of such calendar year) in respect of Performance Units may not exceed $10,000,000.

4.3. Calculating Shares Available.  If an  Award or any portion thereof that is issued from the Post-IPO Share Pool (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the Shares covered by such Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than Shares), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of Shares that may be available for issuance under the Plan.  If any Shares issued pursuant to an Award are forfeited and returned back to or reacquired by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such Shares in the Participant, then the Shares that are forfeited or reacquired will again become available for issuance under the Plan.  Any Shares tendered or withheld (i) to pay the Option Price of an Option or the Base Price of a Stock Appreciation Right granted under this Plan or (ii) to satisfy tax withholding obligations associated with an Award granted under this Plan shall not become available again for issuance under this Plan.  Under no circumstances will Shares underlying any Awards issued under the IPO Bonus Pool, once issued, again become available for issuance under the Plan.

5. Stock Options.

5.1. Authority of Committee.  The Committee may grant Options to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of the grant of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Eligible Individuals who are employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted. Options shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

5.2. Option Price.  The Option Price or the manner in which the exercise price is to be determined for Shares under each Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the exercise price per Share under each Option shall not be less than the greater of (i) the par value of a Share and (ii) 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (110% in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten-Percent Shareholder).

5.3. Maximum Duration.  Options granted hereunder shall be for such term as the Committee shall determine; provided that an Incentive Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it is granted (five (5) years in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten-Percent Shareholder) and a Nonqualified Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it is granted; provided,

11

further, however, that (i) unless the Committee provides otherwise, an Option (other than an Incentive Stock Option) may, upon the death of the Participant prior to the expiration of the Option, be exercised for up to one (1) year following the date of the Participant’s death (but in no event beyond the date on which the Option otherwise would expire by its terms), and (ii) if, at the time an Option (other than an Incentive Stock Option) would otherwise expire at the end of its term, the exercise of the Option is prohibited by applicable law or the Company’s insider trading policy, the term shall be extended until thirty (30) days after the prohibition no longer applies.  The Committee may, subsequent to the granting of any Option, extend the period within which the Option may be exercised (including following a Participant’s Termination), but in no event shall the period be extended to a date that is later than the earlier of the latest date on which the Option could have been exercised and the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of the Option, except as otherwise provided herein in this Section 5.3.

5.4. Vesting.  The Committee shall determine and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the time or times at which an Option shall become vested and exercisable; provided that no Award granted to an Employee that vests solely based on the performance of services shall have a vesting period of less than one year.  To the extent not exercised, vested installments shall accumulate and be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time after becoming exercisable, but not later than the date the Option expires.  The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any Option or portion thereof at any time.

5.5. Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.  To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of the grant) of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) granted under all other plans of the Company or its Subsidiaries (in either case determined without regard to this Section 5.5) are exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.  In applying the limitation in the preceding sentence in the case of multiple Option grants, unless otherwise required by applicable law, Options which were intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options according to the order in which they were granted such that the most recently granted Options are first treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

5.6. Method of Exercise.  The exercise of an Option shall be made only by giving notice in the form and to the Person designated by the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be exercised and, to the extent applicable, accompanied by payment therefor and otherwise in accordance with the Award Agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.  The Option Price for any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid in any of, or any combination of,  the following forms:  (a) cash or its equivalent (e.g., a check) or (b) if permitted by the Committee, the transfer, either actually or by attestation, to the Company of Shares that have been held by the Participant for at least six (6) months (or such lesser period as may be permitted by the Committee) prior to the exercise of the Option, such transfer to be upon such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee or (c) in the form of other property as determined by the Committee.   In addition, (i) the Committee may provide for the payment of the Option Price through Share withholding as a result of which the number of Shares issued upon exercise of an Option would be reduced by a number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the Option Price and (ii)  an Option may be exercised through a registered broker-dealer pursuant

12

to such cashless exercise procedures that are, from time to time, deemed acceptable by the Committee.  No fractional Shares (or cash in lieu thereof) shall be issued upon exercise of an Option and the number of Shares that may be purchased upon exercise shall be rounded down to the nearest number of whole Shares.

5.7. Rights of Participants.  No Participant shall be deemed for any purpose to be the owner of any Shares subject to any Option unless and until (a) the Option shall have been exercised with respect to such Shares pursuant to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, (b) the Company shall have issued and delivered Shares (whether or not certificated) to the Participant, a securities broker acting on behalf of the Participant or such other nominee of the Participant and (c) the Participant’s name, or the name of his or her broker or other nominee,shall have been entered as a shareholder of record on the books of the Company.  Thereupon, the Participant shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Shares, subject to such terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

5.8. Effect of Change in Control.  Any specific terms applicable to an Option in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

6. Stock Appreciation Rights.

6.1. Grant.  The Committee may grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.  A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted (a) at any time if unrelated to an Option or (b) if related to an Option, either at the time of grant or at any time thereafter during the term of the Option.  Awards of Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to the following terms and provisions.

6.2. Terms; Duration.  Stock Appreciation Rights shall contain such terms and conditions as to exercisability, vesting and duration as the Committee shall determine, but in no event shall they have a term of greater than ten (10) years;  provided,  however, that unless the Committee provides otherwise, (i) a Stock Appreciation Right may, upon the death of the Participant prior to the expiration of the Award, be exercised for up to one (1) year following the date of the Participant’s death (but in no event beyond the date on which the Stock Appreciation Right otherwise would expire by its terms) and (ii) if, at the time a Stock Appreciation Right would otherwise expire at the end of its term, the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right is prohibited by applicable law or the Company’s insider trading policy, the term shall be extended until thirty (30) days after the prohibition no longer applies.  The Committee may, subsequent to the granting of any Stock Appreciation Right, extend the period within which the Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised (including following a Participant’s Termination), but in no event shall the period be extended to a date that is later than the earlier of the latest date on which the Stock Appreciation Right could have been exercised and the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right, except as otherwise provided herein in this Section 6.2.

6.3. Vesting.  The Committee shall determine and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the time or times at which a Stock Appreciation Right shall become vested and exercisable.  To the extent not exercised, vested installments shall accumulate and be exercisable,

13

in whole or in part, at any time after becoming exercisable, but not later than the date the Stock Appreciation Right expires.  The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any Stock Appreciation Right or portion thereof at any time.

6.4. Amount Payable.  Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount determined by multiplying (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the last business day preceding the date of exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right over the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Stock Appreciation Right was granted (the “Base Price”) by (ii) the number of Shares as to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised (the “SAR Payment Amount”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may limit in any manner the amount payable with respect to any Stock Appreciation Right by including such a limit in the Award Agreement evidencing the Stock Appreciation Right at the time it is granted.

6.5. Method of Exercise.  Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercised by a Participant only by giving notice in the form and to the Person designated by the Company, specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised. 

6.6. Form of Payment.  Payment of the SAR Payment Amount may be made in the discretion of the Committee solely in whole Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the SAR Payment Amount, solely in cash or in a combination of cash and Shares.  If the Committee decides to make full payment in Shares and the amount payable results in a fractional Share, payment shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.

6.7. Effect of Change in Control.  Any specific terms applicable to a Stock Appreciation Right in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

7. Dividend Equivalent Rights.

The Committee may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights, either in tandem with an Award or as a separate Award, to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan.  The terms and conditions applicable to each Dividend Equivalent Right shall be specified in the Award Agreement evidencing the Award.  Amounts payable in respect of Dividend Equivalent Rights may be payable currently or, may be, deferred until the lapsing of restrictions on such Dividend Equivalent Rights or until the vesting, exercise, payment, settlement or other lapse of restrictions on the Award to which the Dividend Equivalent Rights relate; provided,  however, that a Dividend Equivalent Right granted in tandem with another Award that vests based on the achievement of performance goals shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Awards with respect to which such dividends are payable.  In the event that the amount payable in respect of Dividend Equivalent Rights is to be deferred, the Committee shall determine whether such amount is to be held in cash or reinvested in Shares or deemed (notionally) to be reinvested in Shares.  Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or Shares or a combination thereof, in a single installment or multiple installments, as determined by the Committee. 

14

8. Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units.

8.1. Restricted Stock.  The Committee may grant Awards of Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.  Each Award Agreement shall contain such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine and (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) such Award Agreements may require that an appropriate legend be placed on Share certificates. With respect to Shares in a book entry account in a  Participant’s name, the Committee may cause appropriate stop transfer instructions to be delivered to the account custodian, administrator or the Company’s corporate secretary as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  Awards of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

(a) Rights of Participant.  Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to an Award hereunder shall be issued in the name of the Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after the Award is granted provided that the Participant has executed an Award Agreement evidencing the Award (which, in the case of an electronically distributed Award Agreement, shall be deemed to have been executed by an acknowledgement of receipt or in such other manner as the Committee may prescribe) and any other documents which the Committee may require as a condition to the issuance of such Shares.  At the discretion of the Committee, Shares issued in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock may be held in escrow by an agent (which may be the Company) designated by the Committee.  Unless the Committee determines otherwise and as set forth in the Award Agreement, upon the issuance of the Shares, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares.

(b) Terms and Conditions.   Each Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares of Restricted Stock to which it relates, the conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Restricted Stock to vest and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited.

(c) Delivery of Shares.  Upon the lapse of the restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate or evidence of book entry Shares to be delivered to the Participant with respect to such Shares of Restricted Stock, free of all restrictions hereunder.

(d) Treatment of Dividends.  At the time an Award of Restricted Stock is granted, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the payment to the Participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on such Shares by the Company shall be (i) deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Shares and (ii) held by the Company for the account of the Participant until such time; provided,  however, that a dividend payable in respect of Restricted Stock that vests based on the achievement of performance goals shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such dividends are payable.  In the event that dividends are to be deferred, the Committee shall determine whether such dividends are to be reinvested in Shares (which shall be held as additional

15

Shares of Restricted Stock) or held in cash.  Payment of deferred dividends in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock (whether held in cash or as additional Shares of Restricted Stock), shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the Shares in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any Shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Shares.

(e) Effect of Change in Control.  Any specific terms applicable to Restricted Stock in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

8.2. Restricted Stock Unit Awards.  The Committee may grant Awards of Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.  Each such Award Agreement shall contain such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine.  Awards of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

(a) Payment of Awards.  Each Restricted Stock Unit shall represent the right of the Participant to receive one Share upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit or on any later date specified by the Committee; provided,  however, that the Committee may provide for the settlement of Restricted Stock Units in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares that would otherwise be delivered to the Participant (determined as of the date of the Shares would have been delivered), or a combination of cash and Shares.  The Committee may, at the time a Restricted Stock Unit is granted, provide a limitation on the amount payable in respect of each Restricted Stock Unit.  

(b) Effect of Change in Control.  Any specific terms applicable to Restricted Stock Units in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

9. Performance Awards.

9.1. Performance Units and Performance Share Units.  The Committee may grant Awards of Performance Units and/or Performance Share Units to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.  Awards of Performance Units and Performance Share Units shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

(a) Performance Units.  Performance Units shall be denominated in a specified dollar amount and, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Objectives within the Performance Cycle and such other vesting conditions as may be determined by the Committee (including without limitation, a continued employment requirement following the end of the applicable Performance Cycle), represent the right to receive payment as provided in Sections 9.1(c) and (d) of the specified dollar amount or a percentage or multiple of the specified dollar amount depending on the level of Performance Objective attained.  The Committee may at the time a Performance Unit is granted specify a maximum amount payable in respect of a vested Performance Unit.

16

(b) Performance Share Units.  Performance Share Units shall be denominated in Shares and, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Objectives within the Performance Cycle and such other vesting conditions as may be determined by the Committee, (including without limitation, a continued employment requirement following the end of the applicable Performance Cycle), represent the right to receive payment as provided in Sections 9.1(c) and (d) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Performance Share Unit became vested or any other date specified by the Committee.  The Committee may at the time a Performance Share Unit is granted specify a maximum amount payable in respect of a vested Performance Share Unit. 

(c) Terms and Conditions; Vesting and Forfeiture.   Each Award Agreement shall specify the number of Performance Units or Performance Share Units to which it relates, the Performance Objectives and other conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Performance Units or Performance Share Units to vest and the Performance Cycle within which such Performance Objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited.

(d) Payment of Awards.  Subject to Section 9.3(c), payment to Participants in respect of vested Performance Share Units and Performance Units shall be made as soon as practicable after the last day of the Performance Cycle to which such Award relates or at such other time or times as the Committee may determine that the Award has become vested. Such payments may be made entirely in Shares valued at their Fair Market Value, entirely in cash or in such combination of Shares and cash as the Committee in its discretion shall determine at any time prior to such payment.

9.2. Performance-Based Restricted Stock.  The Committee, may grant Awards of Performance-Based Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.  Each Award Agreement may require that an appropriate legend be placed on Share certificates.   With respect to Shares in a book entry account in a  Participant’s name, the Committee may cause appropriate stop transfer instructions to be delivered to the account custodian, administrator or the Company’s corporate secretary as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  Awards of Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

(a) Rights of Participant.  Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be issued in the name of the Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after the Award is granted or at such other time or times as the Committee may determine; provided, however, that no Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be issued until the Participant has executed an Award Agreement evidencing the Award (which, in the case of an electronically distributed Award Agreement, shall be deemed to have been executed by an acknowledgement of receipt or in such other manner as the Committee may prescribe), andany other documents which the Committee may require as a condition to the issuance of such Performance-Based Restricted Stock.  At the discretion of the Committee, Shares issued in connection with an Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock may be held in escrow by an agent (which may be the Company) designated by the Committee.  Unless the Committee determines otherwise and as set forth in the Award Agreement, upon issuance of the Shares, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with

17

respect to such Shares, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares.

(b) Terms and Conditions.   Each Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock to which it relates, the Performance Objectives and other conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Performance-Based Restricted Stock to vest, the Performance Cycle within which such Performance Objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited;provided, however, that no Performance Cycle for Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be less than one (1) year.

(c) Treatment of Dividends.  At the time the Award of Performance-Based Restricted Stock is granted, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the payment to the Participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on Shares represented by such Award which have been issued by the Company to the Participant shall be (i) deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Performance-Based Restricted Stock and (ii) held by the Company for the account of the Participant until such time; provided,  however, that a dividend payable in respect of Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Performance-Based Restricted Stock with respect to which such dividends are payable.  In the event that dividends are to be deferred, the Committee shall determine whether such dividends are to be reinvested in Shares (which shall be held as additional Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock) or held in cash.  Payment of deferred dividends in respect of Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock (whether held in cash or in additional Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock) shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the Performance-Based Restricted Stock in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any Performance-Based Restricted Stock shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Performance-Based Restricted Stock.

(d) Delivery of Shares.  Upon the lapse of the restrictions on Shares of Performance-Based Restricted Stock awarded hereunder, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate or evidence of book entry Shares to be delivered to the Participant with respect to such Shares, free of all restrictions hereunder.

9.3. Performance Objectives.  

(a) Establishment.  With respect to any Performance Awards intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation, Performance Objectives for Performance Awards may be expressed in terms of (i) earnings per share; (ii) operating income; (iii) return on equity or assets; (iv) cash flow; (v) net cash flow; (vi) cash flow from operations; (vii) EBITDA and/or adjusted EBITDA; (viii) revenue growth, product revenue and/or comparable sales growth; (ix) revenue ratios; (x) cost reductions; (xi) cost ratios or margins; (xii) overall revenue or sales growth; (xiii) expense reduction or management; (xiv) market position or market share; (xv) total shareholder return; (xvi) return on investment; (xvii) earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT); (xviii) net income (before or after taxes); (xix) return on assets or net assets; (xx) economic value added; (xxi)

18

shareholder value added; (xxii) cash flow return on investment; (xxiii) net operating profit; (xxiv) net operating profit after tax; (xxv) return on capital; (xxvi) return on invested capital; (xxvii) customer growth; (xxviii) supply chain achievements, (xxix) financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; (xxx) financing and other capital raising transactions (xxxi) strategic partnerships or transactions; or (xxxii) any combination of the foregoing.  With respect to Performance Awards not intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation, Performance Objectives may be based on any of the foregoing or any other performance criteria as may be established by the Committee.  Performance Objectives may be in respect of the performance of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its Divisions or any combination thereof.  Performance Objectives may be absolute or relative (to prior performance of the Company or to the performance of one or more other entities or external indices) and may be expressed in terms of a progression within a specified range.  In the case of a Performance Award which is intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation, the Performance Objectives with respect to a Performance Cycle shall be established in writing by the Committee by the earlier of (i) the date on which a quarter of the Performance Cycle has elapsed and (ii) the date which is ninety (90) days after the commencement of the Performance Cycle and in any event while the performance relating to the Performance Objectives remains substantially uncertain. 

(b) Effect of Certain Events.  The Committee may, at the time the Performance Objectives in respect of a Performance Award are established, provide for the manner in which performance will be measured against the Performance Objectives to reflect the impact of specified events, including any one or more of the following with respect to the Performance Period (i) the gain, loss, income or expense resulting from changes in accounting principles or tax laws that become effective during the Performance Period; (ii) the gain, loss, income or expense reported publicly by the Company with respect to the Performance Period that are extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence; (iii) the gains or losses resulting from and the direct expenses incurred in connection with, the disposition of a business, or the sale of investments or non-core assets; (iv) the gain or loss from all or certain claims and/or litigation and all or certain insurance recoveries relating to claims or litigation; or (v) the impact of investments or acquisitions made during the year or, to the extent provided by the Committee, any prior year.  The events may relate to the Company as a whole or to any part of the Company’s business or operations, as determined by the Committee at the time the Performance Objectives are established.  Any adjustments based on the effect of certain events are to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and standards, unless another objective method of measurement is designated by the Committee and, in respect of Performance Awards intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation, such adjustments shall be permitted only to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) without adversely affecting the treatment of any Performance Award as Performance-Based Compensation.

(c) Determination of Performance.  Prior to the vesting, payment, settlement or lapsing of any restrictions with respect to any Performance Award, the Committee shall certify in writing that the applicable Performance Objectives have been satisfied to the extent necessary for such Award to qualify as Performance-Based

19

Compensation.  In respect of a Performance Award, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, (i) reduce the amount of cash paid or number of Shares to be issued or that have been issued and that become vested or on which restrictions lapse, and/or (ii) establish rules and procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount payable to any Participant to an amount that is less than the amount that otherwise would be payable under an Award granted under this Section 9. The Committee may exercise such discretion in a non-uniform manner among Participants.  The Committee shall not be entitled to exercise any discretion otherwise authorized hereunder with respect to any Performance Award intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation if the ability to exercise such discretion or the exercise of such discretion itself would cause the compensation attributable to such Awards to fail to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. 

(d) Effect of Change in Control.  Any specific terms applicable to a Performance Award in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

10. Share Awards.

The Committee may grant a Share Award to any Eligible Individual on such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.  Share Awards may be made as additional compensation for services rendered by the Eligible Individual or may be in lieu of cash or other compensation to which the Eligible Individual is entitled from the Company.Any dividend payable in respect of a Share Award that vests based on the achievement of performance goals shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Share Award with respect to which such dividends are payable. 

11. Effect of Termination of Employment; Transferability.

11.1. Termination.The Award Agreement evidencing the grant of each Award shall set forth the terms and conditions applicable to such Award upon Termination, which shall be as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine at the time the Award is granted or at anytime thereafter. 

11.2. Transferability of Awards and Shares.

(a) Non-Transferability of Awards.  Except as set forth in Section 11.2(c) or (d) or as otherwise permitted by the Committee and as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, either at the time of grant or at anytime thereafter, no Award (other than Restricted Stock, Performance-Based Restricted Stock, and Share Awards with respect to which the restrictions have lapsed) shall be (i) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, (ii) pledged or otherwise hypothecated or (iii) subject to attachment, execution or levy of any kind; and any purported transfer, pledge, hypothecation, attachment, execution or levy in violation of this Section 11.2 shall be null and void.

(b) Restrictions on Shares.  The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired by a Participant under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, minimum holding period requirements, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, restrictions under the requirements of

20

any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed or traded and restrictions under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

(c) Transfers By Will or by Laws of Descent or Distribution.  Any Award may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent or distribution; provided, however, that (i) any transferred Award will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions as provided in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement; and (ii) the Participant’s estate or beneficiary appointed in accordance with this Section 11.2(c) will remain liable for any withholding tax that may be imposed by any federal, state or local tax authority. 

(d) Beneficiary Designation.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may from time to time permit each Participant to name one or more individuals (each, a “Beneficiary”) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid or who may exercise any rights of the Participant under any Award granted under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit or exercises such Award.  Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime.  In the absence of any such designation or if any such designation is not effective under applicable law as determined by the Committee, benefits under Awards remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death and rights to be exercised following the Participant’s death shall be paid to or exercised by the Participant’s estate. 

12. Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization.

12.1. In the event that (a) the outstanding Shares are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of Shares or other stock or securities or other equity interests of the Company or another corporation or entity, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, substitution or other similar corporate event or transaction or (b) there is an extraordinary dividend or distribution by the Company in respect of its Shares or other capital stock or securities convertible into capital stock in cash, securities or other property (any event described in (a) or (b), an “Adjustment Event”), the Committee shall determine the appropriate adjustments to (i) the maximum number and kind of shares of stock or other securities or other equity interests as to which Awards may be granted under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and class of Shares or other stock or securities that may be issued upon exercise of Incentive Stock Options, (iii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities covered by any or all outstanding Awards that have been granted under the Plan, (iv) the Option Price of outstanding Options and the Base Price of outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights, and (v) the Performance Objectives applicable to outstanding Performance Awards.

12.2. Any such adjustment in the Shares or other stock or securities (a) subject to outstanding Incentive Stock Options (including any adjustments in the exercise price) shall be made in a manner intended not to constitute a modification as defined by Section 424(h)(3) of the Code and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Sections 422 and 424 of the Code, (b) subject to outstanding Awards that are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made in a manner intended not to adversely affect the treatment of the Awards as Performance-

21

Based Compensation and (c) with respect to any Award that is not subject to Section 409A, in a manner intended not to subject the Award to Section 409A and, with respect to any Award that is subject to Section 409A, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A.

12.3. If, by reason of an Adjustment Event, pursuant to an Award, a Participant shall be entitled to, or shall be entitled to exercise an Award with respect to, new, additional or different shares of stock or securities of the Company or any other corporation, such new, additional or different shares shall thereupon be subject to all of the conditions, restrictions and performance criteria which were applicable to the Shares subject to the Award prior to such Adjustment Event, as may be adjusted in connection with such Adjustment Event in accordance with this Section 12.

13. Effect of Certain Transactions.

13.1. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, in connection a Corporate Transaction, either: 

(a) outstanding Awards shall, unless otherwise provided in connection with the Corporate Transaction, continue following the Corporate Transaction and shall be adjusted if and as provided for in the agreement or plan (in the case of a liquidation or dissolution) entered into or adopted in connection with the Corporate Transaction (the “Transaction Agreement”), which may include, in the sole discretion of the Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction, the assumption or continuation of such Awards by, or the substitution for such Awards of new awards of, the surviving, successor or resulting entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with such adjustments as to the number and kind of shares or other securities or property subject to such new awards, exercise prices and other terms of such new awards as the Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction shall agree, or 

(b) outstanding Awards shall terminate upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that vested Awards shall not be terminated without:

(i) in the case of vested Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (including those Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that would become vested upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction), (1) providing the holders of affected Options and Stock Appreciation Rights a period of at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction to exercise the Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, or (2) providing the holders of affected Options and Stock Appreciation Rights payment (in cash or other consideration upon or immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, on a deferred basis) in respect of each Share covered by the Option or Stock Appreciation Rights being cancelled an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per Share price to be paid or distributed to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in good faith) over the Option Price of the Option or the Base Price of the Stock Appreciation Rights, or

22

(ii) in the case of vested Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (including those Awards that would become vested upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction), providing the holders of affected Awards payment (in cash or other consideration upon or immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, on a deferred basis) in respect of each Share covered by the Award being cancelled of the per Share price to be paid or distributed to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction, in each case with the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in good faith. 

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, if the amount determined pursuant to clause (b)(i)(2) above is zero or less, the affected Option or Stock Appreciation Rights may be terminated without any payment therefor.

13.2. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or being construed as requiring any such action, in connection with any such Corporate Transaction the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, cause any of the following actions to be taken effective upon or at any time prior to any Corporate Transaction (and any such action may be made contingent upon the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction):

(a) cause any or all unvested Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to become fully vested and immediately exercisable (as applicable) and/or provide the holders of such Options and Stock Appreciation Rights a reasonable period of time prior to the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction to exercise the Options and Stock Appreciation Rights;  

(b) with respect to unvested Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that are terminated in connection with the Corporate Transaction, provide to the holders thereof a payment (in cash and/or other consideration) in respect of each Share covered by the Option or Stock Appreciation Right being terminated in an amount equal to all or a portion of the excess, if any, of the per Share price to be paid or distributed to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in good faith) over the exercise price of the Option or the Base Price of the Stock Appreciation Right, which may be paid in accordance with the vesting schedule of the Award as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, at such other time or times as the Committee may determine;

(c) with respect to unvested Awards (other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights) that are terminated in connection with the Corporate Transaction, provide to the holders thereof a payment (in cash and/or other consideration) in respect of each Share covered by the Award being terminated in an amount equal to all or a portion of the per Share price to be paid or distributed to stockholders in the Corporate Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in good faith), which may be paid in accordance with the vesting schedule of the Award as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, upon the consummation of the Corporate

23

Transaction or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, at such other time or times as the Committee may determine. 

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, if the amount determined pursuant to clause (b) above is zero or less, the affected Option or Stock Appreciation Rights may be terminated without any payment therefor.

13.3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan or any Agreement,

(a) the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide in the Transaction Agreement or otherwise for different treatment for different Awards or Awards held by different Participants and, where alternative treatment is available for a Participant’s Awards, may allow the  Participant to choose which treatment shall apply to such Participant's Awards;  

(b) any action permitted under this Section 13 may be taken without the need for the consent of any Participant.  To the extent a Corporate Transaction also constitutes an Adjustment Event and action is taken pursuant to this Section 13 with respect to an outstanding Award, such action shall conclusively determine the treatment of such Award in connection with such Corporate Transaction notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary (including Section 12).

(c) to the extent the Committee chooses to make payments to affected Participants pursuant to Section 13.1(b)(i)(2) or (ii) or Section 13.2(b) or (c) above, any Participant who has not returned any letter of transmittal or similar acknowledgment that the Committee requires be signed in connection with such payment within the time period established by the Committee for returning any such letter or similar acknowledgement shall forfeit his or her right to any payment and his or her associated Awards may be cancelled without any payment therefor.

14. Interpretation.

14.1. Section 16 Compliance.  The Plan is intended to comply with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and the Committee shall interpret and administer the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement in a manner consistent therewith.  Any provisions inconsistent with such Rule shall be inoperative and shall not affect the validity of the Plan. 

14.2. Compliance with Section 409A.  All Awards granted under the Plan are intended either not to be subject to Section 409A or, if subject to Section 409A, to be administered, operated and construed in compliance with Section 409A.  Notwithstanding this or any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Committee may amend the Plan or any Award granted hereunder in any manner or take any other action that it determines, in its sole discretion, is necessary, appropriate or advisable (including replacing any Award) to cause the Plan or any Award granted hereunder to comply with Section 409A and all regulations and other guidance issued thereunder or to not be subject to Section 409A.  Any such action, once taken, shall be deemed to be effective from the earliest date necessary to avoid a violation of Section 409A and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Eligible Individuals and other individuals having or claiming any right or interest under the Plan.

24

14.3. Section 162(m).  

(a) Performance-Based Compensation Awards.     Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and subject to Section 14.3(b), each Performance Award granted to an Eligible Individual who is also a Covered Employee, and each Option and Stock Appreciation Right (whether or not granted to a Covered Employee), is intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation;  provided, that no Award granted following the Transition Period shall be intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation unless the stockholder approval and other requirements of Section 162(m) to enable Awards to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation have been satisfied.    If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement relating to an Award that is intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation does not comply or is inconsistent with Section 162(m), such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements and, in the case of any Performance Award, no provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be deemed to confer upon the Committee any discretion to increase the amount of compensation otherwise payable in connection with any such Award upon the attainment of the Performance Objectives. 

(b) Section 162(m) Transition Period. 

(i) With respect to Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Performance-Based Restricted Stock granted during the Transition Period (“Transition Awards”), the Company intends to rely, to the maximum extent possible, on the transition relief provided in Treas. Reg. §1.162-27(f).  Accordingly, to the extent such relief from the application of Section 162(m) is available, the requirements in this Plan applicable to Awards intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation shall not apply to Transition Awards which, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, include the provisions of Section 4.2 and those provisions of Sections 3.1(b), 3.3(a) and 9 that apply only to Awards intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation. 

(ii) With respect to Awards other than Transition Awards granted during the Transition Period and which are not settled or paid prior to the end of the Transition Period, and with respect to all Awards granted following the Transition Period, the stockholder approval and other requirements of Section 162(m) must be satisfied with respect to any Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.

15. Term; Plan Termination and Amendment of the Plan; Modification of Awards.

15.1. Term.  The Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination Date and no Award shall be granted after that date.  The applicable terms of the Plan and any terms and conditions applicable to Awards granted prior to the Plan Termination Date shall survive the termination of the Plan and continue to apply to such Awards.

25

15.2. Plan Amendment or Plan Termination.  The Board may earlier terminate the Plan and the Board may at any time and from time to time amend, modify or suspend the Plan; provided, however, that:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section ‎14.2, no such amendment, modification, suspension or termination shall materially and adversely alter any Awards theretofore granted under the Plan, except with the consent of the Participant, nor shall any amendment, modification, suspension or termination deprive any Participant of any Shares which he or she may have acquired through or as a result of the Plan; and

(b) to the extent necessary under any applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement or as provided in Section ‎3.7, no other amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement.

15.3. Modification of Awards.  No modification of an Award shall materially and adversely alter or impair any rights or obligations under the Award without the consent of the Participant.

16. Non-Exclusivity of the Plan.

The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as amending, modifying or rescinding any previously approved incentive arrangement or as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.  

17. Limitation of Liability.

As illustrative of the limitations of liability of the Company, but not intended to be exhaustive thereof, nothing in the Plan shall be construed to:

(a) give any person any right to be granted an Award other than at the sole discretion of the Committee;

(b) limit in any way the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate the employment of or the provision of services by any person at any time;

(c) be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will pay any person at any particular rate of compensation or for any particular period of time; or

(d) be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will employ any person at any particular rate of compensation or for any particular period of time.

26

18. Regulations and Other Approvals; Governing Law.

18.1. Governing Law.  Except as to matters of federal law, the Plan and the rights of all persons claiming hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

18.2. Compliance with Law.  

(a) The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Shares with respect to Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

(b) The Board may make such changes as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the rules and regulations of any government authority or to obtain for Eligible Individuals granted Incentive Stock Options the tax benefits under the applicable provisions of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) Each grant of an Award and the issuance of Shares or other settlement of the Award is subject to compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign law.  Further, if at any time the Committee determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Shares issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any federal, state or foreign law, or that the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Shares, no Awards shall be or shall be deemed to be granted or payment made or Shares issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions that are not acceptable to the Committee.  Any person exercising an Option or receiving Shares in connection with any other Award shall make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Board or Committee may request to assure compliance with the foregoing or any other applicable legal requirements.

18.3. Transfers of Plan Acquired Shares.  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Shares shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act and Rule 144 or other regulations promulgated thereunder.  The Committee may require any individual receiving Shares pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares, to represent and warrant to the Company in writing that the Shares acquired by such individual are acquired without a view to any distribution thereof and will not be sold or transferred other than pursuant to an effective registration thereof under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption applicable under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  The certificates evidencing any of such Shares shall be appropriately amended or have an appropriate legend placed thereon to reflect their status as restricted securities as aforesaid.

27

19. Miscellaneous.

19.1. Award Agreements. Each Award Agreement shall either be (a) in writing in a form approved by the Committee and executed on behalf of the Company by an officer duly authorized to act on its behalf, or (b) an electronic notice in a form approved by the Committee and recorded by the Company (or its designee) in an electronic recordkeeping system used for the purpose of tracking Awards as the Committee may provide. If required by the Committee, an Award Agreement shall be executed or otherwise electronically accepted by the recipient of the Award in such form and manner as the Committee may require.  The Committee may authorize any officer of the Company to execute any or all Award Agreements on behalf of the Company. 

19.2. Forfeiture Events; Clawback.

(a) Forfeiture Events.  The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, clawback or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events or as required by law, in addition to any otherwise applicable forfeiture provisions that apply to the Award.

(b) Accounting Restatement. If a Participant receives compensation pursuant to an Award under the Plan based on financial statements that are subsequently required to be restated in a way that would decrease the value of such compensation, the Participant will, to the extent not otherwise prohibited by law, upon the written request of the Company, forfeit and repay to the Company the difference between what the Participant received and what the Participant should have received based on the accounting restatement, in accordance with (i) the Company’s compensation recovery, “clawback” or similar policy, as may be in effect from time to time and (ii) any compensation recovery, “clawback” or similar policy made applicable by law including the provisions of Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules, regulations and requirements adopted thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any national securities exchange on which the Company’s equity securities may be listed (the “Policy”). By accepting an Award hereunder, the Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Policy shall apply to such Award, and all incentive-based compensation payable pursuant to such Award shall be subject to forfeiture and repayment pursuant to the terms of the Policy.

19.3. Multiple Agreements.  The terms of each Award may differ from other Awards granted under the Plan at the same time or at some other time.  The Committee may also grant more than one Award to a given Eligible Individual during the term of the Plan, either in addition to or, subject to Section ‎3.7, in substitution for one or more Awards previously granted to that Eligible Individual.

19.4. Withholding of Taxes.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may withhold from any payment of cash or Shares to a Participant or other Person under the Plan an amount sufficient to cover any withholding taxes which may become required with respect to such payment or take any other action it deems necessary to satisfy any income or other tax withholding requirements as a result of the grant, exercise, vesting or settlement of any Award under the Plan. 

28

The Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall have the right to require the payment of any such taxes or to withhold from wages or other amounts otherwise payable to a Participant or other Person, and require that the Participant or other Person furnish all information deemed necessary by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to meet any tax reporting obligation as a condition to exercise or before making any payment or the issuance or release of any Shares pursuant to an Award.  If the Participant or other Person shall fail to make such tax payments as are required, the Company or its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such Participant or other Person or to take such other action as may be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligations.  If specified in an Award Agreement at the time of grant or otherwise approved by the Committee in its sole discretion, a Participant may, in satisfaction of his or her obligation to pay withholding taxes in connection with the exercise, vesting or other settlement of an Award, elect to (i) make a cash payment to the Company, (ii) have withheld a portion of the Shares then issuable to him or her or (iii) deliver Shares owned by the Participant prior to the exercise, vesting or other settlement of an Award, in each case having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the withholding taxes.  To the extent that Shares are used to satisfy withholding obligations of a Participant pursuant to this Section 19.4 (whether previously-owned Shares or Shares withheld from an Award), they may only be used to satisfy the minimum tax withholding required by law (or such other amount as will not have any adverse accounting impact as determined by the Committee).

19.5. Disposition of ISO Shares.If a Participant makes a disposition, within the meaning of Section 424(c) of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, of any Share or Shares issued to such Participant pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within the two-year period commencing on the day after the date of the grant or within the one-year period commencing on the day after the date of transfer of such Share or Shares to the Participant pursuant to such exercise, the Participant shall, within ten (10) days of such disposition, notify the Company thereof, by delivery of written notice to the Company at its principal executive office.

19.6. Plan Unfunded.  The Plan shall be unfunded. Except for reserving a sufficient number of authorized Shares to the extent required by law to meet the requirements of the Plan, the Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure payment of any Award granted under the Plan.

29

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF AT HOME GROUP INC.
Legal Name	State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization	Legal Name	State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
At Home Holding II Inc.	Delaware	1660 W. Midway Boulevard (1031), LLC	Delaware
At Home Holding III Inc.	Delaware	335 N. Academy Boulevard (1031), LLC	Delaware
At Home Companies LLC	Delaware	3003 West Vine, LLC	Delaware
At Home Stores LLC	Delaware	2000 E. Santa Fe LLC	Delaware
At Home Procurement Inc.	Delaware	621 SW 19th Street LLC	Delaware
At Home RMS Inc.	Delaware	6360 Ridgewood Court Dr LLC	Delaware
At Home Gift Card LLC	Delaware	10800 Assembly Park Dr LLC	Delaware
At Home Properties LLC	Delaware	3551 S 27th Street LLC	Delaware
334 Chicago Drive, LLC	Delaware	4405 Pheasant Ridge Dr LLC	Delaware
1605 Buford Hwy, LLC	Delaware	4200 Ambassador Caffery Pkwy LLC	Delaware
2251 Southwyck Blvd, LLC	Delaware	2780 Wilma Rudolph Boulevard LLC	Delaware
1600 W. Kelly Avenue, LLC	Delaware	1376 E. 70th Street LLC	Delaware
1267 Central Park Dr, LLC	Delaware	E. Williams Field Rd LLC	Delaware
5501 Grove Blvd, LLC	Delaware	4833 Waterview Meadow Dr LLC	Delaware
1919 Wells Rd, LLC	Delaware	3000 Kirby Drive LLC	Delaware
7697 Winchester Rd, LLC	Delaware	25 Pace Blvd LLC	Delaware
1000 Turtle Creek Drive LLC	Delaware	5540 State Highway 121 LLC	Delaware
2201 Porter Creek Dr LLC	Delaware	602 US Hwy 287 LLC	Delaware
301 S Town East Mall Dr LLC	Delaware	2520 MacArthur Rd LLC	Delaware
8651 Airport Freeway LLC	Delaware	3002 Firewheel Parkway LLC	Delaware
2650 West Interstate 20, LLC	Delaware	1050 W. Elliott Rd LLC	Delaware
2827 Dunvale, LLC	Delaware	2016 Grand Cypress Dr LLC	Delaware
642 South Walnut Avenue LLC	Delaware	1811 Monocacy Blvd LLC	Delaware
4949 Greenwood Drive, LLC	Delaware	535 Pleasant Grove Rd LLC	Delaware
11501 Bluegrass Parkway LLC	Delaware	300 Tanger Outlet Blvd LLC	Delaware
1944 South Greenfield Road LLC	Delaware	2301 Earl Rudder Frwy S LLC	Delaware
4700 Green Road LLC	Delaware	361 Newnan Crossing Bypass LLC	Delaware
4304 West Loop 289 LLC	Delaware	15255 N Northsight Blvd LLC	Delaware
12990 West Center Road LLC	Delaware	3015 W 86th St LLC	Delaware
Transverse II Development LLC	Delaware	4825 Marburg Avenue LLC	Delaware
Rhombus Dev LLC	Delaware	7050 Watts Rd LLC	Delaware
Nodal Acquisitions, LLC	Delaware	9570 Fields Ertel Road LLC	Delaware
7613 North East Loop 1604, LLC	Delaware	24340 Northwest Freeway LLC	Delaware
19000 Limestone Commercial Dr, LLC	Delaware	1720 N Hardin Blvd LLC	Delaware
4801 183A Toll Road, LLC	Delaware	3820 W Wisconsin Avenue LLC	Delaware
1600 East Plano Parkway, LLC	Delaware	216 Gable Crossing Drive LLC	Delaware
15065 Creosote Road LLC	Delaware

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-221044) of At Home Group Inc., and

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-217155) pertaining to the GRD Holding I Corporation Stock Option Plan and At Home Group Inc. Equity Incentive Plan of At Home Group Inc.; 

of our report dated March 27, 2019, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of At Home Group Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of At Home Group Inc. for the year ended January 26, 2019.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Dallas, Texas
March 27, 2019 

EX-23.2

EXHIBIT 23.2

Consent of Buxton Company

        We hereby consent to the use of our firm's name, Buxton Company and/or Buxton, in any Registration Statement on Form S-8 or Form S-3 filed or to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission by At Home Group Inc. (the "Company"), and any amendments or supplements thereto, including any prospectus or prospectus supplement related thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein (each, a "Registration Statement"), to the inclusion of quotations or summaries of or references in the Registration Statement, to information contained in the market analyses or reports prepared for and supplied to the Company by Buxton Company, and to being named as an expert in the Registration Statement (and being included in the caption "Experts" in the Registration Statement). Buxton Company also hereby consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2019.

BUXTON COMPANY

By:/s/ DAVID GLOVER
     ____________________________________

Name: David Glover

Title:    Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 27, 2019

EX-23.3

EXHIBIT 23.3

Consent of Cooper Roberts Research, Inc.

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name, Cooper Roberts Research and/or Cooper Roberts, and to the inclusion of quotations or summaries of or references to information, research or modeling contained in or derived from the market and industry analyses or reports prepared for and supplied to At Home Group Inc. (the “Company”) by Cooper Roberts Research, Inc. in any Registration Statement on Form S-8 or Form S-3 filed or to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission by the Company, and any amendments or supplements thereto,  including any prospectus or prospectus supplement related thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein (each,  a “Registration Statement”). Cooper Roberts Research, Inc. also hereby consents to (i) being named as an expert (and being included in the caption “Experts”) in the Registration Statement or amendment thereto, or any prospectus or prospectus supplement related thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein and (ii) the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2019.

COOPER ROBERTS RESEARCH, INC.
By:	/s/ Kenneth R. Roberts
Name: Kenneth R. Roberts
Title: President
Date: March 27, 2019

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Lewis L. Bird III, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019  of At Home Group Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 27, 2019

/s/ LEWIS L. BIRD III

Lewis L. Bird III

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Jeffrey R.  Knudson, certify that:

1.      I have reviewed this Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 of At Home Group Inc.;

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 27, 2019

/s/ JEFFREY R. KNUDSON

Jeffrey R. Knudson

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of At Home Group Inc. (the “Company”), for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his knowledge: 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 27, 2019	/s/ LEWIS L. BIRD III
	Lewis L. Bird III
	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 27, 2019	/s/ JEFFREY R. KNUDSON
	Jeffrey R. Knudson
	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Mar. 22, 2019	Jul. 27, 2018
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	AT HOME GROUP INC.
Entity Central Index Key	0001646228
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Jan. 26, 2019
Amendment Flag	false
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--01-26
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 1,202,740,687
Entity Small Business	false
Entity Emerging Growth Company	false
Entity Shell Company	false
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		63,648,028
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2019
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 10,951	$ 8,525
Inventories, net	382,023	269,844
Prepaid expenses	7,949	7,911
Other current assets	13,626	14,653
Total current assets	414,549	300,933
Property and equipment, net	682,663	466,263
Goodwill	569,732	569,732
Trade name	1,458	1,458
Debt issuance costs, net	1,539	1,978
Restricted cash	2,515
Noncurrent deferred tax asset	52,805	33,561
Other assets	945	316
Total assets	1,726,206	1,374,241
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	115,821	79,628
Accrued and other current liabilities	117,508	89,499
Revolving line of credit	221,010	162,000
Current portion of deferred rent	11,364	9,072
Current portion of long-term debt and financing obligations	4,049	3,474
Total current liabilities	469,752	343,673
Long-term debt	336,435	289,902
Financing obligations	35,038	19,690
Deferred rent	169,339	124,054
Other long-term liabilities	4,556	6,043
Total liabilities	1,015,120	783,362
Shareholders' Equity
Common stock; $0.01 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 63,609,684 and 61,423,398 shares issued and outstanding, respectively	636	614
Additional paid-in capital	643,677	572,488
Retained earnings	66,773	17,777
Total shareholders' equity	711,086	590,879
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 1,726,206	$ 1,374,241

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Common stock par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, authorized	500,000,000	500,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	63,609,684	61,423,398
Common stock, outstanding shares	63,609,684	61,423,398

XML

Consolidated Statements of Income - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Income
Net sales	$ 1,165,899	$ 950,528	$ 765,635
Cost of sales	780,048	643,570	518,155
Gross profit	385,851	306,958	247,480
Operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses	303,453	211,057	170,556
Impairment charges	0	2,422	0
Depreciation and amortization	6,363	6,118	4,247
Total operating expenses	309,816	219,597	174,803
Operating income	76,035	87,361	72,677
Interest expense, net	27,056	21,704	27,174
Loss on extinguishment of debt			2,715
Income before income taxes	48,979	65,657	42,788
Income tax (benefit) provision	(17)	33,845	15,722
Net income	$ 48,996	$ 31,812	$ 27,066
Net income per common share:
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0.78	$ 0.53	$ 0.49
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0.74	$ 0.50	$ 0.48
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic (in shares)	62,936,959	60,503,860	55,414,037
Diluted (in shares)	66,299,646	63,712,003	56,892,183

XML

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Common Stock	Additional Paid-in Capital	Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)	Total
Balance - Stockholder's Equity at Jan. 30, 2016	$ 508	$ 409,746	$ (41,101)	$ 369,153
Balance - Stockholder's Equity (in shares) at Jan. 30, 2016	50,836,727
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Stock-based compensation		9,384		9,384
Issuance of stock from initial public offering, net of costs	$ 96	126,815		126,911
Issuance of stock from initial public offering, net of costs (in shares)	9,530,041
Excess tax benefit from initial public offering expenses		2,356		2,356
Net income			27,066	27,066
Balance - Stockholder's Equity at Jan. 28, 2017	$ 604	548,301	(14,035)	534,870
Balance - Stockholder's Equity (in shares) at Jan. 28, 2017	60,366,768
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Stock-based compensation		13,764		13,764
Exercise of stock options and other awards	$ 10	10,423		10,433
Exercise of stock options and other awards (in shares)	1,056,630
Net income			31,812	31,812
Balance - Stockholder's Equity at Jan. 27, 2018	$ 614	572,488	17,777	590,879
Balance - Stockholder's Equity (in shares) at Jan. 27, 2018	61,423,398
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Stock-based compensation		49,526		49,526
Exercise of stock options and other awards	$ 22	21,663		21,685
Exercise of stock options and other awards (in shares)	2,186,286
Net income			48,996	48,996
Balance - Stockholder's Equity at Jan. 26, 2019	$ 636	$ 643,677	$ 66,773	$ 711,086
Balance - Stockholder's Equity (in shares) at Jan. 26, 2019	63,609,684

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Operating Activities
Net income	$ 48,996	$ 31,812	$ 27,066
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	56,529	48,777	36,925
Loss on disposal of fixed assets	553	100	216
Impairment charges	0	2,422	0
Non-cash interest expense	2,181	2,060	2,664
Amortization of deferred gain on sale-leaseback	(8,751)	(6,267)	(4,721)
Deferred income taxes	(19,244)	7,174	(26,008)
Stock-based compensation	49,526	13,764	9,384
Loss on extinguishment of debt			2,715
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Inventories	(112,179)	(26,049)	(67,407)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	989	(13,495)	1,352
Other assets	(629)	233	(2,624)
Accounts payable	29,261	25,247	27,690
Accrued liabilities	19,156	14,285	16,317
Income taxes payable		(7,265)	9,621
Deferred rent	19,946	13,220	10,308
Net cash provided by operating activities	86,334	106,018	43,498
Investing Activities
Purchase of property and equipment	(357,521)	(232,698)	(124,273)
Purchase of intangible assets			(586)
Net proceeds from sale of property and equipment	148,398	62,422	62,141
Net cash used in investing activities	(209,123)	(170,276)	(62,718)
Financing Activities
Payments under lines of credit	(721,177)	(389,126)	(406,164)
Proceeds from lines of credit	780,187	449,551	431,139
Payment of debt issuance costs	(1,009)	(1,906)	(323)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	50,000	6,162
Payment of Second Lien Term Loan			(130,000)
Payments on financing obligations	(265)	(176)	(128)
Proceeds from financing obligations	1,625
Payments on long-term debt	(3,316)	(9,729)	(6,128)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	21,685	10,433
Proceeds from issuance of common stock			132,944
Net cash provided by financing activities	127,730	65,209	21,340
Increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	4,941	951	2,120
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period	8,525	7,574	5,454
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period	13,466	8,525	7,574
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for interest	23,297	19,284	21,058
Cash paid for income taxes	17,013	42,979	30,760
Supplemental Information for Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities
Increase (Decrease) in current liabilities of property and equipment	14,297	(1,210)	2,941
Property and equipment reduction due to sale-leaseback	111,932	46,184	30,910
Property and equipment acquired under capital lease		$ 1,006	$ 8,613
Property and equipment additions due to build-to-suit lease transactions	$ 13,679

XML

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

1.    Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

At Home is a home décor superstore focused exclusively on providing a broad assortment of products for any room, in any style, for any budget. As of January 26, 2019, we operated 180 home décor superstores in 37 states, primarily in the South Central, Southeastern, Mid-Atlantic and Midwestern regions of the United States. At Home is owned and operated by At Home Group Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All references to “we”, “us”, “our” and the “Company” and similar expressions are references to At Home Group Inc. and our consolidated, wholly-owned subsidiaries, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

Stock Split

On July 22, 2016, the Company’s board of directors approved a 128.157393-for-one stock split of its existing Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock and the conversion of such Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock into a single class of common stock. All historical share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split and conversion. As of January 26, 2019, the Company's total authorized share capital is comprised of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

Initial and Secondary Public Offerings

On August 3, 2016, our Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to our initial public offering was declared effective by the SEC pursuant to which we registered an aggregate of 9,967,050 shares of our common stock (including 1,300,050 shares subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option). Our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) on August 4, 2016 under the ticker symbol “HOME”.

On October 31, 2017, our Registration Statement on Form S-3, pursuant to which we registered 50,582,545 shares of our common stock owned by AEA Investors LP (collectively, “AEA”) and Starr Investment Holdings, LLC (“Starr Investments” and, together with AEA, the “Sponsors”), was declared effective by the SEC.

On December 11, 2017, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of our common stock (which included 750,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On April 2, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 6,900,000 shares of our common stock (which included 900,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On June 14, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 8,450,000 shares of our common stock (which included 450,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On September 11, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock. We did not sell any shares of our common stock in, or receive any proceeds from, these secondary offerings. After giving effect to these secondary offerings, the Sponsors held approximately 26.5% of our outstanding common stock.

Fiscal Year

We report on the basis of a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the last Saturday in January. References to a fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year ends. References herein to “fiscal year 2019” relate to the 52 weeks ended January 26, 2019, references herein to “fiscal year 2018” relate to the 52 weeks ended January 27, 2018 and references herein to “fiscal year 2017” relate to the 52 weeks ended January 28, 2017.

Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of At Home Group Inc. (“At Home Group”) and its consolidated wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income recorded within its consolidated financial statements, and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

Preparing financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results may differ from these estimates.

Reclassification

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation within the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported results of operations or retained earnings.

Segment Information

Management has determined that we have one operating segment, and therefore, one reportable segment. Our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is our Chief Executive Officer; our CODM reviews financial performance and allocates resources at a consolidated level on a recurring basis. All of our assets are located in the United States. All of our revenue is derived in the United States.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less as well as credit card receivables. At January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, our cash and cash equivalents were comprised primarily of credit card receivables.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of cash and cash equivalents reserved for a specific purpose that is not readily available for immediate or general business use. Our restricted cash balance as of January 26, 2019 consists primarily of cash equivalents held for use in the purchase of property and equipment.

On January 28, 2018, we adopted ASU No. 2016-18, “Restricted Cash” (“ASU 2016-18”) using the required retrospective transition method. This ASU requires companies to include amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in cash and cash equivalents when reconciling beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statements of cash flows.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017		January 30, 2016
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10,951	$	8,525	$	7,092	$	5,428
Restricted cash		2,515		—		482		26
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$	13,466	$	8,525	$	7,574	$	5,454

Inventories

Inventories are comprised of finished merchandise and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value with cost determined using the weighted-average method. The cost of inventories include the actual landed cost of an item at the time it is received in our distribution center, or at the point of shipment for certain international shipments, as well as transportation costs to our distribution center and to our retail stores, if applicable. Net inventory cost is recognized through cost of sales when the inventory is sold.

Physical inventory counts are performed for all of our stores at least once per year by a third-party inventory counting service for stores that have been in operation for at least one year. Inventory records are adjusted to reflect actual inventory counts and any resulting shortage (“shrinkage”) is recognized. Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the fiscal year as a percentage of sales based on the most recent physical inventory, in combination with historical experience. We also evaluate our merchandise to ensure that the expected net realizable value of the merchandise held at the end of a fiscal year exceeds cost. In the event that the expected net realizable value is less than cost, we reduce the value of that inventory accordingly

Consideration Received from Vendors

We receive vendor support in the form of cash payments or allowances for a variety of vendor-sponsored programs, such as volume rebates, markdown allowances and advertising. We also receive consideration for certain compliance programs. We have agreements in place with each vendor setting forth the specific conditions for each allowance.

Vendor support reduces our inventory costs based on the underlying provisions of the agreement. Vendor compliance charges are recorded as a reduction of the cost of merchandise inventories and a subsequent reduction in cost of sales when the inventory is sold.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property and equipment other than leasehold improvements is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from 3 to 40 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining lease term, including renewals determined to be reasonably assured, or the estimated useful life of the related improvement. Amortization of property under capital leases is on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included in depreciation expense.

We expense all internal-use software costs incurred in the preliminary project stage. Certain direct costs incurred at later stages and associated with the development and purchase of internal-use software, including external costs for services and internal payroll costs related to the software project, are capitalized within property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the software, generally between three and five years. For the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, we capitalized software costs of $3.1 million,  $4.3 million and $7.7 million, respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized software costs totaled $4.9 million, $4.4 million and $2.7 million during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

We capitalize major replacements and improvements and expense routine maintenance and repairs as incurred. We remove the cost of assets sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation or amortization from the consolidated balance sheets and include any resulting gain or loss in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Capitalized Interest

We capitalize interest on borrowings during the active construction period of major capital projects. Capitalized interest is added to the cost of the underlying assets and is amortized over the useful lives of the assets. Our capitalized interest cost was approximately $3.1 million, $1.3 million and  $0.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements

We follow the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820 (Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”). ASC 820 establishes a three-tiered fair value hierarchy that prioritizes inputs to valuation techniques used in fair value calculations.

· Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that we have the ability to access.

· Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets; or valuations based on models where the significant inputs are observable (e.g., interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severities, etc.) or can be corroborated by observable market data.

· Level 3 - Valuations based on models where significant inputs are not observable. The unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use.

ASC 820 requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. If a financial instrument uses inputs that fall in different levels of the hierarchy, the instrument is categorized based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value calculation.

The fair value of all current financial instruments approximates carrying value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. We have variable and fixed rates on our long-term debt. The fair value of long-term debt with variable rates approximates carrying value as the interest rates of these amounts approximate market rates. We determine fair value on our fixed rate debt by using quoted market prices and current interest rates. 

At January 26, 2019, the fair value of our fixed rate mortgage due August 22, 2022 was $6.1 million, which was approximately $0.1 million above the carrying value of $6.0 million. Fair value for the fixed rate mortgage was determined using Level 2 inputs.

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the operating segment level; we have only one operating segment and we do not have a reporting unit that exists below our operating segment. If the implied fair value of goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, goodwill impairment is indicated and goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. We assess the business enterprise value using a combination of the income approach and market approach to determine the fair value of the Company to be compared against the carrying value of net assets. The income approach, using the discounted cash flow method, includes key factors used in the valuation of the Company (a Level 3 valuation) which include, but are not limited to, management's plans for future operations, recent operating results, income tax rates, and discounted projected future cash flows.

We have the option to perform a qualitative assessment of goodwill rather than completing the two-step process to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an operating segment is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill and other intangible assets. If we conclude that this is the case, we must perform the two-step process. Otherwise, we may forego the two-step process and do not need to perform any further testing. We performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019. Based on that qualitative assessment, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of our operating segment substantially exceeded its carrying value and, therefore, further quantitative analysis was not required.

No impairment of goodwill was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 or January 28, 2017. However, the use of different assumptions, estimates or judgments with respect to the estimation of the projected future cash flows and the determination of the discount rate and sales growth rate used to calculate the net present value of projected future cash flows could materially increase or decrease our estimates of fair value. Additionally, future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current net sales and profitability projections, which would occur if we are not able to meet our new store growth targets, or the weighted average cost of capital increases.

Impairment of Long-Lived and Indefinite-Lived Assets

We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Our evaluation compares the carrying value of the assets with their estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. We evaluate long-lived intangible assets at an individual store level, which is the lowest level of identifiable cash flows. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not store-specific at the consolidated level.

To estimate store-specific future cash flows, we make assumptions about key store variables, including sales, growth rate, gross margin, payroll and other controllable expenses. Stores that are owned by us and do not meet the initial criteria are further evaluated taking into consideration the fair market value of the property compared to the carrying value of the assets. Furthermore, management considers other factors when evaluating stores for impairment, including the individual store's execution of its operating plan and other local market conditions. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment.

An impairment is recognized once all the factors noted above are taken into consideration and it is determined that the carrying amount of the store's assets are not recoverable. The impairment loss would be recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value, excluding assets that can be redeployed. Based upon the review of our store-level assets, we identified impairment in connection with certain property and equipment following the resolution of a legal matter and recognized a charge of $2.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. No impairment of long-term assets was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 28, 2017.

We test indefinite-lived trade name intangible assets annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is lower than its carrying amount, the asset is written down to its fair value. The fair value of our trade name (a Level 3 valuation) was calculated using a relief-from-royalty approach, which assumes the value of the trade name is the discounted cash flows of the amount that would be paid by a hypothetical market participant had they not owned the trade name and instead licensed the trade name from another company. The carrying value of the At Home trade name as of January 26, 2019 is approximately $1.5 million. No impairment of our indefinite-lived trade name intangible asset was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 or January 28, 2017.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs are costs incurred in connection with obtaining or modifying financing arrangements. These costs are capitalized as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the debt, other than costs incurred in conjunction with our line of credit, which are capitalized as an asset, and amortized over the term of the respective debt agreements.

Total amortization expense related to debt issuance costs was approximately $1.8 million,  $1.9 million and $1.8 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

Deferred Rent

We record rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises. We record tenant improvement allowances as a liability and adjust the liability on a straight-line basis as a reduction to rent expense over the lease term beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises.

We recognize free rent periods, tenant improvement allowances and standard rent increases contained in our leases on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, beginning when we first take possession of the property and including renewal option periods in those instances where exercising such options is reasonably assured. For leases where we are considered to be the owner of the construction project and receive tenant improvement allowances, we record the amounts received as a component of the financing obligation liability. See Note 7—Financing Obligations.

Insurance Liabilities

For the period from December 1, 2013 through January 26, 2019, we were fully insured for workers' compensation and commercial general liability claims. Prior to that period, we used a combination of commercial insurance and self-insurance for workers' compensation and commercial general liability claims and purchased insurance coverage that limited our aggregate exposure for individual claims to $250,000 per workers' compensation and commercial general liability claim.

We utilize a combination of commercial insurance and self-insurance for employee-related health care plans. The cost of our health care plan is borne in part by our employees. We purchase insurance coverage that limits our aggregate exposure for individual claims to $175,000 per employee-related health care claim.

Health care reserves are based on actual claims experience and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported. Reserves for commercial general liability and workers' compensation are determined through the use of actuarial studies. Due to the judgments and estimates utilized in determining these reserves, they are subject to a high degree of variability. In the event our insurance carriers are unable to pay claims submitted to them, we would record a liability for such estimated payments we expect to incur.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from sales of our merchandise is recognized when the customer takes possession of the merchandise. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes collected. We allow for merchandise to be returned within 60 days from the purchase date and provide a reserve for estimated returns. See Note 2—Revenue Recognition.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales are included in merchandise inventories and expensed as the merchandise is sold. We include the following expenses in cost of sales:

· cost of merchandise, net of inventory shrinkage, damages and vendor allowances;

· inbound freight and internal transportation costs such as distribution center-to-store freight costs;

· costs of operating our distribution center, including labor, occupancy costs, supplies and depreciation; and

· store occupancy costs including rent, insurance, taxes, common area maintenance, utilities, repairs, maintenance and depreciation.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include payroll, benefits and other personnel expenses for corporate and store employees, including stock-based compensation expense, consulting, legal and other professional services expenses, advertising expenses, occupancy costs for our corporate headquarters and various other expenses.

Store Pre-Opening Costs

We expense pre-opening costs for new stores as they are incurred. During the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, store pre-opening costs were approximately $21.7 million, $17.9 million and $13.9 million, respectively. Store pre-opening costs, such as occupancy expenses, advertising and labor are primarily included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Marketing and Advertising

Marketing and advertising costs, exclusive of store pre-opening marketing and advertising expenses discussed above, include billboard, newspaper, radio, digital and other advertising mediums. Marketing and advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Total marketing and advertising expenses were approximately $34.9 million, $24.3 million and $17.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 (Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation”), which requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock units, to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements over the requisite service period. Compensation expense based upon the fair value of awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards that actually vest. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

We estimate fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the exception of a special one-time initial public offering transaction bonus grant which was valued on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo simulation method. For restricted stock unit awards, grant date fair value is determined based upon the closing trading value of our common stock on the NYSE on the date of grant and our forfeiture assumptions are estimated based on historical experience.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires various significant judgmental assumptions in order to derive a final fair value determination for each type of award including the following:

· Expected term—The expected term of the options represents the period of time between the grant date of the options and the date the options are either exercised or canceled.

· Expected volatility—The expected volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of the common stock of comparable companies.

· Expected dividend yield—The expected dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable future.

· Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is the average of the 3-year and 5-year U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant and with a maturity that approximates the expected term.

We used a Monte Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value of the special one-time initial public offering transaction bonus grant subject to market-based conditions. The stock option grants subject to market-based conditions have cliff vesting that began in the third quarter of fiscal year 2017 and continued into the third quarter of fiscal year 2019 subject to the achievement of market conditions. We valued the stock option grants as a single award with the related compensation cost recognized using a straight-line method over the derived service period. The expected volatility is based on a combination of historical and implied volatilities of the common stock for comparable companies.

All grants of our stock options have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, based on the foregoing estimates and assumptions. Because we were a privately held company prior to August 4, 2016 and there was no public market for our common stock, the fair value of our equity was approved by our Board at the time option grants were awarded. In estimating the fair value of our common stock, we considered factors we believed to be material to the valuation process including, but not limited to, our actual and projected financial results, risks and prospects and economic and market conditions. Our valuations utilized projections of our future performance, estimates of our weighted average cost of capital and metrics based on the performance of a peer group of similar companies, including valuation multiples and stock price volatility.

We believe the combination of these methods provided an appropriate estimate of our expected fair value prior to our IPO. We considered the valuation analyses to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each stock option grant date. Following our IPO, these estimates are no longer needed to determine fair value for new awards due to a publicly-available trading price for our common stock.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 (Topic 740, “Income Taxes”). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the tax rate changes are enacted. When necessary, a valuation allowance may be recorded against deferred tax assets in order to properly reflect the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement.

On December 22, 2017, federal tax reform legislation was adopted into law by the U.S. government (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%; (ii) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) and changing how existing AMT credits are realized; (iii) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense; and (iv) changing rules related to the use and limitation of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. As a result of the adoption of the Tax Act, for our fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, the statutory federal corporate tax rate was prorated to 34.0%, with the statutory rate for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 and beyond at 21.0%.

In December of 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued State Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allowed us to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. We recorded provisional amounts for the impact of the Tax Act during the fourth fiscal quarter 2018. During fiscal year 2019, we completed our accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act, and no material adjustments were required to the provisional amounts recorded in fiscal year 2018.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 “Leases”, which supersedes ASC 840 “Leases” and creates a new topic, ASC 842 “Leases” (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, an entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. At adoption, this update will be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. We will elect the package of three practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things, allows us to carryforward the historical lease classification. We will not elect the hindsight practical expedient. We will not separate non-lease components from lease components by class of underlying assets and we will not apply the recognition requirements of the standard to short-term leases, as allowed by the standard.  

While we are in the process of finalizing our initial impact assessment on the adoption of ASU 2016-02, we estimate the following material impacts to our financial statements: (i) the recognition of right-of use liabilities of approximately $1.0  billion and the recognition of corresponding right-of-use assets; (ii) the derecognition of deferred gains on sale-leasebacks as a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2020 (“fiscal year 2020”), which had previously resulted in amortization that reduced occupancy costs by $8.8 million for fiscal year 2019; (iii) the recognition of immediate gains and losses on sale-leasebacks within operating income beginning in fiscal year 2020; (iv) the reclassification of our financing obligations in the amount of $35.2 million to operating leases and corresponding right-of-use assets and liabilities as noted above with the difference recorded as a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings, the nonrecurrence of financing obligation interest expense of $2.4 million in fiscal year 2020 and a related increase in occupancy costs for fiscal year 2020; and (v) the recognition of additional expense of certain initial direct costs incurred prior to the existence of a  lease beginning in fiscal year 2020.  

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the measurement of goodwill impairment by removing the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which requires the determination of the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit. Under ASU 2017-04, goodwill impairment is to be measured as the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value with the loss recognized not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The standard is to be applied on a prospective basis. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2017-04 and do not anticipate a material impact to the consolidated financial statements once implemented.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, “Customer's Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract” (“ASU 2018-15”). ASU 2018-15 was issued to align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). The amendments in ASU 2018-15 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. We expect to adopt this new guidance using the prospective method in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020 and are currently evaluating the impact it will have on our consolidated financial statements once implemented.

XML

Revenue Recognition

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

2.    Revenue Recognition

On January 28, 2018, we adopted ASU 2014-09 using the retrospective transition method. ASU 2014-09 requires a company to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Results for all reporting periods presented include the impact of the new guidance under ASU 2014-09, including prior periods that have been recast to reflect the estimated cost of returned assets within other current assets rather than netted with our sales returns reserve within other current liabilities. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not impact opening retained earnings as of January 28, 2018 and did not have a material impact on revenues recognized for the fiscal years ended January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017.

The adoption of ASU 2014-09 had the following impact on our consolidated balance sheets as of January 27, 2018 (in thousands):

	Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January 27, 2018
			New Revenue
	As Reported		Standard		As Recast
Other current assets	$	13,701	$	952	$	14,653
Total current assets		299,981		952		300,933
Total assets		1,373,289		952		1,374,241
Accrued and other current liabilities		88,547		952		89,499
Total current liabilities		342,721		952		343,673
Total liabilities		782,410		952		783,362
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity		1,373,289		952		1,374,241

The adoption of ASU 2014-09 had the following impact on our consolidated statement of cash flows for the fiscal years ended January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017 (in thousands):

	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
	Fiscal Year Ended January 27, 2018
			New Revenue
	As Reported(a)		Standard		As Recast
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	(13,621)	$	126	$	(13,495)
Accrued liabilities		14,411		(126)		14,285
Net cash provided by operating activities		106,018		—		106,018

	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
	Fiscal Year Ended January 28, 2017
			New Revenue
	As Reported(a)		Standard		As Recast
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	1,600	$	(248)	$	1,352
Accrued liabilities		16,069		248		16,317
Net cash provided by operating activities		43,498		—		43,498

(a) Accrued liabilities have been reclassified in the prior period to conform with the current period presentation as discussed in Note 1 – Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

We sell a broad assortment of home décor, including home furnishings and accent décor, and recognize revenue when the customer takes possession or control of goods at the time the sale is completed at the store register. Accordingly, we implicitly enter into a contract with customers at the point of sale. In addition to retail store sales, we also generate revenue through the sale of gift cards and through incentive arrangements associated with our credit card program.

As noted in Note 1 – Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, our business consists of one reportable segment. In accordance with ASC 606, we disaggregate net sales into the following product categories:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Home furnishings	45	%	46	%	48	%
Accent décor	51		50		49
Other	4		4		3
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

Contract liabilities are recognized primarily for gift card sales. Cash received from the sale of gift cards is recorded as a contract liability in accrued and other current liabilities, and we recognize revenue upon the customer’s redemption of the gift card. Gift card breakage is recognized as revenue in proportion to the pattern of customer redemptions by applying an estimated breakage rate that takes into account historical patterns of redemptions and deactivations of gift cards.

We recognized approximately $16.3 million, $12.9 million and $9.8 million in gift card redemption revenue for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively, and recognized an immaterial amount in gift card breakage revenue for each of the Fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017. Of the total gift card redemption revenue, $3.0 million, $2.2 million and $1.6 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively, related to gift cards issued in prior periods.

We had outstanding gift card liabilities of $7.8 million and $5.8 million as of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, respectively, which are included in accrued and other current liabilities. Gift card redemption and breakage revenue for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017 and gift card liabilities as of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018 reported under ASC 606 were not materially different from amounts that would have been reported under the previous revenue guidance of ASC 605.

In fiscal year 2018, we launched a credit card program by which credit is extended to eligible customers through At Home branded credit cards with Synchrony Bank (“Synchrony”). Through the launch of the credit card program, we received reimbursement of costs associated with the launch of the credit card program as well as a one-time payment which has been deferred over the initial seven-year term of the agreement with Synchrony. We receive ongoing payments from Synchrony based on sales transacted on our credit cards and for reimbursement of joint marketing and advertising activities. During the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, we recognized approximately $3.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, in revenue from our credit card program within net sales when earned.

Customers may return purchased items for an exchange or refund. Historically, the sales returns reserve was presented net of cost of sales in other current liabilities and based primarily on historical trends and sales performance. ASU 2014-09 also specifies that the balance sheets should reflect both a liability with respect to the refund obligation and an asset representing the right to the returned goods on a gross basis. In adopting ASU 2014-09, we utilized the expected value methodology in which different scenarios including current sales return data and historical quarterly sales return rates are used to develop an estimated sales return rate. During the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, we utilized the practical expedient provided under ASU 2014-09 to assess all sales on a portfolio basis, as this did not yield materially different results from the actual sales returns. As such, we now present the sales returns reserve within other current liabilities and the estimated value of the inventory that will be returned within other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The components of the sales returns reserve reflected in the consolidated balance sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Accrued and other current liabilities	$	2,448	$	2,023
Other current assets		1,129		952
Sales returns reserve, net	$	1,319	$	1,071

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

3.    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Land	$	53,025	$	42,378
Buildings		132,881		117,429
Computer hardware and software		50,016		40,096
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		148,562		115,539
Leasehold improvements		365,099		253,570
Construction in progress		125,051		40,739
		874,634		609,751
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(191,971)		(143,488)
Property and equipment, net	$	682,663	$	466,263

Depreciation and amortization expense for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017 totaled approximately $56.5 million, $48.8 million and $36.9 million, respectively. Approximately $50.2 million, $42.7 million and $32.7 million of depreciation and amortization expense is included in cost of sales for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively. In addition, we recorded $2.4 million in impairment charges for property and equipment following the resolution of a legal matter for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018.

XML

Sale-Leaseback Transactions

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Sale-Leaseback Transactions

Sale-Leaseback Transactions

4.    Sale-Leaseback Transactions

In October 2018, we sold four of our properties in Gilbert, Arizona; Pearland, Texas; Richmond, Texas; and Rogers, Arkansas for a total of $56.5 million, resulting in a net gain of $3.1 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into two leases pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $3.8 million, subject to annual escalations. The leases are being accounted for as operating leases. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, which ends in October 2033, subject to renewal options.

In July 2018, we sold three of our properties in Clarksville, Tennessee; Shreveport, Louisiana; and Wixom, Michigan for a total of $43.6 million, resulting in a net gain of $10.7 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $3.0 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, which ends in July 2033, subject to renewal options.

In February 2018, we sold four of our properties in Blaine, Minnesota; Fort Worth, Texas; Jackson, Mississippi; and Memphis, Tennessee for a total of $50.3 million, resulting in a net gain of $22.6 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $3.4 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, which ends in February 2033, subject to renewal options.

In August 2017, we sold six of our properties in Hoover, Alabama; Lafayette, Louisiana; Moore, Oklahoma; Olathe, Kansas; Orange Park, Florida; and Wichita, Kansas for a total of $62.6 million resulting in a net gain of $15.4 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $4.2 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, or September 2032.

In September 2016, we sold three of our properties in Colorado Springs, Colorado; Kissimmee, Florida; and O’Fallon, Illinois for a total of $30.6 million resulting in a net gain of $16.9 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $2.1 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, or September 2031.

In August 2016, we sold four of our properties in Broomfield, Colorado; Corpus Christi, Texas; Jenison, Michigan; and Buford, Georgia for a total of $32.6 million resulting in a net gain of $14.2 million. Contemporaneously with the closing of the sale, we entered into a lease pursuant to which we leased back the properties for cumulative initial annual rent of $2.2 million, subject to annual escalations. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. The net gain on the sale of the properties has been deferred and is included in deferred rent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The gain will be amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis through the lease term, or July 2031. Approximately $3.7 million of the proceeds from the sale were used to pay off a note payable related to the Corpus Christi property.

XML

Accrued Liabilities

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued Liabilities

5.    Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Inventory in-transit	$	20,591	$	14,618
Accrued payroll and other employee-related liabilities		18,306		16,917
Accrued taxes, other than income		14,194		11,680
Accrued interest		5,756		4,173
Insurance liabilities		539		3,391
Gift card liability		7,784		5,787
Construction costs		14,548		9,661
Accrued inbound freight		15,236		10,796
Other		20,554		12,476
Total accrued liabilities	$	117,508	$	89,499

XML

Revolving Line of Credit

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Revolving Line of Credit

Revolving Line of Credit

6.    Revolving Line of Credit

In October 2011, At Home Holding III Inc. (“At Home III”) and At Home Stores LLC (collectively, the “ABL Borrowers”), entered into an asset-based revolving line of credit (the “ABL Facility”), which originally provided for cash borrowings or issuances of letters of credit of up to $80.0 million based on defined percentages of eligible inventory and credit card receivable balances.

We have subsequently amended the ABL Credit Agreement from time to time. After giving effect to such amendments, as of January 26, 2019, the aggregate revolving commitments under the ABL Facility are $350.0 million, with a sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit of $50.0 million and a sublimit for the issuance of swingline loans of $20.0 million. In July 2017, in connection with the Seventh Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement, the maturity of the ABL Facility was extended to the earlier of July 27, 2022 and the date that is 91 days prior to the maturity date of the term loan entered into on June 5, 2015 under a first lien credit agreement (the “First Lien Agreement”) (as such date may be extended).

Interest on borrowings under our ABL Facility is computed based on our average daily availability, at our option, of: (x) the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1.00%, (ii) the agent bank's prime rate and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%,  plus in each case, an applicable margin of 0.25% to 0.75% or (y) the agent bank's LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 1.25% to 1.75%.  The effective interest rate was approximately 3.80%,  2.90% and  2.00% for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

As of January 26, 2019, approximately $221.0 million was outstanding under the ABL Facility, approximately $0.5 million in face amount of letters of credit had been issued and we had availability of approximately  $120.5 million.

The ABL Facility includes restrictions customarily found in such agreements on the ability of the ABL Borrowers and the subsidiary guarantors to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends to At Home Holding II Inc. (“At Home II”) or enter into other transactions, among other restrictions, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Under the ABL Facility, the ABL Borrowers and the subsidiary guarantors are permitted to pay dividends to At Home II, (a) so long as after giving effect to such payment, (i) availability is equal to or greater than 15% of the loan cap (i.e., the lesser of (x) the aggregate lender commitments under the ABL Facility and (y) the borrowing base) and (ii) if availability is less than 20% of the loan cap, the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio is equal to or greater than 1.0 to 1.0, and (b) pursuant to certain other limited exceptions. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants prescribed in the ABL Facility.

The ABL Facility is secured by (a) a first priority lien on our (i) cash, cash equivalents, deposit accounts, accounts receivable, other receivables, tax refunds and inventory, (ii) to the extent relating to, arising from, evidencing or governing any of the items referred to in the preceding clause (i), chattel paper, documents, instruments, general intangibles, and securities accounts related thereto, (iii) books and records relating to the foregoing and (iv) supporting obligations and all products and proceeds of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any person with respect to any of the foregoing, in each case subject to certain exceptions (collectively, “ABL Priority Collateral”) and (b) a second priority lien on our remaining assets not constituting ABL Priority Collateral, subject to certain exceptions (collectively, “Term Priority Collateral”); provided, however that since our amendment of the ABL Facility in July 2017, real property that may secure the Term Loan from time to time no longer forms part of the collateral under the ABL Facility.

XML

Long-Term Debt

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Long-Term Debt

Long-Term Debt

7.    Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Term Loan	$	339,500	$	292,500
Note payable, bank(a)		5,969		6,108
Obligations under capital leases		733		911
Total debt		346,202		299,519
Less: current maturities		3,846		3,316
Less: unamortized deferred debt issuance costs		5,921		6,301
Long-term debt	$	336,435	$	289,902

(a) Matures August 22, 2022; $34,483 payable monthly, including interest at 4.50% with the remaining balance due at maturity; secured by the location’s land and building.

Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital lease obligations, are as follows (in thousands):

	January 26,
	2019
2020	$	3,663
2021		4,548
2022		2,797
2023		334,461
2024		—
Thereafter		—
	$	345,469

Term Loan Facilities

On June 5, 2015, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, At Home Holding III Inc. (the “Borrower”), entered into the First Lien Agreement, by and among the Borrower, At Home Holding II Inc. (“At Home II”), a direct wholly owned subsidiary of ours, as guarantor, certain indirect subsidiaries of At Home II, various lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. We have subsequently amended our First Lien Agreement from time to time. After giving effect to such amendments, the First Lien Agreement provides for a term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $350.0 million (the “Term Loan”). The Term Loan will mature on June 3, 2022, and is repayable in equal quarterly installments of approximately $0.9 million for an annual aggregate amount equal to 1% of the original principal amount. The Borrower has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 4.00%, subject to a 0.50% reduction if the Borrower achieves a specified secured net leverage ratio level, which was met during the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017 and for which the Borrower has continued to qualify during the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019. The Term Loan is prepayable at our option, in whole or in part, subject to a prepayment premium equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan then outstanding until May 27, 2019 (inclusive). After May 27, 2019, the Term Loan may be prepaid without premium.

The Term Loan has various non-financial covenants, customary representations and warranties, events of defaults and remedies, substantially similar to those described in respect of the ABL Facility. There are no financial maintenance covenants in the Term Loan. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants prescribed under the Term Loan.

The Term Loan is secured by (a) a first priority lien on the Term Priority Collateral and (b) a second priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral.

On June 5, 2015, the Borrower also entered into a second lien credit agreement (the “Second Lien Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, At Home II and Dynasty Financial II, LLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and lender. The Second Lien Agreement provided for the Second Lien Term Loan, which amount was borrowed on June 5, 2015. The Second Lien Term Loan had a maturity date of June 5, 2023 and did not require periodic principal payments, with the total amount outstanding, plus accrued interest, due at maturity. The Borrower had the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Second Lien Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 8.00%.

We refer to the Term Loan and, until the Second Lien Repayment (as defined below), the Second Lien Term Loan, collectively as the “Term Loan Facilities”.

During the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, we used the net proceeds from our initial public offering and partial exercise of the over-allotment option, after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions, to repay in full the $130.0 million of principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under our Second Lien Term Loan (the “Second Lien Repayment”). The repayment resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $2.7 million, which was recognized during the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.

On November 27, 2018, At Home II and the Borrower entered into the Second Amendment (the “Term Loan Amendment”) with the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, which amended the First Lien Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment dated July 27, 2017. Pursuant to the Term Loan Amendment, among other things, the Borrower borrowed an additional $50.0  million in incremental term loans, increasing the principal amount outstanding under the First Lien Agreement on such date to $339.5 million. Net proceeds from the incremental term loans were used to repay approximately $49.6 million of borrowings under the ABL Facility.

The restricted net assets of At Home Group's consolidated subsidiaries was $711.1 million as of January 26, 2019.

XML

Financing Obligations

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Financing Obligations

Financing Obligations

8.    Financing Obligations

In some cases, the assets we lease require construction in order to ready the space for its intended use and, in certain cases, we are involved in the construction of leased assets. The construction period typically begins when we execute our lease agreement with the landlord and continues until the space is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. In accordance with ASC 840-40-55, we must consider the nature and extent of our involvement during the construction period and, in some cases, our involvement results in our being considered the accounting owner of the construction project. By completing the construction of key structural components of a leased building, we are deemed to have participated in the construction of the landlord asset. In such cases, we capitalize the landlord's construction costs, including the value of costs incurred up to the date we execute our lease and costs incurred during the remainder of construction period, as such costs are incurred. Additionally, ASC 840-40-55 requires us to recognize a financing obligation for construction costs incurred by the landlord. Once construction is complete, we are required to perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to ASC 840-40 to determine if we can remove the landlord's assets and associated financing obligations from our consolidated balance sheet. In certain leases, we maintain various forms of “prohibited continuing involvement” in the property, thereby precluding us from derecognizing the asset and associated financing obligations following the construction completion. In those cases, we will continue to account for the landlord's asset as if we are the legal owner, and the financing obligation, similar to other debt, until the lease expires or is modified to remove the continuing involvement that prohibits derecognition. Once derecognition is permitted, we would be required to account for the lease as either operating or capital in accordance with ASC 840. As of January 26, 2019, we have not derecognized any landlord assets or associated financing obligations.

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transactions

9.    Related Party Transactions

Merry Mabbett Inc. (“MMI”) is owned by Merry Mabbett Dean, who is the mother of Lewis L. Bird III, our Chief Executive Officer. During the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, through MMI, we purchased certain fixtures, furniture and equipment that is now owned and used by us in our home office, new store offices or in the product vignettes in the stores. In addition, Ms. Dean, through MMI, provided certain design services to us, including design for our home office, as well as design in our stores. We paid MMI approximately $0.6 million primarily for fixtures, furniture and equipment for each of the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018 and $0.2 million for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

10.    Income Taxes

Our income tax provision is as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26,		January 27,		January 28,
	2019		2018		2017
Current income tax expense
Federal	$	16,620	$	23,786	$	36,956
State		2,607		2,885		4,756
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
Federal		(16,343)		9,208		(22,261)
State		(2,901)		(2,034)		(3,729)
Income tax (benefit) provision	$	(17)	$	33,845	$	15,722

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was adopted into law. The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%; (ii) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT) and changing how existing AMT credits are realized; (iii) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense; and (iv) changing rules related to the use and limitation of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. As a result of the adoption of the Tax Act, for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, the statutory federal corporate tax rate was prorated to 34.0%, with the statutory rate for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 and beyond at 21.0%.

In December of 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued State Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allowed us to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. We recorded provisional amounts for the impact of the Tax Act during the fourth fiscal quarter 2018. During fiscal year 2019, we completed our accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act, and no material adjustments were required to the provisional amounts recorded in fiscal year 2018.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the estimated future tax effects of the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of asset and liability balances using statutory tax rates. Tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Deferred tax assets
Inventory	$	9,283	$	5,385
Accruals		3,835		2,291
Deferred rent		11,311		7,830
Net operating losses		290		333
Deferred gains		33,181		26,288
Deferred compensation		16,400		7,325
Financing obligations		5,636		1,845
Deferred revenue		1,200		44
Prepaid rent		1,514		1,710
Other, net		1,663		1,296
Total deferred tax assets		84,313		54,347
Deferred tax liabilities
Property and equipment		(31,420)		(19,980)
Debt cancellation income		—		(742)
Trade name		(88)		(64)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(31,508)		(20,786)
Net deferred tax asset	$	52,805	$	33,561

We are required to assess the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future income will be generated to utilize deferred tax assets. We believe the cumulative pre-tax income is a significant piece of positive evidence that allows us to consider other subjective evidence such as future forecasted pre-tax income. For the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017,  we continued to have three years of cumulative pre-tax income. In addition, taxable income exceeded pre-tax income for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017. We concluded that because of this positive evidence, as well as cumulative pre-tax income in recent fiscal years, it was more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized in future years. Accordingly, during fiscal year 2019, we determined no valuation allowance was required.

Our valuation allowances totaled $0.3 million as of January 28, 2017. During fiscal year 2018, while analyzing our ability to utilize state net operating losses, it was determined that the positive evidence outweighed the negative evidence and the remaining valuation allowance was released. We had approximately $6.4 million and $7.4 million of state net operating loss carryforwards at January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, respectively. The state net operating losses begin to expire in fiscal year 2024. During fiscal year 2018, we determined that the valuation allowance for state net operating losses was no longer necessary as we expect to fully utilize all net operating loss carryforward prior to expiration.

The reconciliation between the actual income tax provision and the income tax provision calculated at the federal statutory tax rate is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26,			January 27,			January 28,
	2019			2018			2017
Income tax provision at the federal statutory rate	$	10,286		$	22,297		$	14,976
Permanent differences		340			325			625
State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect		(307)			482			924
Change in unrecognized tax benefits		(300)			(16)			(378)
Change in valuation allowance		—			(314)			(257)
Effect of the Tax Act		(524)			16,694			—
Net federal excess tax benefit related to options exercised		(9,293)			(5,826)			—
Tax credits		(278)			(208)			(141)
Deferred adjustment		59			411			(23)
Other		—			—			(4)
Income tax (benefit) provision	$	(17)		$	33,845		$	15,722
Effective tax rate		(0.0)	%		51.5	%		36.7	%

Uncertain Tax Positions

We operate in a number of tax jurisdictions and are subject to examination of its income tax returns by tax authorities in those jurisdictions who may challenge any item on these returns. Because the tax matters challenged by tax authorities are typically complex, the ultimate outcome of these challenges is uncertain. In accordance with ASC 740 (Topic 740, “Income Taxes”), we recognize the benefits of uncertain tax positions in our consolidated financial statements only after determining that it is more likely than not that the uncertain tax positions will be sustained.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of January 26,  2019 was $0.7 million, $0.5 million of which would favorably impact the effective tax rate if resolved in our favor.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,688	$	2,553
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		—		—
Subtractions based on tax positions related to the prior year		(443)		(604)
Settlements		(5)		(108)
Expiration of statute of limitations		(524)		(153)
Balance, end of period	$	716	$	1,688

We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in our provision for income taxes. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, there was approximately $0.1 million in accrued penalties. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, there was approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in accrued interest. In addition, we released approximately $0.1 million in interest expense and penalties during the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 and recognized an immaterial amount of interest expense and penalties during the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018.

In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities in U.S. Federal and U.S. state jurisdictions. The period subject to examination for our federal return is fiscal year 2016 and later and fiscal year 2015 and later for all major state tax returns. We believe that an adequate provision has been made for any adjustments that may result from tax examinations. However, the outcome of tax audits cannot be predicted with certainty. If any issues addressed in our tax audits are resolved in a manner not consistent with management's expectations, we could be required to adjust the provision for income tax in the period such resolution occurs.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

11.    Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

We lease space for certain of our retail properties, our distribution center and corporate office pursuant to leases that expire at various dates through 2037. A number of the leases have renewal options for various periods of time at our discretion. We are typically responsible for taxes, utilities, insurance, repairs and maintenance for these properties. Certain leases require the payment of contingent rent based on a specified percentage of stores' gross sales, as defined in the lease agreement, and are subject to certain limitations. An immaterial amount of contingent rent was paid during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017. Rent expense for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017 totaled approximately $108.0 million, $83.4 million and $68.1 million, respectively. Amortization of deferred gains on sale-leasebacks is approximately $9.3 million for fiscal year 2020 and each of the four subsequent fiscal years.

Future minimum annual rental commitments for all leases are as follows (in thousands):

	Capital		Operating		Financing
	Leases		Leases		Obligations		Total
2020	$	203	$	115,210	$	2,932	$	118,345
2021		203		120,876		3,037		124,116
2022		203		119,202		3,069		122,474
2023		168		116,985		2,635		119,788
2024		—		116,782		2,639		119,421
Thereafter		—		980,221		20,796		1,001,017
Total minimum lease payments	$	777	$	1,569,276	$	35,108	$	1,605,161
Less: amount representing interest		(44)
Present value of minimum lease payments	$	733

Minimum future annual rent receivable under operating subleases as of January 26, 2019 was immaterial. We recognized a nominal amount of lease rental income for each of the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018, and January 28, 2017.

Litigation

We are subject to claims and lawsuits that arise primarily in the ordinary course of business. It is the opinion of management that the disposition or ultimate resolution of such claims and lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

XML

Employee Benefit Plan

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Employee Benefit Plan

Employee Benefit Plan

12.    Employee Benefit Plan

Effective October 1, 2014, we sponsor a 401(k) Savings Plan for eligible employees. Participation in the 401(k) Savings Plan is voluntary and available to any employee who is at least 18 years of age and has completed six months of service. Participants may elect to contribute up to 100% of their compensation on a pre-tax basis subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) limitations. In accordance with the provisions of the 401(k) Savings Plan, we make a safe harbor matching cash contribution to the account of each participant in an amount equal to 100% of the participant's pre-tax contributions that do not exceed 3% of the participant's considered annual compensation plus 50% of the participant's pre-tax contributions between 3% and 5% of the participant's considered annual compensation, which are also subject to regulatory limits. Matching contributions, and any actual earnings thereon, vest to the participants immediately. Our matching contribution expenses were $1.3 million, $1.0 million and $0.8 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

XML

Capital Stock

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Capital Stock

Capital Stock

13.    Capital Stock

On July 22, 2016, our board of directors approved a 128.157393-for-one stock split of its existing Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock and the conversion of such Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock into a single class of common stock. All historical share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split and conversion. Effective July 22, 2016, our total authorized share capital is comprised of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

On August 3, 2016, our Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to our initial public offering was declared effective by the SEC pursuant to which we issued and sold 8,667,000 of the shares registered at a price of $15.00 per share on August 9, 2016. On September 8, 2016, we issued and sold a further 863,041 shares of our common stock at a price of $15.00 per share pursuant to the underwriters’ partial exercise of the over-allotment option.

As of January 26, 2019, we had 500,000,000 shares of common stock authorized with a par value of $0.01, of which 63,609,684 were issued and outstanding. Additionally, as of January 26, 2019, we had 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized with a par value of $0.01, of which no shares were issued and outstanding.

XML

Earnings Per Share

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share

14.    Earnings Per Share

In accordance with ASC 260, (Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share”), basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average shares outstanding for the period and include the dilutive impact of potential shares from the exercise of stock options. Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share if their effect is anti-dilutive.

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share as follows (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data):

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Numerator:
Net income	$	48,996	$	31,812	$	27,066
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding-basic		62,936,959		60,503,860		55,414,037
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options and restricted stock units		3,362,687		3,208,143		1,478,146
Weighted average common shares outstanding-diluted		66,299,646		63,712,003		56,892,183
Per common share:
Basic net income per common share	$	0.78	$	0.53	$	0.49
Diluted net income per common share	$	0.74	$	0.50	$	0.48

For the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, approximately 2,029,602, 146,457 and 1,514,168, respectively, of stock options and restricted stock units (“RSU”) were excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per common share since their effect was anti-dilutive.

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

15.    Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 (Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation”), which requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and RSUs, to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements over the requisite service period. Compensation expense based upon the fair value of awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards that actually vest. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

We have two equity compensation plans (the “Equity Plans”) under which we grant equity awards: the GRD Holding I Corporation Stock Option Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “2012 Option Plan”), and the At Home Group Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, which was subsequently amended and restated and approved by the Board in July 2016 (the “2016 Equity Plan”). Pursuant to the 2012 Option Plan, we have 5,648,525 shares of common stock reserved for the issuance of options to purchase shares. Any shares issued under the 2012 Option Plan that expire, are cancelled, or otherwise terminate without issuance of the shares shall again be available for issuance. At January 26, 2019, there were no shares available for future grant under the 2012 Option Plan.

In September 2015, we adopted the 2016 Equity Plan, which was subsequently amended and restated and approved by the Board in July 2016. Under the 2016 Equity Plan, equity awards may be made for up to 6,196,755 shares of our common stock. Subject to any adjustment as provided in the 2016 Plan, (i) up to 2,478,702 shares (the “IPO Bonus Pool”) were issuable pursuant to awards granted under the 2016 Equity Plan to senior executives of the Company in connection with the consummation of our initial public offering and (ii) up to 3,718,053 shares may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2016 Equity Plan (other than the IPO Bonus Pool) (the “Post-IPO Share Pool”). In June 2018, the 2016 Equity Plan was amended to increase the number of shares authorized to be granted within the Post-IPO Share Pool by 3,500,000 shares. At January 26, 2019, there were 3,923,952 shares available for future grant under the 2016 Plan.

On June 12, 2018, we made a grant of 1,988,255 options to Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Lewis L. Bird III. The options vested immediately upon the June 12, 2018 grant date. However, the shares resulting from the exercise of the options are generally subject to transfer restrictions that lapse on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant or earlier change in control (as defined in the 2016 Equity Plan), subject to certain service conditions that could affect the transferability. As a result of the immediate vesting of these awards, non-cash stock-based compensation expense in the amount of approximately $41.5 million was fully recognized in the second fiscal quarter 2019.

On August 3, 2016, we made a special one-time initial public offering transaction bonus grant of 2,478,702 options to certain members of our senior management team under the 2016 Equity Plan (the “IPO Grant”). On August 3, 2016 we also granted to one employee an option to purchase 28,326 shares of common stock under the 2012 Option Plan at the initial public offering price.

Option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock at the date of grant. Option awards under the 2012 Option Plans generally vest based on four years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms. The IPO Grant is subject to market conditions in which vesting occurs if the closing price of the Company’s common stock achieves the pre-established targets at any time during the specified performance period of seven years from the date of the grant and exceeds the targets for twenty consecutive trading days, disregarding the six-month period immediately following August 3, 2016. Certain option and share awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the Equity Plans).

We determined the fair value of the IPO Grant subject to market conditions using a Monte Carlo simulation method. The IPO Grant had a grant date fair value of approximately $20.0 million, which was incremental to our ongoing stock-based compensation expense. The stock-based compensation expense for the IPO Grant was expensed over the derived service period, which began in the third fiscal quarter 2017 and continued through the following eight quarters.

We estimate the fair value of each service condition stock option grant under the Equity Plans on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which includes the following variables: 1) exercise price of the instrument, 2) fair market value of the underlying stock on date of grant, 3) expected term, 4) expected volatility and 5) the risk-free interest rate. We utilized the following assumptions in estimating the fair value of the option grants:

	January 26,		January 27,		January 28,
	2019		2018		2017
Weighted-average expected volatility	58.6	%	57.7	%	57.7	%
Expected dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%
Weighted-average expected term (in years)	5.0		4.0		4.0
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate	2.8	%	2.0	%	2.3	%

A summary of option activity under the Equity Plans as of January 26, 2019, and changes during the fiscal year then ended, is presented below:

				Weighted-
		Weighted-		Average
		Average		Remaining
		Exercise		Contractual
	Options	Price		Term
Outstanding, beginning of year	7,040,894	$	11.92
Granted	3,032,708		36.39
Exercised	(2,120,672)		10.33
Forfeited or expired	(194,098)		31.56
Outstanding, end of year	7,758,832	$	21.43	4.96
Exercisable, end of year	6,811,511	$	20.06	4.75

RSUs are issued at a value not less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. RSUs granted to date vest ratably over one to four years. Awards are subject to employment for vesting and are not transferable other than upon death.

A summary of the Company’s RSU activity and related information as of January 26, 2019, and changes during the fiscal year then ended, is presented below:

		Weighted-
		Average
	Number of	Grant Date
	Shares	Fair Value
Nonvested, beginning of year	200,660	$	21.37
Granted	220,451		32.88
Vested	(72,019)		19.13
Forfeited	(35,065)		26.54
Nonvested, end of year	314,027	$	29.39

We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options and RSUs of approximately $49.5 million, $13.8 million and $9.4 million during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

As of January 26, 2019, there was approximately $15.7 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plans that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years and 2.9 years for option awards and RSUs, respectively.

XML

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

16.    Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

Unaudited quarterly results of operations for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018 were as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	Fiscal Year 2019
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Net sales	$	256,161	$	288,493	$	267,180	$	354,065
Gross profit(1)		85,244		97,378		85,991		117,239
Operating income (loss)(1)(2)		24,200		(11,828)		19,096		44,568
Net income (loss)		18,361		(10,068)		11,090		29,613
Basic net income (loss) per common share(1)		0.30		(0.16)		0.17		0.47
Diluted net income (loss) per common share	$	0.28	$	(0.16)	$	0.17	$	0.45
	Fiscal Year 2018
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Net sales	$	211,841	$	232,065	$	212,954	$	293,668
Gross profit(1)		71,878		73,033		62,662		99,386
Operating income		21,319		20,256		9,316		36,470
Net income		10,049		9,533		2,375		9,855
Basic net income per common share		0.17		0.16		0.04		0.16
Diluted net income per common share	$	0.16	$	0.15	$	0.04	$	0.15

(1) The sum of the quarters does not equal the total fiscal year due to rounding.

(2) Includes $41.5 million of stock-based compensation expense associated with a grant of stock options to our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer that vested and was fully recognized in the second fiscal quarter 2019.

XML

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

AT HOME GROUP INC. (parent company only)

Condensed Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018
Assets
Current assets:
Receivable from subsidiaries	$	—	$	—
Other current assets		3,529		7,486
Total current assets		3,529		7,486
Investment in subsidiaries		711,086		590,879
Total assets	$	714,615	$	598,365
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
Income taxes payable	$	—	$	—
Payable to subsidiaries		3,529		7,486
Total current liabilities		3,529		7,486
Noncurrent liabilities		—		—
Total liabilities		3,529		7,486
Shareholders' Equity
Common stock; $0.01 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 63,609,684 and 61,423,398 shares issued and outstanding, respectively		636		614
Additional paid-in capital		643,677		572,488
Retained earnings		66,773		17,777
Total shareholders' equity		711,086		590,879
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	714,615	$	598,365

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

AT HOME GROUP INC. (parent company only)

Condensed Statements of Income

(in thousands)

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Net sales	$	—	$	—	$	—
Cost of sales		—		—		—
Gross profit		—		—		—
Operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—		—		—
Depreciation and amortization		—		—		—
Total operating expenses		—		—		—
Operating income		—		—		—
Interest expense, net		—		—		—
Income before income taxes		—		—		—
Income tax provision		—		—		—
Income before equity in net income of subsidiaries		—		—		—
Net income from subsidiaries		48,996		31,812		27,066
Net income	$	48,996	$	31,812	$	27,066

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

1.    Basis of Presentation

In the parent-company-only financial statements, At Home Group Inc.'s (“Parent”) investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since the date of acquisition. The parent-company-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements. A condensed statement of cash flows was not presented because At Home Group Inc.'s net operating activities have no cash impact and there were no investing or financing cash flow activities during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017.

2.    Guarantees and Restrictions

At Home Holding III Inc. (“At Home III”), a subsidiary of the Parent, and its indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, At Home Stores LLC, are co-borrowers (in such capacities, the “ABL Borrowers”) under the ABL Facility. As of January 26, 2019, we had $11.0 million of cash and cash equivalents and $120.5 million in borrowing availability under our ABL Facility, which provides commitments of up to $350.0 million for revolving loans and letters of credit, as of January 26, 2019. At Home Holding II Inc. (“Holdings”), the direct parent of At Home III, and its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than the ABL Borrowers and certain immaterial subsidiaries)(the “ABL Subsidiary Guarantors” and, together with Holdings, the “ABL Guarantors”) have guaranteed all obligations of the ABL Borrowers under the ABL Facility. In the event of a default under the ABL Facility, the ABL Borrowers and the Guarantors will be directly liable to the lenders under the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility, which matures on the earlier of July 27, 2022 and the date that is 91 days prior to the maturity date (as such date may be extended) of the term loan entered into on June 5, 2015 under a first lien credit agreement, includes restrictions on the ability of ABL Borrowers and ABL Subsidiary Guarantors to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends to Holdings or enter into other transactions, among other restrictions, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Under the ABL Facility, the ABL Borrowers and the ABL Subsidiary Guarantors are permitted to pay dividends to Holdings, (a) so long as after giving effect to such payment, (i) availability is equal to or greater than 15% of the loan cap (i.e., the lesser of (x) the aggregate lender commitments under the ABL Facility and (y) the borrowing base) and (ii) if availability is less than 20% of the loan cap, the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio is equal to or greater than 1.0 to 1.0, and (b) pursuant to certain other limited exceptions. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants under the ABL Facility.

On June 5, 2015, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, At Home Holding III Inc. (the “Borrower”), entered into a first lien credit agreement (the “First Lien Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, At Home Holding II Inc. (“At Home II”), a direct wholly owned subsidiary of ours, as guarantor, certain indirect subsidiaries of At Home II, various lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. We have subsequently amended our First Lien Agreement from time to time. After giving effect to such amendments, the First Lien Agreement provides for a term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $350.0 million (the “Term Loan”). The Term Loan will mature on June 3, 2022 and is repayable in equal quarterly installments of approximately $0.9 million for an annual aggregate amount equal to 1% of the original principal amount. The Borrower has the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 4.00%, subject to a 0.50% reduction if the Borrower achieves a specified secured net leverage ratio level, which was met during the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017 and for which the Borrower has continued to qualify during the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019. The Term Loan is prepayable at our option, in whole or in part, subject to a prepayment premium equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan then outstanding until May 27, 2019 (inclusive). After May 27, 2019, the Term Loan may be prepaid without premium.

The Term Loan includes restrictions on the ability of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends to Holdings or enter into other transactions, among other restrictions, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Under the First Lien Agreement, the Borrower is permitted to pay dividends to Holdings (a) up to an amount equal to, so long as immediately after giving effect thereto, no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, (i) $10 million, plus (ii) a basket that builds based on $30 million, plus 50% of the Borrower's and its restricted subsidiaries' Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the First Lien Agreement) and certain other amounts, subject to various conditions including compliance with a minimum cash interest coverage ratio of 2.0 to 1.0, plus (iii) an unlimited amount, subject to pro forma compliance with a 3.0 to 1.0 total leverage ratio and (b) in certain additional limited amounts, subject to certain limited exceptions. As of January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants prescribed under the Term Loan.

On June 5, 2015, the Borrower entered into a second lien credit agreement (the “Second Lien Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, At Home II and Dynasty Financial II, LLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and lender. The Second Lien Agreement provided for the Second Lien Term Loan (together with the Term Loan, the “Term Loan Facilities”), which amount was borrowed on June 5, 2015. The Second Lien Term Loan had a maturity date of June 5, 2023 and did not require periodic principal payments, with the total amount outstanding, plus accrued interest, due at maturity. The Borrower had the option of paying interest on a 1-month, 2-month or quarterly basis on the Second Lien Term Loan at an annual rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 8.00%.

We refer to the Term Loan and, until the repayment of the Second Lien Term Loan as described below, the Second Lien Term Loan, collectively as the “Term Loan Facilities”.

On August 3, 2016, our Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to our initial public offering was declared effective by the SEC pursuant to which we registered an aggregate of 9,967,050 shares of our common stock (including 1,300,050 shares subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option). We issued and sold 8,667,000 of the shares registered at a price of $15.00 per share on August 9, 2016, resulting in net proceeds of $120.9 million after deducting underwriters' discounts and commissions of $9.1 million. We also incurred offering expenses of $6.0 million in connection with the initial public offering, which were included in additional paid-in capital.

On September 8, 2016, we issued and sold a further 863,041 shares of our common stock pursuant to the underwriters’ partial exercise of the over-allotment option. This exercise of the over-allotment option resulted in net proceeds to us of $12.0 million after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions of $0.9 million.

During the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, we used the net proceeds from our initial public offering and the exercise of the over-allotment option, after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions, to repay in full the $130.0 million of principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under the Second Lien Term Loan. The repayment resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $2.7 million, which was recognized during the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.

On October 31, 2017, our Registration Statement on Form S-3, pursuant to which we registered 50,582,545 shares of our common stock owned by our Sponsors, was declared effective by the SEC. On December 11, 2017, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of our common stock (which included 750,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On April 2, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 6,900,000 shares of our common stock (which included 900,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On June 14, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 8,450,000 shares of our common stock (which included 450,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On September 11, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock. We did not sell any shares of our common stock in, or receive any proceeds from, these secondary offerings. After giving effect to these secondary offerings, the Sponsors held approximately 26.5% of our outstanding common stock.

On November 27, 2018, At Home II and the Borrower entered into the Second Amendment (the “Term Loan Amendment”) with the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, which amended the First Lien Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment dated July 27, 2017. Pursuant to the Term Loan Amendment, among other things, the Borrower borrowed an additional $50.0 million in incremental term loans, increasing the principal amount outstanding under the First Lien Agreement on such date to $339.5 million.

XML

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Description of Business

At Home is a home décor superstore focused exclusively on providing a broad assortment of products for any room, in any style, for any budget. As of January 26, 2019, we operated 180 home décor superstores in 37 states, primarily in the South Central, Southeastern, Mid-Atlantic and Midwestern regions of the United States. At Home is owned and operated by At Home Group Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All references to “we”, “us”, “our” and the “Company” and similar expressions are references to At Home Group Inc. and our consolidated, wholly-owned subsidiaries, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

Stock Split

Stock Split

On July 22, 2016, the Company’s board of directors approved a 128.157393-for-one stock split of its existing Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock and the conversion of such Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock into a single class of common stock. All historical share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split and conversion. As of January 26, 2019, the Company's total authorized share capital is comprised of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

Initial and Secondary Public Offerings

Initial and Secondary Public Offerings

On August 3, 2016, our Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to our initial public offering was declared effective by the SEC pursuant to which we registered an aggregate of 9,967,050 shares of our common stock (including 1,300,050 shares subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option). Our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) on August 4, 2016 under the ticker symbol “HOME”.

On October 31, 2017, our Registration Statement on Form S-3, pursuant to which we registered 50,582,545 shares of our common stock owned by AEA Investors LP (collectively, “AEA”) and Starr Investment Holdings, LLC (“Starr Investments” and, together with AEA, the “Sponsors”), was declared effective by the SEC.

On December 11, 2017, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of our common stock (which included 750,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On April 2, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 6,900,000 shares of our common stock (which included 900,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On June 14, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 8,450,000 shares of our common stock (which included 450,000 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option). On September 11, 2018, we completed a secondary offering in which our Sponsors sold an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock. We did not sell any shares of our common stock in, or receive any proceeds from, these secondary offerings. After giving effect to these secondary offerings, the Sponsors held approximately 26.5% of our outstanding common stock.

Fiscal Year

Fiscal Year

We report on the basis of a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the last Saturday in January. References to a fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year ends. References herein to “fiscal year 2019” relate to the 52 weeks ended January 26, 2019, references herein to “fiscal year 2018” relate to the 52 weeks ended January 27, 2018 and references herein to “fiscal year 2017” relate to the 52 weeks ended January 28, 2017.

Consolidation

Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of At Home Group Inc. (“At Home Group”) and its consolidated wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income recorded within its consolidated financial statements, and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

Preparing financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results may differ from these estimates.

Reclassification

Reclassification

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation within the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported results of operations or retained earnings.

Segment Information

Segment Information

Management has determined that we have one operating segment, and therefore, one reportable segment. Our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is our Chief Executive Officer; our CODM reviews financial performance and allocates resources at a consolidated level on a recurring basis. All of our assets are located in the United States. All of our revenue is derived in the United States.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less as well as credit card receivables. At January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018, our cash and cash equivalents were comprised primarily of credit card receivables.

Restricted Cash

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of cash and cash equivalents reserved for a specific purpose that is not readily available for immediate or general business use. Our restricted cash balance as of January 26, 2019 consists primarily of cash equivalents held for use in the purchase of property and equipment.

On January 28, 2018, we adopted ASU No. 2016-18, “Restricted Cash” (“ASU 2016-18”) using the required retrospective transition method. This ASU requires companies to include amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in cash and cash equivalents when reconciling beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statements of cash flows.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017		January 30, 2016
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10,951	$	8,525	$	7,092	$	5,428
Restricted cash		2,515		—		482		26
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$	13,466	$	8,525	$	7,574	$	5,454

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories are comprised of finished merchandise and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value with cost determined using the weighted-average method. The cost of inventories include the actual landed cost of an item at the time it is received in our distribution center, or at the point of shipment for certain international shipments, as well as transportation costs to our distribution center and to our retail stores, if applicable. Net inventory cost is recognized through cost of sales when the inventory is sold.

Physical inventory counts are performed for all of our stores at least once per year by a third-party inventory counting service for stores that have been in operation for at least one year. Inventory records are adjusted to reflect actual inventory counts and any resulting shortage (“shrinkage”) is recognized. Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the fiscal year as a percentage of sales based on the most recent physical inventory, in combination with historical experience. We also evaluate our merchandise to ensure that the expected net realizable value of the merchandise held at the end of a fiscal year exceeds cost. In the event that the expected net realizable value is less than cost, we reduce the value of that inventory accordingly

Consideration Received from Vendors

Consideration Received from Vendors

We receive vendor support in the form of cash payments or allowances for a variety of vendor-sponsored programs, such as volume rebates, markdown allowances and advertising. We also receive consideration for certain compliance programs. We have agreements in place with each vendor setting forth the specific conditions for each allowance.

Vendor support reduces our inventory costs based on the underlying provisions of the agreement. Vendor compliance charges are recorded as a reduction of the cost of merchandise inventories and a subsequent reduction in cost of sales when the inventory is sold.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property and equipment other than leasehold improvements is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from 3 to 40 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining lease term, including renewals determined to be reasonably assured, or the estimated useful life of the related improvement. Amortization of property under capital leases is on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included in depreciation expense.

We expense all internal-use software costs incurred in the preliminary project stage. Certain direct costs incurred at later stages and associated with the development and purchase of internal-use software, including external costs for services and internal payroll costs related to the software project, are capitalized within property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the software, generally between three and five years. For the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, we capitalized software costs of $3.1 million,  $4.3 million and $7.7 million, respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized software costs totaled $4.9 million, $4.4 million and $2.7 million during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

We capitalize major replacements and improvements and expense routine maintenance and repairs as incurred. We remove the cost of assets sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation or amortization from the consolidated balance sheets and include any resulting gain or loss in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Capitalized Interest

Capitalized Interest

We capitalize interest on borrowings during the active construction period of major capital projects. Capitalized interest is added to the cost of the underlying assets and is amortized over the useful lives of the assets. Our capitalized interest cost was approximately $3.1 million, $1.3 million and  $0.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

We follow the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820 (Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”). ASC 820 establishes a three-tiered fair value hierarchy that prioritizes inputs to valuation techniques used in fair value calculations.

· Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that we have the ability to access.

· Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets; or valuations based on models where the significant inputs are observable (e.g., interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severities, etc.) or can be corroborated by observable market data.

· Level 3 - Valuations based on models where significant inputs are not observable. The unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use.

ASC 820 requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. If a financial instrument uses inputs that fall in different levels of the hierarchy, the instrument is categorized based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value calculation.

The fair value of all current financial instruments approximates carrying value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. We have variable and fixed rates on our long-term debt. The fair value of long-term debt with variable rates approximates carrying value as the interest rates of these amounts approximate market rates. We determine fair value on our fixed rate debt by using quoted market prices and current interest rates. 

At January 26, 2019, the fair value of our fixed rate mortgage due August 22, 2022 was $6.1 million, which was approximately $0.1 million above the carrying value of $6.0 million. Fair value for the fixed rate mortgage was determined using Level 2 inputs.

Goodwill

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the operating segment level; we have only one operating segment and we do not have a reporting unit that exists below our operating segment. If the implied fair value of goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, goodwill impairment is indicated and goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. We assess the business enterprise value using a combination of the income approach and market approach to determine the fair value of the Company to be compared against the carrying value of net assets. The income approach, using the discounted cash flow method, includes key factors used in the valuation of the Company (a Level 3 valuation) which include, but are not limited to, management's plans for future operations, recent operating results, income tax rates, and discounted projected future cash flows.

We have the option to perform a qualitative assessment of goodwill rather than completing the two-step process to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an operating segment is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill and other intangible assets. If we conclude that this is the case, we must perform the two-step process. Otherwise, we may forego the two-step process and do not need to perform any further testing. We performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019. Based on that qualitative assessment, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of our operating segment substantially exceeded its carrying value and, therefore, further quantitative analysis was not required.

No impairment of goodwill was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 or January 28, 2017. However, the use of different assumptions, estimates or judgments with respect to the estimation of the projected future cash flows and the determination of the discount rate and sales growth rate used to calculate the net present value of projected future cash flows could materially increase or decrease our estimates of fair value. Additionally, future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current net sales and profitability projections, which would occur if we are not able to meet our new store growth targets, or the weighted average cost of capital increases.

Impairment of Long-Lived and Indefinite-Lived Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived and Indefinite-Lived Assets

We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Our evaluation compares the carrying value of the assets with their estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. We evaluate long-lived intangible assets at an individual store level, which is the lowest level of identifiable cash flows. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not store-specific at the consolidated level.

To estimate store-specific future cash flows, we make assumptions about key store variables, including sales, growth rate, gross margin, payroll and other controllable expenses. Stores that are owned by us and do not meet the initial criteria are further evaluated taking into consideration the fair market value of the property compared to the carrying value of the assets. Furthermore, management considers other factors when evaluating stores for impairment, including the individual store's execution of its operating plan and other local market conditions. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment.

An impairment is recognized once all the factors noted above are taken into consideration and it is determined that the carrying amount of the store's assets are not recoverable. The impairment loss would be recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value, excluding assets that can be redeployed. Based upon the review of our store-level assets, we identified impairment in connection with certain property and equipment following the resolution of a legal matter and recognized a charge of $2.4 million for the fiscal year ended January 27, 2018. No impairment of long-term assets was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 28, 2017.

We test indefinite-lived trade name intangible assets annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is lower than its carrying amount, the asset is written down to its fair value. The fair value of our trade name (a Level 3 valuation) was calculated using a relief-from-royalty approach, which assumes the value of the trade name is the discounted cash flows of the amount that would be paid by a hypothetical market participant had they not owned the trade name and instead licensed the trade name from another company. The carrying value of the At Home trade name as of January 26, 2019 is approximately $1.5 million. No impairment of our indefinite-lived trade name intangible asset was recognized during the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 or January 28, 2017.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs are costs incurred in connection with obtaining or modifying financing arrangements. These costs are capitalized as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the debt, other than costs incurred in conjunction with our line of credit, which are capitalized as an asset, and amortized over the term of the respective debt agreements.

Total amortization expense related to debt issuance costs was approximately $1.8 million,  $1.9 million and $1.8 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

Deferred Rent

Deferred Rent

We record rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises. We record tenant improvement allowances as a liability and adjust the liability on a straight-line basis as a reduction to rent expense over the lease term beginning with the date we take possession of or control the physical access to the premises.

We recognize free rent periods, tenant improvement allowances and standard rent increases contained in our leases on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, beginning when we first take possession of the property and including renewal option periods in those instances where exercising such options is reasonably assured. For leases where we are considered to be the owner of the construction project and receive tenant improvement allowances, we record the amounts received as a component of the financing obligation liability. See Note 7—Financing Obligations.

Insurance Liabilities

Insurance Liabilities

For the period from December 1, 2013 through January 26, 2019, we were fully insured for workers' compensation and commercial general liability claims. Prior to that period, we used a combination of commercial insurance and self-insurance for workers' compensation and commercial general liability claims and purchased insurance coverage that limited our aggregate exposure for individual claims to $250,000 per workers' compensation and commercial general liability claim.

We utilize a combination of commercial insurance and self-insurance for employee-related health care plans. The cost of our health care plan is borne in part by our employees. We purchase insurance coverage that limits our aggregate exposure for individual claims to $175,000 per employee-related health care claim.

Health care reserves are based on actual claims experience and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported. Reserves for commercial general liability and workers' compensation are determined through the use of actuarial studies. Due to the judgments and estimates utilized in determining these reserves, they are subject to a high degree of variability. In the event our insurance carriers are unable to pay claims submitted to them, we would record a liability for such estimated payments we expect to incur.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from sales of our merchandise is recognized when the customer takes possession of the merchandise. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes collected. We allow for merchandise to be returned within 60 days from the purchase date and provide a reserve for estimated returns. See Note 2—Revenue Recognition.

Cost of Sales

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales are included in merchandise inventories and expensed as the merchandise is sold. We include the following expenses in cost of sales:

· cost of merchandise, net of inventory shrinkage, damages and vendor allowances;

· inbound freight and internal transportation costs such as distribution center-to-store freight costs;

· costs of operating our distribution center, including labor, occupancy costs, supplies and depreciation; and

· store occupancy costs including rent, insurance, taxes, common area maintenance, utilities, repairs, maintenance and depreciation.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include payroll, benefits and other personnel expenses for corporate and store employees, including stock-based compensation expense, consulting, legal and other professional services expenses, advertising expenses, occupancy costs for our corporate headquarters and various other expenses.

Store Pre-Opening Costs

Store Pre-Opening Costs

We expense pre-opening costs for new stores as they are incurred. During the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, store pre-opening costs were approximately $21.7 million, $17.9 million and $13.9 million, respectively. Store pre-opening costs, such as occupancy expenses, advertising and labor are primarily included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Marketing and Advertising

Marketing and Advertising

Marketing and advertising costs, exclusive of store pre-opening marketing and advertising expenses discussed above, include billboard, newspaper, radio, digital and other advertising mediums. Marketing and advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Total marketing and advertising expenses were approximately $34.9 million, $24.3 million and $17.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019, January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 (Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation”), which requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock units, to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements over the requisite service period. Compensation expense based upon the fair value of awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards that actually vest. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

We estimate fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the exception of a special one-time initial public offering transaction bonus grant which was valued on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo simulation method. For restricted stock unit awards, grant date fair value is determined based upon the closing trading value of our common stock on the NYSE on the date of grant and our forfeiture assumptions are estimated based on historical experience.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires various significant judgmental assumptions in order to derive a final fair value determination for each type of award including the following:

· Expected term—The expected term of the options represents the period of time between the grant date of the options and the date the options are either exercised or canceled.

· Expected volatility—The expected volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of the common stock of comparable companies.

· Expected dividend yield—The expected dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable future.

· Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is the average of the 3-year and 5-year U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant and with a maturity that approximates the expected term.

We used a Monte Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value of the special one-time initial public offering transaction bonus grant subject to market-based conditions. The stock option grants subject to market-based conditions have cliff vesting that began in the third quarter of fiscal year 2017 and continued into the third quarter of fiscal year 2019 subject to the achievement of market conditions. We valued the stock option grants as a single award with the related compensation cost recognized using a straight-line method over the derived service period. The expected volatility is based on a combination of historical and implied volatilities of the common stock for comparable companies.

All grants of our stock options have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, based on the foregoing estimates and assumptions. Because we were a privately held company prior to August 4, 2016 and there was no public market for our common stock, the fair value of our equity was approved by our Board at the time option grants were awarded. In estimating the fair value of our common stock, we considered factors we believed to be material to the valuation process including, but not limited to, our actual and projected financial results, risks and prospects and economic and market conditions. Our valuations utilized projections of our future performance, estimates of our weighted average cost of capital and metrics based on the performance of a peer group of similar companies, including valuation multiples and stock price volatility.

We believe the combination of these methods provided an appropriate estimate of our expected fair value prior to our IPO. We considered the valuation analyses to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each stock option grant date. Following our IPO, these estimates are no longer needed to determine fair value for new awards due to a publicly-available trading price for our common stock.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 (Topic 740, “Income Taxes”). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the tax rate changes are enacted. When necessary, a valuation allowance may be recorded against deferred tax assets in order to properly reflect the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement.

On December 22, 2017, federal tax reform legislation was adopted into law by the U.S. government (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%; (ii) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) and changing how existing AMT credits are realized; (iii) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense; and (iv) changing rules related to the use and limitation of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. As a result of the adoption of the Tax Act, for our fiscal year ended January 27, 2018, the statutory federal corporate tax rate was prorated to 34.0%, with the statutory rate for the fiscal year ended January 26, 2019 and beyond at 21.0%.

In December of 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued State Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allowed us to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. We recorded provisional amounts for the impact of the Tax Act during the fourth fiscal quarter 2018. During fiscal year 2019, we completed our accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act, and no material adjustments were required to the provisional amounts recorded in fiscal year 2018.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 “Leases”, which supersedes ASC 840 “Leases” and creates a new topic, ASC 842 “Leases” (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, an entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. At adoption, this update will be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. We will elect the package of three practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things, allows us to carryforward the historical lease classification. We will not elect the hindsight practical expedient. We will not separate non-lease components from lease components by class of underlying assets and we will not apply the recognition requirements of the standard to short-term leases, as allowed by the standard.  

While we are in the process of finalizing our initial impact assessment on the adoption of ASU 2016-02, we estimate the following material impacts to our financial statements: (i) the recognition of right-of use liabilities of approximately $1.0  billion and the recognition of corresponding right-of-use assets; (ii) the derecognition of deferred gains on sale-leasebacks as a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings for the fiscal year ended January 25, 2020 (“fiscal year 2020”), which had previously resulted in amortization that reduced occupancy costs by $8.8 million for fiscal year 2019; (iii) the recognition of immediate gains and losses on sale-leasebacks within operating income beginning in fiscal year 2020; (iv) the reclassification of our financing obligations in the amount of $35.2 million to operating leases and corresponding right-of-use assets and liabilities as noted above with the difference recorded as a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings, the nonrecurrence of financing obligation interest expense of $2.4 million in fiscal year 2020 and a related increase in occupancy costs for fiscal year 2020; and (v) the recognition of additional expense of certain initial direct costs incurred prior to the existence of a  lease beginning in fiscal year 2020.  

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the measurement of goodwill impairment by removing the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which requires the determination of the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit. Under ASU 2017-04, goodwill impairment is to be measured as the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value with the loss recognized not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The standard is to be applied on a prospective basis. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2017-04 and do not anticipate a material impact to the consolidated financial statements once implemented.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, “Customer's Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract” (“ASU 2018-15”). ASU 2018-15 was issued to align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). The amendments in ASU 2018-15 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. We expect to adopt this new guidance using the prospective method in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020 and are currently evaluating the impact it will have on our consolidated financial statements once implemented.

XML

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Schedule of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017		January 30, 2016
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10,951	$	8,525	$	7,092	$	5,428
Restricted cash		2,515		—		482		26
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$	13,466	$	8,525	$	7,574	$	5,454

XML

Revenue Recognition (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Revenue Recognition

Schedule of impact on financial statements on adoption of ASU 2014-09

The adoption of ASU 2014-09 had the following impact on our consolidated balance sheets as of January 27, 2018 (in thousands):

	Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January 27, 2018
			New Revenue
	As Reported		Standard		As Recast
Other current assets	$	13,701	$	952	$	14,653
Total current assets		299,981		952		300,933
Total assets		1,373,289		952		1,374,241
Accrued and other current liabilities		88,547		952		89,499
Total current liabilities		342,721		952		343,673
Total liabilities		782,410		952		783,362
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity		1,373,289		952		1,374,241

The adoption of ASU 2014-09 had the following impact on our consolidated statement of cash flows for the fiscal years ended January 27, 2018 and January 28, 2017 (in thousands):

	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
	Fiscal Year Ended January 27, 2018
			New Revenue
	As Reported(a)		Standard		As Recast
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	(13,621)	$	126	$	(13,495)
Accrued liabilities		14,411		(126)		14,285
Net cash provided by operating activities		106,018		—		106,018

	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
	Fiscal Year Ended January 28, 2017
			New Revenue
	As Reported(a)		Standard		As Recast
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	1,600	$	(248)	$	1,352
Accrued liabilities		16,069		248		16,317
Net cash provided by operating activities		43,498		—		43,498

(a) Accrued liabilities have been reclassified in the prior period to conform with the current period presentation as discussed in Note 1 – Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

Schedule of disaggregation of revenue

In accordance with ASC 606, we disaggregate net sales into the following product categories:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Home furnishings	45	%	46	%	48	%
Accent décor	51		50		49
Other	4		4		3
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

Schedule of components of the sale returns

The components of the sales returns reserve reflected in the consolidated balance sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Accrued and other current liabilities	$	2,448	$	2,023
Other current assets		1,129		952
Sales returns reserve, net	$	1,319	$	1,071

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Property and Equipment

Schedule of property and equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Land	$	53,025	$	42,378
Buildings		132,881		117,429
Computer hardware and software		50,016		40,096
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		148,562		115,539
Leasehold improvements		365,099		253,570
Construction in progress		125,051		40,739
		874,634		609,751
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(191,971)		(143,488)
Property and equipment, net	$	682,663	$	466,263

XML

Accrued Liabilities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Accrued Liabilities

Schedule of accrued liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Inventory in-transit	$	20,591	$	14,618
Accrued payroll and other employee-related liabilities		18,306		16,917
Accrued taxes, other than income		14,194		11,680
Accrued interest		5,756		4,173
Insurance liabilities		539		3,391
Gift card liability		7,784		5,787
Construction costs		14,548		9,661
Accrued inbound freight		15,236		10,796
Other		20,554		12,476
Total accrued liabilities	$	117,508	$	89,499

XML

Long-Term Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Long-Term Debt

Schedule of long-term debt

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Term Loan	$	339,500	$	292,500
Note payable, bank(a)		5,969		6,108
Obligations under capital leases		733		911
Total debt		346,202		299,519
Less: current maturities		3,846		3,316
Less: unamortized deferred debt issuance costs		5,921		6,301
Long-term debt	$	336,435	$	289,902

(a) Matures August 22, 2022; $34,483 payable monthly, including interest at 4.50% with the remaining balance due at maturity; secured by the location’s land and building.

Schedule of aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital lease obligations

Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt, excluding capital lease obligations, are as follows (in thousands):

	January 26,
	2019
2020	$	3,663
2021		4,548
2022		2,797
2023		334,461
2024		—
Thereafter		—
	$	345,469

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Income Taxes

Schedule of income tax provision

Our income tax provision is as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26,		January 27,		January 28,
	2019		2018		2017
Current income tax expense
Federal	$	16,620	$	23,786	$	36,956
State		2,607		2,885		4,756
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
Federal		(16,343)		9,208		(22,261)
State		(2,901)		(2,034)		(3,729)
Income tax (benefit) provision	$	(17)	$	33,845	$	15,722

Schedule of tax effects of temporary differences give rise to significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities

Tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Deferred tax assets
Inventory	$	9,283	$	5,385
Accruals		3,835		2,291
Deferred rent		11,311		7,830
Net operating losses		290		333
Deferred gains		33,181		26,288
Deferred compensation		16,400		7,325
Financing obligations		5,636		1,845
Deferred revenue		1,200		44
Prepaid rent		1,514		1,710
Other, net		1,663		1,296
Total deferred tax assets		84,313		54,347
Deferred tax liabilities
Property and equipment		(31,420)		(19,980)
Debt cancellation income		—		(742)
Trade name		(88)		(64)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(31,508)		(20,786)
Net deferred tax asset	$	52,805	$	33,561

Schedule of reconciliation between the actual income tax provision and the income tax provision calculated at the federal statutory tax rate

The reconciliation between the actual income tax provision and the income tax provision calculated at the federal statutory tax rate is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26,			January 27,			January 28,
	2019			2018			2017
Income tax provision at the federal statutory rate	$	10,286		$	22,297		$	14,976
Permanent differences		340			325			625
State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect		(307)			482			924
Change in unrecognized tax benefits		(300)			(16)			(378)
Change in valuation allowance		—			(314)			(257)
Effect of the Tax Act		(524)			16,694			—
Net federal excess tax benefit related to options exercised		(9,293)			(5,826)			—
Tax credits		(278)			(208)			(141)
Deferred adjustment		59			411			(23)
Other		—			—			(4)
Income tax (benefit) provision	$	(17)		$	33,845		$	15,722
Effective tax rate		(0.0)	%		51.5	%		36.7	%

Schedule of reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

	January 26,		January 27,
	2019		2018
Balance, beginning of period	$	1,688	$	2,553
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		—		—
Subtractions based on tax positions related to the prior year		(443)		(604)
Settlements		(5)		(108)
Expiration of statute of limitations		(524)		(153)
Balance, end of period	$	716	$	1,688

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Contractual Obligation, Fiscal Year Maturity Schedule [Abstract]

Schedule of future minimum annual rental commitments for all leases

Future minimum annual rental commitments for all leases are as follows (in thousands):

	Capital		Operating		Financing
	Leases		Leases		Obligations		Total
2020	$	203	$	115,210	$	2,932	$	118,345
2021		203		120,876		3,037		124,116
2022		203		119,202		3,069		122,474
2023		168		116,985		2,635		119,788
2024		—		116,782		2,639		119,421
Thereafter		—		980,221		20,796		1,001,017
Total minimum lease payments	$	777	$	1,569,276	$	35,108	$	1,605,161
Less: amount representing interest		(44)
Present value of minimum lease payments	$	733

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Earnings Per Share

Schedule of calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share as follows (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data):

	Fiscal Year Ended
	January 26, 2019		January 27, 2018		January 28, 2017
Numerator:
Net income	$	48,996	$	31,812	$	27,066
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding-basic		62,936,959		60,503,860		55,414,037
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options and restricted stock units		3,362,687		3,208,143		1,478,146
Weighted average common shares outstanding-diluted		66,299,646		63,712,003		56,892,183
Per common share:
Basic net income per common share	$	0.78	$	0.53	$	0.49
Diluted net income per common share	$	0.74	$	0.50	$	0.48

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Stock-Based Compensation

Schedule of assumptions in estimating the fair value of option grants

We utilized the following assumptions in estimating the fair value of the option grants:

	January 26,		January 27,		January 28,
	2019		2018		2017
Weighted-average expected volatility	58.6	%	57.7	%	57.7	%
Expected dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%
Weighted-average expected term (in years)	5.0		4.0		4.0
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate	2.8	%	2.0	%	2.3	%

Schedule of option activity under Equity Plans

A summary of option activity under the Equity Plans as of January 26, 2019, and changes during the fiscal year then ended, is presented below:

				Weighted-
		Weighted-		Average
		Average		Remaining
		Exercise		Contractual
	Options	Price		Term
Outstanding, beginning of year	7,040,894	$	11.92
Granted	3,032,708		36.39
Exercised	(2,120,672)		10.33
Forfeited or expired	(194,098)		31.56
Outstanding, end of year	7,758,832	$	21.43	4.96
Exercisable, end of year	6,811,511	$	20.06	4.75

Schedule of RSU activity and related information

A summary of the Company’s RSU activity and related information as of January 26, 2019, and changes during the fiscal year then ended, is presented below:

		Weighted-
		Average
	Number of	Grant Date
	Shares	Fair Value
Nonvested, beginning of year	200,660	$	21.37
Granted	220,451		32.88
Vested	(72,019)		19.13
Forfeited	(35,065)		26.54
Nonvested, end of year	314,027	$	29.39

XML

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 26, 2019

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

Schedule of quarterly financial information

16.    Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

Unaudited quarterly results of operations for the fiscal years ended January 26, 2019 and January 27, 2018 were as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	Fiscal Year 2019
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Net sales	$	256,161	$	288,493	$	267,180	$	354,065
Gross profit(1)		85,244		97,378		85,991		117,239
Operating income (loss)(1)(2)		24,200		(11,828)		19,096		44,568
Net income (loss)		18,361		(10,068)		11,090		29,613
Basic net income (loss) per common share(1)		0.30		(0.16)		0.17		0.47
Diluted net income (loss) per common share	$	0.28	$	(0.16)	$	0.17	$	0.45
	Fiscal Year 2018
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Net sales	$	211,841	$	232,065	$	212,954	$	293,668
Gross profit(1)		71,878		73,033		62,662		99,386
Operating income		21,319		20,256		9,316		36,470
Net income		10,049		9,533		2,375		9,855
Basic net income per common share		0.17		0.16		0.04		0.16
Diluted net income per common share	$	0.16	$	0.15	$	0.04	$	0.15

(1) The sum of the quarters does not equal the total fiscal year due to rounding.

(2) Includes $41.5 million of stock-based compensation expense associated with a grant of stock options to our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer that vested and was fully recognized in the second fiscal quarter 2019.

XML

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details)								12 Months Ended
	Sep. 11, 2018 shares	Jun. 14, 2018 shares	Apr. 02, 2018 shares	Dec. 11, 2017 shares	Sep. 08, 2016 shares	Aug. 03, 2016 shares	Jul. 22, 2016 shares	Jan. 25, 2020 USD ($)	Jan. 26, 2019 USD ($) store state segment shares	Jan. 27, 2018 USD ($) shares	Jan. 28, 2017 USD ($) shares	Oct. 31, 2017 shares
Number of home decor superstores | store									180
Number of states operated | state									37
Authorized share capital, Common stock | shares									500,000,000	500,000,000
Authorized share capital, Preferred stock | shares									50,000,000
Repayments of debt											$ 130,000,000
Number of operating segment | segment									1
Number of reportable segment | segment									1
Capitalized interest cost									$ 3,100,000	$ 1,300,000	400,000
Carrying value of fixed rate mortgage									345,469,000
Goodwill impairment									0	0	0
Impairment charges										2,400,000
Impairment of long lived asset									0	2,422,000	0
Carrying value of trade name									1,500,000
Impairment of indefinite-lived asset, trade name									0	0	0
Amortization of debt issuance cost									1,800,000	1,900,000	1,800,000
Aggregate exposure for individual claims per workers' compensation and commercial general liability claim									250,000
Aggregate exposure for individual claims per employee-related health care claim									175,000
Store pre-operating cost									21,700,000	17,900,000	13,900,000
Advertising expense									$ 34,900,000	$ 24,300,000	17,400,000
U.S. federal corporate tax rate									21.00%	34.00%
Financing obligations									$ 35,038,000	$ 19,690,000
ASU 2016-02 | Adjustment
Right of use assets								$ 1,000,000,000
Right of use liabilities								1,000,000,000
Decrease in occupancy costs due to derecognition of deferred gain on sale-leasebacks and amortization									$ (8,800,000)
Financing obligations								35,200,000
Reduction in financing obligation interest expense								$ (2,400,000)
Minimum
Estimated useful life									3 years
Maximum
Estimated useful life									40 years
Fixed rate mortgage | Level 2
Fair value of fixed rate mortgage									$ 6,100,000
Difference of carrying value and fair value									100,000
Carrying value of fixed rate mortgage									6,000,000
Internal use software
Capitalized computer software, additions									3,100,000	4,300,000	7,700,000
Amortization expense related to capitalized software costs									$ 4,900,000	$ 4,400,000	$ 2,700,000
Internal use software | Minimum
Capitalized cost amortization period of software									3 years
Internal use software | Maximum
Capitalized cost amortization period of software									5 years
IPO
Shares registered | shares						9,967,050
Issuance of stock (in shares) | shares						8,667,000
Over-allotment
Shares registered | shares						1,300,050
Issuance of stock (in shares) | shares		450,000	900,000	750,000	863,041
Secondary offering
Issuance of stock (in shares) | shares	10,000,000	8,450,000	6,900,000	5,750,000
Number of shares registered for offering | shares												50,582,545
Percentage of outstanding common stock held by sponsors	26.50%
Common Stock
Stock split ratio							128.157393
Authorized share capital, Common stock | shares							500,000,000		500,000,000
Issuance of stock (in shares) | shares											9,530,041
Preferred stock
Authorized share capital, Preferred stock | shares							50,000,000		50,000,000
Term Loan | Second Lien Agreement
Repayments of debt											$ 130,000,000

XML

Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Reconciliation of Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017	Jan. 30, 2016
Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 10,951	$ 8,525	$ 7,092	$ 5,428
Restricted cash	2,515		482	26
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$ 13,466	$ 8,525	$ 7,574	$ 5,454

XML

Revenue Recognition - Impact on Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018
Revenue Recognition
Other current assets	$ 13,626	$ 14,653
Total current assets	414,549	300,933
Total assets	1,726,206	1,374,241
Accrued and other current liabilities	117,508	89,499
Total current liabilities	469,752	343,673
Total liabilities	1,015,120	783,362
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 1,726,206	1,374,241
As Reported | ASU 2014-09
Revenue Recognition
Other current assets		13,701
Total current assets		299,981
Total assets		1,373,289
Accrued and other current liabilities		88,547
Total current liabilities		342,721
Total liabilities		782,410
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity		1,373,289
New Revenue Standard | ASU 2014-09
Revenue Recognition
Other current assets		952
Total current assets		952
Total assets		952
Accrued and other current liabilities		952
Total current liabilities		952
Total liabilities		952
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity		$ 952

XML

Revenue Recognition - Impact on Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Revenue Recognition
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$ 989	$ (13,495)	$ 1,352
Accrued liabilities	19,156	14,285	16,317
Net cash provided by operating activities	$ 86,334	106,018	43,498
ASU 2014-09 | As Reported
Revenue Recognition
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(13,621)	1,600
Accrued liabilities		14,411	16,069
Net cash provided by operating activities		106,018	43,498
ASU 2014-09 | New Revenue Standard
Revenue Recognition
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		126	(248)
Accrued liabilities		$ (126)	$ 248

XML

Revenue Recognition - Disaggregation of revenue (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Revenue Recognition
Number of reportable segments	1
Revenue percentage	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%
Home furnishings
Revenue Recognition
Revenue percentage	45.00%	46.00%	48.00%
Accent decor
Revenue Recognition
Revenue percentage	51.00%	50.00%	49.00%
Other
Revenue Recognition
Revenue percentage	4.00%	4.00%	3.00%

XML

Revenue Recognition - Narratives (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Oct. 27, 2018	Jul. 28, 2018	Apr. 28, 2018	Jan. 27, 2018	Oct. 28, 2017	Jul. 29, 2017	Apr. 29, 2017	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Revenue Recognition
Revenue	$ 354,065	$ 267,180	$ 288,493	$ 256,161	$ 293,668	$ 212,954	$ 232,065	$ 211,841	$ 1,165,899	$ 950,528	$ 765,635
Revenue recognized									3,000	2,200	1,600
Gift card liability	$ 7,784				$ 5,787				$ 7,784	5,787
Amortization period of capitalized contract costs	7 years								7 years
Gift Card Redemption
Revenue Recognition
Revenue									$ 16,300	12,900	$ 9,800
Credit Card Program
Revenue Recognition
Revenue									$ 3,200	$ 1,200

XML

Revenue Recognition - Components of Sales Returns Reserve (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018
Contract with Customer, Right of Return
Accrued and other current liabilities	$ 2,448	$ 2,023
Other current assets	1,129	952
Sales returns reserve, net	$ 1,319	$ 1,071

XML

Property and Equipment (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 874,634	$ 609,751
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	(191,971)	(143,488)
Property and equipment, net	682,663	466,263
Depreciation and amortization expense	56,529	48,777	$ 36,925
Impairment charges	0	2,422	0
Cost of Sales
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation and amortization expense	50,200	42,700	$ 32,700
Land
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	53,025	42,378
Buildings
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	132,881	117,429
Computer hardware and software
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	50,016	40,096
Equipment, furniture and fixtures
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	148,562	115,539
Leasehold improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	365,099	253,570
Construction in progress
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 125,051	$ 40,739

XML

Sale -Lease Back Transactions (Details) $ in Millions	1 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2018 USD ($) property	Jul. 31, 2018 USD ($) property	Feb. 28, 2018 USD ($) property	Aug. 31, 2017 USD ($) property	Sep. 30, 2016 USD ($) property	Aug. 31, 2016 USD ($) property
Sale Leaseback Transaction [Line Items]
Number of properties sold | property	4	3	4	6	3	4
Proceeds from sale of properties	$ 56.5	$ 43.6	$ 50.3	$ 62.6	$ 30.6	$ 32.6
Net gain	3.1	10.7	22.6	15.4	16.9	14.2
Cumulative initial annual rent	$ 3.8	$ 3.0	$ 3.4	$ 4.2	$ 2.1	2.2
Note payable | Corpus Christi
Sale Leaseback Transaction [Line Items]
Payments of note payable						$ 3.7

XML

Accrued Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018
Accrued Liabilities
Inventory in-transit	$ 20,591	$ 14,618
Accrued payroll and other employee-related liabilities	18,306	16,917
Accrued taxes, other than income	14,194	11,680
Accrued interest	5,756	4,173
Insurance liabilities	539	3,391
Gift card liability	7,784	5,787
Construction costs	14,548	9,661
Accrued inbound freight	15,236	10,796
Other	20,554	12,476
Total accrued liabilities	$ 117,508	$ 89,499

XML

Revolving Line of Credit (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017	Oct. 31, 2011
Revolving Line of Credit
Outstanding under the ABL credit agreement	$ 221,010	$ 162,000
Minimum
Revolving Line of Credit
Loan cap rate	15.00%
Fixed charge coverage ratio	1.0
Maximum
Revolving Line of Credit
Loan cap rate	20.00%
ABL Credit Facility
Revolving Line of Credit
Maximum borrowing capacity	$ 350,000			$ 80,000
Effective interest rate (as a percent)	3.80%	2.90%	2.00%
Outstanding under the ABL credit agreement	$ 221,000
Available borrowing capacity	$ 120,500
ABL Credit Facility | Federal Funds Rate
Revolving Line of Credit
Basis spread on variable rate	0.50%
ABL Credit Facility | Federal Funds Rate | Minimum
Revolving Line of Credit
Applicable margin	0.25%
ABL Credit Facility | Federal Funds Rate | Maximum
Revolving Line of Credit
Applicable margin	0.75%
ABL Credit Facility | LIBOR
Revolving Line of Credit
Basis spread on variable rate	1.00%
ABL Credit Facility | LIBOR | Minimum
Revolving Line of Credit
Applicable margin	0.25%
Applicable margin on bank's LIBOR	1.25%
ABL Credit Facility | LIBOR | Maximum
Revolving Line of Credit
Applicable margin	0.75%
Applicable margin on bank's LIBOR	1.75%
ABL Credit Facility | Bank's Prime rate | Minimum
Revolving Line of Credit
Applicable margin	0.25%
ABL Credit Facility | Bank's Prime rate | Maximum
Revolving Line of Credit
Applicable margin	0.75%
Letters of Credit
Revolving Line of Credit
Maximum borrowing capacity	$ 50,000
Outstanding under the ABL credit agreement	500
Swingline loan
Revolving Line of Credit
Maximum borrowing capacity	$ 20,000

XML

Long-Term Debt - Summary (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018
Long-Term Debt
Total debt	$ 346,202,000	$ 299,519,000
Less: current maturities	3,846,000	3,316,000
Less: unamortized deferred debt issuance costs	5,921,000	6,301,000
Long-term debt	336,435,000	289,902,000
Term Loan
Long-Term Debt
Total debt	339,500,000	292,500,000
Note payable, bank
Long-Term Debt
Total debt	5,969,000	6,108,000
Installment payable	$ 34,483
Interest rate, stated percentage	4.50%
Obligations under capital leases
Long-Term Debt
Total debt	$ 733,000	$ 911,000

XML

Long-Term Debt - Maturities (Details) $ in Thousands	Jan. 26, 2019 USD ($)
Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt
2020	$ 3,663
2021	4,548
2022	2,797
2023	334,461
Total	$ 345,469

XML

Long-Term Debt - First Lien and Second Lien Agreement (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		4 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 05, 2015	May 27, 2019	Jan. 28, 2017
Long-Term Debt
Payment of Second Lien Term Loan			$ 130,000
Loss on extinguishment of debt			(2,715)
First Lien Agreement | Term Loan
Long-Term Debt
Prepayment premium		1.00%
Second Lien Agreement | Term Loan
Long-Term Debt
Payment of Second Lien Term Loan			130,000
Loss on extinguishment of debt			$ (2,700)
Term Loan | First Lien Agreement
Long-Term Debt
Debt instrument, face value	$ 350,000
Installment payable	$ 900
Percentage of annual aggregate amount of principal amount	1.00%
Interest rate reduction, related to net leverage ratio	0.50%
Term Loan | First Lien Agreement | LIBOR
Long-Term Debt
Floor rate	1.00%
Basis spread (as a percent)	4.00%
Term Loan | Second Lien Agreement | LIBOR
Long-Term Debt
Floor rate	1.00%
Basis spread (as a percent)	8.00%

XML

Long-Term Debt - Senior Notes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
	Nov. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jun. 05, 2015
Long-term Debt, by Current and Noncurrent [Abstract]
Loss on extinguishment of debt		$ 2,715
Outstanding principal amount			$ 346,202	$ 299,519
Restricted net assets			711,100
First Lien Agreement
Long-term Debt, by Current and Noncurrent [Abstract]
Outstanding principal amount	$ 339,500
Term Loan
Long-term Debt, by Current and Noncurrent [Abstract]
Additional borrowings	50,000
Outstanding principal amount			$ 339,500	$ 292,500
Repayment of borrowings	$ 49,600
Term Loan | First Lien Agreement
Long-term Debt, by Current and Noncurrent [Abstract]
Debt instrument, face value					$ 350,000

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
MMI
Related Party Transactions
Payments to related party	$ 0.6	$ 0.6	$ 0.2

XML

Income Taxes - Provision (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Current income tax expense
Federal	$ 16,620	$ 23,786	$ 36,956
State	2,607	2,885	4,756
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
Federal	(16,343)	9,208	(22,261)
State	(2,901)	(2,034)	(3,729)
Income tax (benefit) provision	$ (17)	$ 33,845	$ 15,722

XML

Income Taxes - Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Benefit) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018
Income Taxes
U.S. federal corporate tax rate	21.00%	34.00%

XML

Income Taxes - Deferred Tax Assets And Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018
Deferred tax assets
Inventory	$ 9,283	$ 5,385
Accruals	3,835	2,291
Deferred rent	11,311	7,830
Net operating losses	290	333
Deferred gains	33,181	26,288
Deferred compensation	16,400	7,325
Financing obligations	5,636	1,845
Deferred revenue	1,200	44
Prepaid rent	1,514	1,710
Other, net	1,663	1,296
Total deferred tax assets	84,313	54,347
Deferred tax liabilities
Property and equipment	(31,420)	(19,980)
Debt cancellation income		(742)
Trade name	(88)	(64)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(31,508)	(20,786)
Net deferred tax asset	$ 52,805	$ 33,561

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($)	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Valuation allowance	$ 0		$ 300,000
State
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Operating Loss Carryforwards	$ 6,400,000	$ 7,400,000

XML

Income Taxes - Federal Statutory Tax Rate (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Reconciliation between the actual income tax provision (benefit) and income tax provision (benefit) calculated at federal statutory tax rate:
Income tax provision at the federal statutory rate	$ 10,286	$ 22,297	$ 14,976
Permanent differences	340	325	625
State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect	(307)	482	924
Change in unrecognized tax benefits	(300)	(16)	(378)
Change in valuation allowance		(314)	(257)
Effect of the Tax Act	(524)	16,694
Net federal excess tax benefit related to options exercised	(9,293)	(5,826)
Tax credits	(278)	(208)	(141)
Deferred adjustment	59	411	(23)
Other			(4)
Income tax (benefit) provision	$ (17)	$ 33,845	$ 15,722
Effective tax rate (as a percent)	0.00%	51.50%	36.70%

XML

Income Taxes - Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018
Income Taxes
Unrecognized tax benefits, which would favorably impact the effective tax rate	$ 500
Reconciliation unrecognized tax benefits:
Balance, beginning of period	1,688	$ 2,553
Subtractions based on tax positions related to the prior year	(443)	(604)
Settlements	(5)	(108)
Expiration of statue of limitations	(524)	(153)
Balance, end of period	716	1,688
Accrued penalties and interest
Accrued penalties	100	100
Accrued interest	100	$ 200
Interest expense	$ 100

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017	Jan. 25, 2020
Leases
Rent expense	$ 108,000	$ 83,400	$ 68,100
Capital Leases
2020	203
2021	203
2022	203
2023	168
Total minimum lease payments	777
Less: amount representing interest	(44)
Present value of minimum lease payments	733
Operating Leases
2020	115,210
2021	120,876
2022	119,202
2023	116,985
2024	116,782
Thereafter	980,221
Total minimum lease payments	1,569,276
Financing Obligations
2020	2,932
2021	3,037
2022	3,069
2023	2,635
2024	2,639
Thereafter	20,796
Total minimum lease payments	35,108
Total
2020	118,345
2021	124,116
2022	122,474
2023	119,788
2024	119,421
Thereafter	1,001,017
Total minimum lease payments	$ 1,605,161
Forecast
Leases
Deferred gain on sale-leaseback for fiscal year 2020 and the four subsequent fiscal years				$ 9,300

XML

Employee Benefit Plan (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions		12 Months Ended
	Oct. 01, 2014	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Minimum age limit	18 years
Minimum service period	6 months
Participants contribution (as a percent)	100.00%
Matching contribution expense		$ 1.3	$ 1.0	$ 0.8
Matching on up to first 3% of participant's annual compensation
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Employer's matching percentage	100.00%
Matching on up to first 3% of participant's annual compensation | Maximum
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Percentage of eligible employee compensation matched	3.00%
Matching between 3% and 5% of participant's annual compensation
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Employer's matching percentage	50.00%
Matching between 3% and 5% of participant's annual compensation | Minimum
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Percentage of eligible employee compensation matched	3.00%
Matching between 3% and 5% of participant's annual compensation | Maximum
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Percentage of eligible employee compensation matched	5.00%

XML

Capital Stock (Details)								12 Months Ended
	Sep. 11, 2018 shares	Jun. 14, 2018 shares	Apr. 02, 2018 shares	Dec. 11, 2017 shares	Sep. 08, 2016 $ / shares shares	Aug. 03, 2016 $ / shares shares	Jul. 22, 2016 shares	Jan. 28, 2017 shares	Jan. 26, 2019 $ / shares shares	Jan. 27, 2018 $ / shares shares
Capital Stock
Common stock, authorized									500,000,000	500,000,000
Common stock, par value | $ / shares									$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, issued									63,609,684	61,423,398
Common stock, outstanding									63,609,684	61,423,398
Preferred stock, authorized									50,000,000
Preferred stock, par value | $ / shares									$ 0.01
Preferred stock, issued									0
Preferred stock, outstanding									0
Common Stock
Capital Stock
Issuance of stock (in shares)								9,530,041
Stock split							128.157393
Common stock, authorized							500,000,000		500,000,000
Preferred stock
Capital Stock
Preferred stock, authorized							50,000,000		50,000,000
IPO
Capital Stock
Issuance of stock (in shares)						8,667,000
Share price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares						$ 15.00
Over-allotment
Capital Stock
Issuance of stock (in shares)		450,000	900,000	750,000	863,041
Share price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares					$ 15.00
Secondary offering
Capital Stock
Issuance of stock (in shares)	10,000,000	8,450,000	6,900,000	5,750,000

XML

Earnings Per Share (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Oct. 27, 2018	Jul. 28, 2018	Apr. 28, 2018	Jan. 27, 2018	Oct. 28, 2017	Jul. 29, 2017	Apr. 29, 2017	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Numerator:
Net income	$ 29,613	$ 11,090	$ (10,068)	$ 18,361	$ 9,855	$ 2,375	$ 9,533	$ 10,049	$ 48,996	$ 31,812	$ 27,066
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding-basic									62,936,959	60,503,860	55,414,037
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options and restricted stock units									3,362,687	3,208,143	1,478,146
Weighted average common shares outstanding-diluted									66,299,646	63,712,003	56,892,183
Per common share:
Basic net income (loss) per common share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.47	$ 0.17	$ (0.16)	$ 0.30	$ 0.16	$ 0.04	$ 0.16	$ 0.17	$ 0.78	$ 0.53	$ 0.49
Diluted net income (loss) per common share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.45	$ 0.17	$ (0.16)	$ 0.28	$ 0.15	$ 0.04	$ 0.15	$ 0.16	$ 0.74	$ 0.50	$ 0.48

XML

Earnings Per Share - Additional Information (Details) - shares	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Stock option
Antidilutive securities excluded from computation of earnings per share
Antidilutive shares excluded from calculation of diluted net income per common share	2,029,602	146,457	1,514,168
RSUs
Antidilutive securities excluded from computation of earnings per share
Antidilutive shares excluded from calculation of diluted net income per common share	2,029,602	146,457	1,514,168

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Details) $ in Millions			1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 12, 2018 USD ($) shares	Aug. 03, 2016 USD ($) employee shares	Jun. 30, 2018 shares	Jul. 28, 2018 USD ($)	Jan. 26, 2019 USD ($) item plan shares	Jan. 27, 2018 USD ($)	Jan. 28, 2017 USD ($)	Jul. 31, 2016 shares
Stock-Based Compensation
Number of equity compensation plans | plan					2
Stock-based compensation expense | $					$ 49.5	$ 13.8	$ 9.4
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense | $				$ 41.5
IPO Bonus Pool
Stock-Based Compensation
Number of units granted		2,478,702
Vesting period (in years)					7 years
Trading days					20 days
Total grant date fair value | $		$ 20.0
Expense period | item					8
2012 stock option plan
Stock-Based Compensation
Common stock reserved for issuance					5,648,525
Share available for future grant					0
Vesting period (in years)					4 years
Contractual terms					10 years
2012 stock option plan | IPO
Stock-Based Compensation
Number of units granted		28,326
Number of employees, Option granted | employee		1
2016 Equity Plan
Stock-Based Compensation
Common stock reserved for issuance								6,196,755
Share available for future grant					3,923,952
Number of units granted					3,032,708
2016 Equity Plan | IPO Bonus Pool
Stock-Based Compensation
Common stock reserved for issuance								2,478,702
2016 Equity Plan | Post IPO Share Pool
Stock-Based Compensation
Common stock reserved for issuance								3,718,053
Additional number of shares authorized to be granted			3,500,000
Stock option | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Stock-Based Compensation
Number of units granted	1,988,255
Stock-based compensation expense | $	$ 41.5
RSUs | Minimum
Stock-Based Compensation
Vesting period (in years)					1 year
RSUs | Maximum
Stock-Based Compensation
Vesting period (in years)					4 years

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Details) - 2016 Equity Plan	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Assumptions:
Weighted-average expected volatility (as a percent)	58.60%	57.70%	57.70%
Weighted-average expected term (in years)	5 years	4 years	4 years
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate (as a percent)	2.80%	2.00%	2.30%

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019 $ / shares shares
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Outstanding, end of year (in years)	4 years 11 months 16 days
Exercisable, end of year (in years)	4 years 9 months
2016 Equity Plan
Options
Outstanding, beginning of year (in shares) | shares	7,040,894
Granted (in shares) | shares	3,032,708
Exercised (in shares) | shares	(2,120,672)
Forfeited or expired (in shares) | shares	(194,098)
Outstanding, end of year (in shares) | shares	7,758,832
Exercisable, end of year (in shares) | shares	6,811,511
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding, beginning of year (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 11.92
Granted (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	36.39
Exercised (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	10.33
Forfeited or expired (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	31.56
Outstanding, end of year (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	21.43
Exercisable, end of year (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 20.06

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Restricted Stock (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019 $ / shares shares
Number of Shares
Nonvested, beginning of year (in shares) | shares	200,660
Granted (in shares) | shares	220,451
Vested (in shares) | shares	(72,019)
Forfeited (in shares) | shares	(35,065)
Nonvested, end of year (in shares) | shares	314,027
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested, beginning of year (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 21.37
Granted (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	32.88
Vested (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	19.13
Forfeited (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	26.54
Nonvested, end of year (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 29.39
RSUs | Minimum
Vesting period (in years)	1 year
RSUs | Maximum
Vesting period (in years)	4 years

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 49.5	$ 13.8	$ 9.4
Total unrecognized compensation expense	$ 15.7
Stock option
Expense period	3 years
RSUs
Expense period	2 years 10 months 24 days

XML

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Oct. 27, 2018	Jul. 28, 2018	Apr. 28, 2018	Jan. 27, 2018	Oct. 28, 2017	Jul. 29, 2017	Apr. 29, 2017	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Net sales	$ 354,065	$ 267,180	$ 288,493	$ 256,161	$ 293,668	$ 212,954	$ 232,065	$ 211,841	$ 1,165,899	$ 950,528	$ 765,635
Gross profit	117,239	85,991	97,378	85,244	99,386	62,662	73,033	71,878	385,851	306,958	247,480
Operating income (loss)	44,568	19,096	(11,828)	24,200	36,470	9,316	20,256	21,319	76,035	87,361	72,677
Net income (loss)	$ 29,613	$ 11,090	$ (10,068)	$ 18,361	$ 9,855	$ 2,375	$ 9,533	$ 10,049	$ 48,996	$ 31,812	$ 27,066
Basic net income (loss) per common share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.47	$ 0.17	$ (0.16)	$ 0.30	$ 0.16	$ 0.04	$ 0.16	$ 0.17	$ 0.78	$ 0.53	$ 0.49
Diluted net income (loss) per common share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.45	$ 0.17	$ (0.16)	$ 0.28	$ 0.15	$ 0.04	$ 0.15	$ 0.16	$ 0.74	$ 0.50	$ 0.48
Stock-based compensation expense									$ 49,500	$ 13,800	$ 9,400
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Stock-based compensation expense			$ 41,500

XML

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Condensed Balance Sheets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017	Jan. 30, 2016
Condensed Balance Sheets
Other current assets	$ 13,626	$ 14,653
Total current assets	414,549	300,933
Total assets	1,726,206	1,374,241
Current liabilities:
Total current liabilities	469,752	343,673
Total liabilities	1,015,120	783,362
Shareholders' Equity
Common stock; $0.01 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 63,609,684 and 61,423,398 shares issued and outstanding, respectively	636	614
Additional paid-in capital	643,677	572,488
Retained earnings	66,773	17,777
Total shareholders' equity	711,086	590,879	$ 534,870	$ 369,153
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	1,726,206	1,374,241
Parent company
Condensed Balance Sheets
Other current assets	3,529	7,486
Total current assets	3,529	7,486
Investment in subsidiaries	711,086	590,879
Total assets	714,615	598,365
Current liabilities:
Payable to subsidiaries	3,529	7,486
Total current liabilities	3,529	7,486
Total liabilities	3,529	7,486
Shareholders' Equity
Common stock; $0.01 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 63,609,684 and 61,423,398 shares issued and outstanding, respectively	636	614
Additional paid-in capital	643,677	572,488
Retained earnings	66,773	17,777
Total shareholders' equity	711,086	590,879
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 714,615	$ 598,365

XML

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parenthetical) (Details) - $ / shares	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018
Common stock par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, authorized	500,000,000	500,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	63,609,684	61,423,398
Common stock, outstanding shares	63,609,684	61,423,398
Parent company
Common stock par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, authorized	500,000,000	500,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	63,609,684	61,423,398
Common stock, outstanding shares	63,609,684	61,423,398

XML

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Condensed Statements of Income) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jan. 26, 2019	Oct. 27, 2018	Jul. 28, 2018	Apr. 28, 2018	Jan. 27, 2018	Oct. 28, 2017	Jul. 29, 2017	Apr. 29, 2017	Jan. 26, 2019	Jan. 27, 2018	Jan. 28, 2017
Cost of sales									$ 780,048	$ 643,570	$ 518,155
Gross profit	$ 117,239	$ 85,991	$ 97,378	$ 85,244	$ 99,386	$ 62,662	$ 73,033	$ 71,878	385,851	306,958	247,480
Operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses									303,453	211,057	170,556
Depreciation and amortization									6,363	6,118	4,247
Operating income	44,568	19,096	(11,828)	24,200	36,470	9,316	20,256	21,319	76,035	87,361	72,677
Interest expense, net									27,056	21,704	27,174
Income tax (benefit) provision									(17)	33,845	15,722
Net income	$ 29,613	$ 11,090	$ (10,068)	$ 18,361	$ 9,855	$ 2,375	$ 9,533	$ 10,049	48,996	31,812	27,066
Parent company
Operating expenses
Net income from subsidiaries									48,996	31,812	27,066
Net income									$ 48,996	$ 31,812	$ 27,066

XML

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Notes to Condensed Financial Statements) (Details) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands										4 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Nov. 27, 2018 USD ($)	Sep. 11, 2018 shares	Jun. 14, 2018 shares	Apr. 02, 2018 shares	Dec. 11, 2017 shares	Sep. 08, 2016 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Aug. 09, 2016 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Aug. 03, 2016 $ / shares shares	Jun. 05, 2015 USD ($)	May 27, 2019	Jan. 26, 2019 USD ($)	Jan. 27, 2018 USD ($)	Jan. 28, 2017 USD ($) shares	Oct. 31, 2017 shares	Jan. 30, 2016 USD ($)	Oct. 31, 2011 USD ($)
Basis of Presentation
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities, Continuing Operations											$ 86,334	$ 106,018	$ 43,498
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities, Continuing Operations											(209,123)	(170,276)	(62,718)
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities, Continuing Operations											127,730	65,209	21,340
Guarantees and Restrictions
Cash and cash equivalents											10,951	8,525	7,092		$ 5,428
Repayments of debt													130,000
Loss on extinguishment of debt													$ 2,715
Outstanding principal amount											$ 346,202	299,519
Common Stock
Guarantees and Restrictions
Issuance of stock (in shares) | shares													9,530,041
Minimum
Guarantees and Restrictions
Fixed charge coverage ratio											1.0
Loan cap rate											15.00%
Maximum
Guarantees and Restrictions
Loan cap rate											20.00%
IPO
Guarantees and Restrictions
Shares registered | shares								9,967,050
Issuance of stock (in shares) | shares								8,667,000
Share price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares								$ 15.00
Over-allotment
Guarantees and Restrictions
Shares registered | shares								1,300,050
Issuance of stock (in shares) | shares			450,000	900,000	750,000	863,041
Share price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares						$ 15.00
Secondary offering
Guarantees and Restrictions
Issuance of stock (in shares) | shares		10,000,000	8,450,000	6,900,000	5,750,000
Number of shares registered for offering | shares														50,582,545
Percentage of outstanding common stock held by sponsors		26.50%
First Lien Agreement
Guarantees and Restrictions
Outstanding principal amount	$ 339,500
Term Loan | First Lien Agreement
Guarantees and Restrictions
Prepayment premium										1.00%
Term Loan | Second Lien Agreement
Guarantees and Restrictions
Repayments of debt													$ 130,000
Loss on extinguishment of debt													2,700
ABL Credit Facility
Guarantees and Restrictions
Available borrowing capacity											$ 120,500
Maximum borrowing capacity											$ 350,000					$ 80,000
ABL Credit Facility | LIBOR
Guarantees and Restrictions
Basis spread (as a percent)											1.00%
Term Loan
Guarantees and Restrictions
Additional borrowings	$ 50,000
Outstanding principal amount											$ 339,500	292,500
Term Loan | First Lien Agreement
Guarantees and Restrictions
Debt instrument, face value									$ 350,000
Installment payable									$ 900
Percentage of annual aggregate amount of principal amount									1.00%
Interest rate reduction, related to net leverage ratio									0.50%
Term Loan | First Lien Agreement | LIBOR
Guarantees and Restrictions
Floor rate									1.00%
Basis spread (as a percent)									4.00%
Term Loan | Second Lien Agreement | LIBOR
Guarantees and Restrictions
Floor rate									1.00%
Basis spread (as a percent)									8.00%
Parent company
Basis of Presentation
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities, Continuing Operations											0	0	0
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities, Continuing Operations											0	0	0
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities, Continuing Operations											0	$ 0	0
Guarantees and Restrictions
Cash and cash equivalents											11,000
Parent company | Common Stock
Guarantees and Restrictions
Number of shares registered for offering | shares														50,582,545
Parent company | IPO
Guarantees and Restrictions
Shares registered | shares								9,967,050
Issuance of stock (in shares) | shares							8,667,000
Share price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares							$ 15.00
Net proceeds							$ 120,900
Underwriting fees							9,100
Offering expenses							$ 6,000
Parent company | Over-allotment
Guarantees and Restrictions
Shares registered | shares								1,300,050
Issuance of stock (in shares) | shares			450,000	900,000	750,000	863,041
Net proceeds						$ 12,000
Underwriting fees						$ 900
Parent company | Secondary offering
Guarantees and Restrictions
Issuance of stock (in shares) | shares		10,000,000	8,450,000	6,900,000	5,750,000
Percentage of outstanding common stock held by sponsors		26.50%
Parent company | ABL Credit Facility
Guarantees and Restrictions
Available borrowing capacity											120,500
Maximum borrowing capacity											$ 350,000
Fixed charge coverage ratio											1.0
Parent company | ABL Credit Facility | Minimum
Guarantees and Restrictions
Loan cap rate											15.00%
Parent company | ABL Credit Facility | Maximum
Guarantees and Restrictions
Loan cap rate											20.00%
Parent company | Term Loan
Guarantees and Restrictions
Threshold percentage on net income to pay dividend									50.00%
Minimum cash interest coverage ratio to pay dividend									2.0
Total leverage ratio to pay dividend									3.0
Parent company | Term Loan | First Lien Agreement
Guarantees and Restrictions
Debt instrument, face value									$ 350,000
Installment payable									$ 900
Percentage of annual aggregate amount of principal amount									1.00%
Interest rate reduction, related to net leverage ratio									0.50%
Prepayment premium										1.00%
Threshold amount to pay dividend									$ 10,000
Threshold additional amount to pay dividend									$ 30,000
Parent company | Term Loan | First Lien Agreement | LIBOR
Guarantees and Restrictions
Floor rate									1.00%
Basis spread (as a percent)									4.00%
Parent company | Term Loan | Second Lien Agreement
Guarantees and Restrictions
Repayments of debt													130,000
Loss on extinguishment of debt													$ 2,700
Parent company | Term Loan | Second Lien Agreement | LIBOR
Guarantees and Restrictions
Floor rate									1.00%
Basis spread (as a percent)									8.00%